This reverts commit cc66f819b4.
This commit causes opkg to install px5g-standalone instead of px5g when
installing luci-ssl. As luci-ssl depends on mbedtls, using
px5g-standalone makes no sense. Next to that, it creates deprecated SHA1
certificates. Revert the commit to avoid pxg5-standalone to be
installed by accident.
Signed-off-by: Stijn Tintel <stijn@linux-ipv6.be>
(cherry picked from commit ca8aee0c57)
Goflexhome/net use uImage, and to boot an uImage the u-boot
must use bootm command, not bootz.
Fixes the "i cannot boot LEDE with this u-boot" issue that I
found out myself with my goflexnet.
Signed-off-by: Alberto Bursi <alberto.bursi@outlook.it>
The code that generates this image is broken in many ways.
The new code currently in master generates images that will not be compatible
with the ones in 17.01. To avoid a migration nightmare, this patch removes
image generation for this device in 17.01
Signed-off-by: Thibaut VARENE <hacks@slashdirt.org>
Properly resolve symbolic tag names when constructing the base feed Git url
and avoid emitting "HEAD" references when building from detached commits.
Fixes#495, #501.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Use the nas0 interface for the netdev trigger as default. Use the ptm0
interface for xRX200 boards to match the default wan interface set in
02_network.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Move the code to check if the current system is a system with vdsl
support to a dedicate function to make it reusable.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
The only HMACs currently available use MD5 and SHA1, both of which have known
weaknesses. We already compile in the SHA256 code since we use Curve25519
by default, so there's no significant size penalty to enabling this.
Signed-off-by: Joseph C. Sible <josephcsible@users.noreply.github.com>
(cherry picked from commit 0bf85ef048)
QCA956x is configured like AR934x, not like the older chips.
Should fix ethernet hangs when using the WAN port without SGMII
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Prior to commit 1496b95a0 ("x86: clean up default grub baudrate
settings") we had three different baud rates for the Geode targets:
19200 for net5501, 38400 for alix2, and 115200 for Geos.
It doesn't seem that there's a very good reason for varying from our
default 115200 baud, so let's make the Geode target do that instead.
Signed-off-by: David Woodhouse <dwmw2@infradead.org>
This makes the Geode images actually useful again. The Geos profile
should include the relevant hardware for that board, and the Default
profile adds the via-rhine adapter which seems to have been present in
the net5501 and alix targets killed in commit 9e0759ea26 ("x86: merge
all geode based subtargets into one").
Signed-off-by: David Woodhouse <dwmw2@infradead.org>
This adds the default LED and network settings for the PC Engines APU2
when running under the x86 target.
[dwmw2: Change Ethernet port setup]
Signed-off-by: Chris Blake <chrisrblake93@gmail.com>
Based on a patch from Chris Blake <chrisrblake93@gmail.com>, except let's
do it by using the LED configuration instead of hard-coding it for each
board type. And try using /bin/board_detect to do the default behaviour,
on the first boot where the config hasn't yet been generated.
Signed-off-by: David Woodhouse <dwmw2@infradead.org>
This change moves the files in 657418d to the root of the x86 target.
This is done in preperation for adding more devices under other
subtargets.
CC: David Woodhouse <dwmw2@infradead.org>
Signed-off-by: Chris Blake <chrisrblake93@gmail.com>
When we merged all the Geode boards into one generic target, the default
network and LED configuration was lost. Put it back.
Fixes: 9e0759ea26 ("x86: merge all geode based subtargets into one")
Signed-off-by: David Woodhouse <dwmw2@infradead.org>
We're past v17.01.0-rc2 phase and these few targets are stuck at 3.18
kernel. We obviously don't want to have targets like this built for the
release, especially with 3.18 being EOL.
It may be not too late for bringing these targets back for the next
minor release, so just mark them as source-only instead of dropping
completely.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
GPIO18 and GPIO19 on OMEGA2(+) should be GPIO mode, enable PWM lead to a conflict
[ 0.290633] rt2880-pinmux pinctrl: pin io18 already requested by pinctrl; cannot claim for 10005000.pwm
[ 0.299722] rt2880-pinmux pinctrl: pin-18 (10005000.pwm) status -22
[ 0.305729] rt2880-pinmux pinctrl: could not request pin 18 (io18) from group pwm0 on device rt2880-pinmux
[ 0.315131] mtk-pwm 10005000.pwm: Error applying setting, reverse things back
Keep PWM disabled.
Signed-off-by: Furong Xu <xfr@outlook.com>
Removing redundant spaces from the name of the option. Without fix:
root@LEDE:~# opkg install ugps
Installing ugps (2016-10-24-32a6b2b7-1) to root...
Downloading http://downloads.lede-project.org/releases/17.01-SNAPSHOT/packages/mips_24kc/base/ugps_2016-10-24-32a6b2b7-1_mips_24kc.ipk
Configuring ugps.
uci: Parse error (invalid character in name field) at line 3, byte 23
uci: Parse error (invalid character in name field) at line 3, byte 23
sh: out of range
root@LEDE:~# uci show gps
uci: Parse error (invalid character in name field) at line 3, byte 23
With this fix:
root@LEDE:~# uci show gps
gps.@gps[0]=gps
gps.@gps[0].tty='ttyACM0'
gps.@gps[0].adjust_time='1'
Signed-off-by: Cezary Jackiewicz <cezary@eko.one.pl>
The Asus WL-500W buttons are active high,
but the software treats them as active low.
Fix the inverted logic.
Signed-off-by: Mirko Parthey <mirko.parthey@web.de>
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
BCM4704 SoC has only USB 1.1 core:
ssb: Core 3 found: USB 1.1 Hostdev (cc 0x808, rev 0x03, vendor 0x4243)
but this device actually comes with two USB 2.0 ports.
It appears embedded controller isn't used but instead there are two PCI
attached controllers (next to the BCM4321 wireless card):
1106:3038 VT82xx/62xx UHCI USB 1.1 Controller
1106:3104 USB 2.0
Choose a set of USB drivers which actually support this hardware.
Signed-off-by: Mirko Parthey <mirko.parthey@web.de>
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
When memory is tight, modules may need to be loaded into vmalloc()
space. The code then has to generate jump trampolines which enable
relocations between vmalloc space and physical address space.
The code had a bug that was freeing these trampolines even when the
module was successfully loaded.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
This update includes numerous small fixes for:
1) Interfaces setup
2) Packets parsing
3) Sending replies
Without this there were multiple problems with exchanging information
between (u)mdns and other implementations (including (u)mdns as well).
This also follows project rename to umdns which was required to avoid
confusion with Apple's mdnsd from mDNSResponder project.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
This can be used to tweak the buildbot behavior without having to change
buildbot's configuration.
It will also allow us to add more aggressive clean steps (e.g. on
toolchain changes), which would break developers' workflows if enable
by default.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
this caused
'mv: can't rename '/mnt/sysupgrade.tgz': No such file or directory'
when running sysupgrade -n
Signed-off-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
The list of v2/v3 devices is getting longer and makes reading the names of
the profiles unnecessary hard.
Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven.eckelmann@open-mesh.com>
Default trigger action timeout was added to procd.sh in commit f88e3a4c0
(procd: add default timeout for reload trigger actions)
However, the timeout value was not placed under the correct JSON-script
array nesting level and thus did not apply.
To fix this and make the timeout actually apply to the reload triggers,
we place it in the correct scope, that is the per-trigger array.
Fixes: f88e3a4c0a
Signed-off-by: Denis Osvald <denis.osvald@sartura.hr>
Fixes the following issue:
root@LEDE:/# sysupgrade /tmp/lede-mvebu-armada-388-clearfog-sdcard.img.gz
Saving metaconfig...
Image metadata not found
Use sysupgrade -F to override this check when downgrading or flashing to vendor firmware
Image check 'fwtool_check_image' failed.
root@LEDE:/#
Acked-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Signed-off-by: Jonas Gorski <jonas.gorski@gmail.com>
Probe the switch through DT instead of a platform device. This fixes
probe, as GPIO offsets are now properly accounted for.
Fixes the following issue:
[ 0.802953] 8021q: 802.1Q VLAN Support v1.8
[ 0.810518] rtl8366_smi: gpio_request failed for 18, err=-517
Signed-off-by: Jonas Gorski <jonas.gorski@gmail.com>
The firmware hotplug script tries to read the mac address from a
partition with the name "uboot-env" which does not exist (instead it's
name is uboot_env). This broke calculation of the new checksum (after
patching the mac address) which resulted in ath9k refusing to use the
EEPROM data.
The original error reported by ath9k was:
PCI: Enabling device 0000:00:0e.0 (0000 -> 0002)
ath: phy0: Bad EEPROM checksum 0x2523
ath: phy0: Unable to initialize hardware; initialization status: -22
ath9k 0000:00:0e.0: Failed to initialize device
Fixes: a20616863d ("lantiq: use ath9k device tree bindings
binding/owl-loader")
Signed-off-by: Martin Blumenstingl <martin.blumenstingl@googlemail.com>
Effects of the bugs could include memory corruption, tx hangs, kernel
crahes, possibly other things as well
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
BCM6362 and BCM3380 seem to share the same PRID. Disable serial output
for them until we can find a way to tell them apart reliably.
Fixes: 8f3cfe4ba2 ("brcm63xx: lzma-loader: add BCM3380 support")
Signed-off-by: Jonas Gorski <jonas.gorski@gmail.com>
Setting the clear bit for an interrupt seems to cause interrupts to be
deasserted again immediately. So unset the bit for BCM6318 to allow
subsequent interrupts to still work.
Signed-off-by: Jonas Gorski <jonas.gorski@gmail.com>
This commit reverts 42f3c1f ("arc770: fix broken upstream change")
and simultaneously adds back-ported fix from Linus' tree:
a524c218bc94 ("ARC: [arcompact] brown paper bag bug in unaligned
access delay slot fixup").
Note mentioned patch will appear in stable trees soon as well so
IMHO there's not much sense in adding this separate patch in lede/master branch.
As well as we will get rid of it here in 17.01 once we bump 4.4 kernel here
later down the line.
Signed-off-by: Alexey Brodkin <abrodkin@synopsys.com>
Cc: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Cc: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
Cc: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
mtdsplit_lzma requires that the rootfs be aligned to a block boundary.
Pad the kernel partition to make this so.
Signed-off-by: Claudio Leite <leitec@gmail.com>
It's needed for macaddr_add.
Fixes: 5ed23223fd ("bcm53xx: set WAN MAC address to don't share one with LAN interface")
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
Refresh patches for all targets that support kernel 4.4.
Compile-tested on all targets that use kernel 4.4 and aren't marked
broken, except arc770 and arch38 due to broken toolchain.
Runtime-tested on ar71xx, octeon, ramips and x86/64.
Signed-off-by: Stijn Tintel <stijn@linux-ipv6.be>
(cherry picked from commit d2c4041f02)
Conflicts:
include/kernel-version.mk
target/linux/ramips/patches-4.4/997-ralink-Introduce-fw_passed_dtb-to-arch-mips-ralink.patch
Bump kernel to 4.4.44. Compile-tested on ar71xx, ramips/mt7621 and x86/64.
.44 has been run-tested on the 17.01 branch here on ar71xx and mt7621.
Signed-off-by: Stijn Segers <francesco.borromini@inventati.org>
(cherry picked from commit 20996edd68)
Signed-off-by: Stijn Tintel <stijn@linux-ipv6.be>
Conflicts:
target/linux/ar71xx/patches-4.4/920-usb-chipidea-AR933x-platform-support.patch
target/linux/ar71xx/patches-4.4/930-chipidea-pullup.patch
It just makes code consistent. This trivial change may be a 17.01
candidate to provide simpler backporting experience.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
I needed a moment to figure out relation between this patchset and the
nl80211: fix validation of scheduled scan info for wowlan netdetect
It appears nl80211 commit will go on top of brcmfmac changes so it's
safe to backport these patches.
One patch that was excluded is commit 2a2a5d1835b6 ("brcmfmac: add
.update_connect_params() callback") as it depends on missing commit
088e8df82f91 ("cfg80211: Add support to update connection parameters").
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
This is a pure rename without any changes. It makes maintaining bgmac
simpler and will hopefully make adding new kernel a bit easier.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
Some debugging/error messages are printed using wpa_printf and this
change allows finally reading them out of the syslog.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
This will allow starting hostapd with the new -s parameter and finally
read all (error) messages from the syslog.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
It wasn't possible to read hostapd wpa_printf messages unless running
hostapd manually. It was because hostapd was printing them using vprintf
and not directly to the syslog.
We were trying to workaround this problem by redirecting STDIN_FILENO
and STDOUT_FILENO but it was working only for the initialization phase.
As soon as hostapd did os_daemonize our solution stopped working.
Please note despite the subject this change doesn't affect debug level
messages only but just everything printed by hostapd with wpa_printf
including MSG_ERROR-s. This makes it even more important as reading
error messages can be quite useful for debugging.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
The factory image can't be bigger than 3328 KByte. If the image is
bigger than that, the gemtek-header tool throws an error and breaks
the build.
Make sure the output file to which the gemtek header should be added
exists and wasn't removed during the check-size step because of it
size. This will prevent hard errors in case the factory image is to big
similar to what is done for sysupgrade images.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Commit 71a39b8 ("ipq806x: Fix wireless support for Netgear Nighthawk X4S
D7800") added a trailing TAB char after the backslash which prevents
the assignment of the correct MACs for wifi devices.
Fixes: FS#451
Signed-off-by: Hannu Nyman <hannu.nyman@iki.fi>
[reworded commit message]
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
After analyzing numerous NVRAMs and vendor firmwares it seems the base
MAC address is used for LAN interface. WAN interface has different one
which sometimes is set directly in NVRAM and sometines needs to be
calculated.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
The setting mmc-ddr-1_8v in the platform dts leads to read errors. The
device is unusable and system reboots in a loop. Because NBG6817 is the
only mmc device, I removed it in base dts.
The second change removes settings now present in base dts.
The third change references was a wrong conversion of constants in the switch settings.
Switch now initializes again.
Signed-off-by: André Valentin <avalentin@marcant.net>
samba.org has started to enforce https and
currently plain http downloads with curl/wget fail,
so convert samba.org download links to use https.
Modernise links at the same time.
Also convert samba.org URL fields to have https.
Signed-off-by: Hannu Nyman <hannu.nyman@iki.fi>
This patch updates musl to 1.1.16+ [0] and removes all the
backported patches. This is a major release and tagged as such.
For more information visit musl-libc.org or read the WHATSNEW.
Furthermore, this patch also changes musl to download directly
from git. This makes it easier to update musl in the future.
The patch custom Add-format-attribute-to-some-function-declarations.patch
was assigned a new 400- number. This should avoid confusion
since 0xx numbers are usually assigned to backports.
[0] <http://git.musl-libc.org/cgit/musl/commit/?id=769f53598e781ffc89191520f3f8a93cb58db91f>
Cc: Hannu Nyman <hannu.nyman@iki.fi>
Cc: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
Cc: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Cc: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@googlemail.com>
All mvebu boards have three USB LEDs. The first one is used for the
USB1 port.
There are two LEDs related to the second USB port. The top (bar) LED
gets bright in case any USB device is connected to the second USB port.
If the connected device is an USB 3 (SuperSpeed) device, the small dot
LED bellow the "bar" LED gets also bright.
While at it, use a name for the USB LEDs that matches the names printed
on the case.
Fixes: FS#423, FS#425
Signed-off-by: Kabuli Chana <newtownbuild@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
This change adds the sp5100_tco driver as a kernel module for the x86
target. Specifically, this can be used by the PCEngines APU2/APU3. The
reason for having this as a kernel module is to allow users to
load/unload it on demand, as the I2C interface on the APU2/APU3 will not
work while this module is loaded. More info can be found on GitHub at
https://github.com/riptidewave93/LEDE-APU2/pull/5#issuecomment-255667736
Signed-off-by: Chris Blake <chrisrblake93@gmail.com>
This adds the following patches to the x86 target:
sp5100_tco: Add AMD Mullins platform support
sp5100_tco: Add AMD Carrizo platform support
sp5100_tco: fix the device check for SB800 and later chipsets
watchdog: sp5100_tco: properly check for new register layouts
With these added, the sp5100_tco driver can then be used on newer AMD
platforms, such as the PCEngines APU2/APU3 boards.
Signed-off-by: Chris Blake <chrisrblake93@gmail.com>
erlite mtdparts exposes boot0, boot1 and eeprom regions
as read/write.
this patch adds readonly flags, so these regions can't be
modified. same as it is already for ER profile.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Kastner <cz172638@gmail.com>
D7800 has a simular hardware to R7800 and uses dual QCA9980 for both 2.4GHz and 5GHz band.
However there is no proper initialization for them, which causes a kernel panic due to failed firmware loading.
This patch adds d7800 to ath10k caldata extraction list.
I can get two functional wireless bands after making change to it.
Signed-off-by: Zhang Jingye <934526987@qq.com>
If the base-files package is not selected, we will fail executing the
very first postinst script:
make[3]: Leaving directory `/local/users/fainelli/openwrt/trunk'
cp -fpR
/local/users/fainelli/openwrt/trunk/build_dir/target-arm_xscale_musl-1.1.15_eabi/root-orion
/local/users/fainelli/openwrt/trunk/build_dir/target-arm_xscale_musl-1.1.15_eabi/root.orig-orion
./usr/lib/opkg/info/busybox.postinst: line 3:
/local/users/fainelli/openwrt/trunk/build_dir/target-arm_xscale_musl-1.1.15_eabi/root-orion/lib/functions.sh:
No such file or directory
./usr/lib/opkg/info/busybox.postinst: line 4: default_postinst: command
not found
postinst script ./usr/lib/opkg/info/busybox.postinst has failed with
exit code 127
make[2]: *** [package/install] Error 1
Check for the existence of lib/functions.sh, and if it does not exist,
just bail out gracefully.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
wash, mpu & some memory optimisation have now made it to the official
cake repository.
Point LEDE to the official repository.
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <kevin@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
The libtool target package stages its files into the host staging directory
and moves the libltdl library parts from there into the target staging
directory afterwards.
By doing so, the package essentially renders the host libtool infrastructure
unusable, leading to the below error in subsequent package builds:
libtoolize: $pkgltdldir is not a directory: `.../hostpkg/share/libtool`
Prevent this problem by using a dedicated libltdl install prefix in order to
avoid overwriting and moving away preexisting files belonging to tools/libtool.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
The final semantic is the same, but this is a bit more correct.
Build tested on Windows 10 (yes, there is some
Ubuntu mode for Windows 10, and I've been also building LEDE
on it for a few weeks).
Signed-off-by: Alexandru Ardelean <ardeleanalex@gmail.com>
c13b6a0 dhcpv6: fix white space error
e9d80cc dhcpv6: trigger restart of DHCPv6 state machine when not
receiving statefull options
c7122ec update README
419fb63 dhcpv6: server unicast option support
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
The name will appear in shell prompt and LuCI page title. Uppercase
letters seem to be more vigorous
Signed-off-by: Yousong Zhou <yszhou4tech@gmail.com>
A given signal-name is now converted to the corresonding number. In general
it's good style to use names (readability) and it's more portable: signal
numbers can be architecture-dependent, so we are more safe giving names.
A real world example is signal 10, which is BUS on ramips and USR1 on PPC.
All users of 'procd_send_signal' must change their code to reflect this.
Signed-off-by: Bastian Bittorf <bb@npl.de>
When relying on x.509 certs for auth and / or encryption of traffic you can't
use package openvpn-nossl.
Just have your package depend on openvpn-crypto to have SSL-encryption and
X.509-support enabled in OpenVPN. If encryption / X.509 is not a must, use
virtual packge openvpn, which is provided by all OpenVPN-variants.
Signed-off-by: Sven Roederer <devel-sven@geroedel.de>
ap_setup_locked is named wps_ap_setup_locked in uci for consistency with other
wps related uci options.
Signed-off-by: Steven Honson <steven@honson.id.au>
The author of the upstream mwlwifi edited the history of the previous commit.
This commit not only fixes the updated hash but also sends in the latest
commits he made to the code which are mainly testing.
Signed-off-by: Gabe Rodriguez <lifehacksback@gmail.com>
Clarify opkg's messages related to downloads:
* more visible error message for package list download failure
* separate error message for signature file download error
* if wget returns 4, signal the network error more clearly
* remove '.' from end of filenames and URLs
* try signature check only if the package list was downloaded ok.
Signed-off-by: Hannu Nyman <hannu.nyman@iki.fi>
- Adds support for passing file descriptors in ubus invoke requests
- Fixes clearing pending timers on ubus_shutdown()
- Fixes checking the amount of written data in ubusd
- Fixes an ubusd crash when trying to subscribe to system objects
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Running ar8327_get_arl_entry() early after boot leads to MDIO related system
lockups on several devices using this driver.
Since dumping the ARL table contens is an optional, uncritical feature, simply
disable the code for now.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
We override default Ethernet interface with eth0 which often uses random
MAC due to missing proper NVRAM entry. Fix this by manually assigning
MAC in the config.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
The soft_config partition must be writeable for rbcfg to be able to
enact changes to the routerboot configuration.
The read-only flag was a mistake in the initial patch. Removing it
brings mach-rb941.c in line with all other RB platforms.
Signed-off-by: Thibaut VARENE <hacks@slashdirt.org>
Mikrotik RB411U has only one ethernet port - eth0. This patch allows to create
correct config with one lan section.
Signed-off-by: Cezary Jackiewicz <cezary@eko.one.pl>
Add full support for Mikrotik RB-941-2nD (hAP lite)
Original patch by Sergey Sergeev <adron@yapic.net> and
more information is available here:
https://wiki.openwrt.org/toh/mikrotik/rb941_2nd
I updated and adapted the patch to apply cleanly to LEDE trunk
and added proper numbering for the switch ports (matching case
labels).
Tested working on actual hardware with the information
provided in the above webpage. Sysupgrade works.
Signed-off-by: Thibaut VARENE <hacks@slashdirt.org>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Remove the wget2nand script, drop the need for manual installation,
use sysupgrade instead.
There are now two different NAND images, one for 64 MiB flashes, the
other for >= 128 MiB
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
The condition is always true due to the literal string followed the
-n test parameter. A model name set by target scripts always gets
overwritten this way.
Change the condition to check for an already existing destination file
as it was before 5e85ae9 ("base-files: fix error message during boot").
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Qemu's local AES code defines symbols that conflict with
LibreSSL/OpenSSL's libcrypto. Rename them to avoid build problems.
See upstream commit c8d70e59738e672021926c7747af8ef9dea15c82.
Fixes FS#444.
Signed-off-by: Stijn Tintel <stijn@linux-ipv6.be>
Admittedly, this is my own OCD wanting to get rid of this.
Because I tried (a while back to upgrade QEMU to a newer version),
and (during that attempt) I tried to get rid of this.
Tested on Linux & Mac.
Signed-off-by: Alexandru Ardelean <ardeleanalex@gmail.com>
This fixes logic bug(in function netdev_trig_notify) introduced in
0b2991a8ed commit.
Events triggered by different interfaces were stopping work queue so it
wasn't working for tx/rx mode.
Signed-off-by: Sergey Sergeev <adron@yapic.net>
HTB and TBF are the basic traffic shapers used by sqm-scripts. Moving
these into kmod-sched-core enables sqm-scripts to downgrade its
dependency from kmod-sched to kmod-sched-core, potentially making it
useful on devices with smaller flash sizes.
This adds around 30k to the size of kmod-sched-core (20k for sch_htb.ko
and 10k for sch_tbf.ko).
Signed-off-by: Toke Høiland-Jørgensen <toke@toke.dk>
Commit 29443e2 (mxs: remove modules.mk, select drivers in the kernel config)
missed to remove these references, so cleanup it now.
Signed-off-by: Michael Heimpold <mhei@heimpold.de>
Updates to openvpn.init were included in early OpenVPN 2.4 patch
series, but got lost along the way and were never merged.
Signed-off-by: Magnus Kroken <mkroken@gmail.com>
This fixes the following security problems:
CVE-2017-3731: Truncated packet could crash via OOB read
CVE-2017-3732: BN_mod_exp may produce incorrect results on x86_64
CVE-2016-7055: Montgomery multiplication may produce incorrect results
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
The VGV7510KW22BRN and VGV7519BRN do not have the same brnImage
signature. It was accidentally changed with ba42c1d ("lantiq: un-macro
the image building code").
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
If only a single opkg control file exists (which can happen with
CONFIG_CLEAN_IPKG), grep would not print the file name by default. Instead
of forcing it using -H, we just switch to -l (print only file names) and
get rid of the cut.
Add -s to suppress an error message when no control files exist.
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
Require-User is handled by /etc/uci-defaults/13_fix_group_user on first
boot, so we need to keep these when removing all opkg data with
CONFIG_CLEAN_IPKG.
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
The name "Plat'Home OpenBlocks AX3" causes the imagebuilders "make info"
command to fail with:
bash: -c: line 0: syntax error near unexpected token `('
bash: -c: line 0: `echo; [...]'
Makefile:99: recipe for target '_call_info' failed
Properly escape single quotes to avoid breaking the echo commands.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
The radio would stop communicating completely. This issue was easiest to
trigger on AR913x devices, e.g. the TP-Link TL-WR1043ND, but other
hardware was occasionally affected as well.
The most critical issue was a race condition in disabling/enabling IRQs
between the IRQ handler and the IRQ processing tasklet
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
This reverts commit c296ba834d.
According to several reports, the issues with the airtime fairness
changes are gone in current versions.
It's time to re-apply the patch now.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
This device has 2 TRX partitions (main one and failsafe one) and Linux
may not detect them properly failing to run userspace.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
Even when the disk uses 4k blocks, the partition table still uses units
of 512 byte sectors. Always use ibs=512 for the offsets
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
There was a bug in brcmfmac patch that could result in treating random
memory as source of country codes.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
Upon first invocation, the ccache program will create the required directory
hierarchy so there is no point in shipping these empty directories.
Removing those paths also avoids shipping dangling symlinks in case the
directories got linked elsewhere, e.g. into a shared global cache.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
According to some reports, -march=pentium-mmx is a better choice for
older Geode CPUs than -march=geode anyway.
Bump the minimum architecture of the legacy target from i486 to
pentium-mmx. Anything older is not worth supporting anyway.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
The le64 and be64 subtargets do not share a package architecture with
any other targets, so they are pretty wasteful for a development-only
target.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
While rt288x only has a MIPS 4KEc processor, it implements the MIPS32r2
architecture just like the 24Kc, so the instruction set should be 100%
compatible.
Switching it to 24kc allows it to share the package architecture with a
lot of other targets instead of creating a special case, saving
buildbot resources.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
The hostapd_append_wpa_key_mgmt() procedure uses the possibly uninitialized
$ieee80211r and $ieee80211w variables in a numerical comparisation, leading
to stray "netifd: radio0 (0000): sh: out of range" errors in logread when
WPA-PSK security is enabled.
Ensure that those variables are substituted with a default value in order to
avoid emitting this (harmless) shell error.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Add PROVIDES:=openvpn to the default recipe in order to let all build variants
provide a virtual openvpn package.
The advantage of this approach is that downstream packages can depend on just
"openvpn" without having to require a specific flavor.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
The last two parameters passed between user space tc and kernel space
sched-cake were transposed due to a merge mistake in a parameter header
file.
As such, using a packet overhead figure was likely to set cake to wash
packet DSCP values. Similarly, the DSCP wash flag was used as an offset
to the displayed packet overhead value.
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <kevin@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
Update to 1.2.11 as suggested by upstream
Also add SF as primary source and main site as fallback
Note: SF doesn't carry the 1.2.11 update yet.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Engberg <daniel.engberg.lists@pyret.net>
Instead of relying on complex sed patterns that trip up make syntax rules, use
GNU Makes builtin filter function to match desired URLs.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Only consider the repository origin url as valid base feed entry if it is a
git://, http:// or https:// location.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Disabling ethernet during reboot (only to enable it again when the
ethernet driver attaches) can put the chip into a faulty state where it
corrupts the header of all incoming packets.
This happens if packets arrive during the time window where the core is
disabled, and it can be easily reproduced by rebooting while sending a
flood ping to the broadcast address.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Since the MIPS IRQ stack patches, lantiq devices were emitting a storm
of messages like this:
[ 567.872172] Spurious IRQ: CAUSE=0x1100c300
Fix this by reworking the IRQ dispatch code
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Before SUBDIR was set to $(PATCHVER) which may
or may not include the minor version number of
the linux kernel version. Usually it doesn't.
So the git-clone'd linux kernel was packed without
the minor version number taken into account, which
broke further processing, as it expected the
extracted dir being named linux-$(LINUX_VERSION)
(=with minor version) rather than linux-$(PATCHVER)
(=without minor version).
Changing SUBDIR to $(LINUX_VERSION) creates
consistent behaviour here.
Signed-off-by: Mirko Vogt <mirko-openwrt@nanl.de>
Do not strip static libraries shipped with the SDK in order to preserve the
archive index. If we strip the index of the shipped libraries, host programs
will fail to link these libraries with errors like:
libssl.a: error adding symbols: Archive has no index; run ranlib to add one
The error was found while investigating a Python host build failure within
the SDK environment.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Knowing the package architecture at runtime can be useful, e.g. to
configure opkg repository URLs. The value of ARCH_PACKAGES ("%A" in
VERSION_SED) as added to openwrt_release (as DISTRIB_ARCH) and os-release
(as LEDE_ARCH).
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
Currently system log is always included as a part of ubox. Add logd as a
seperate package and add it to default packages list.
Signed-off-by: Andrej Vlasic <andrej.vlasic@sartura.hr>
Signed-off-by: Luka Perkov <luka.perkov@sartura.hr>
This fixes hangs in igb that happen if the update call interrupts an
already existing dev_get_stats call. In that case the calling CPU
deadlocks because it's trying to acquire the same spinlock recursively.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
opkg doesn't have BUILD_VARIANTs anymore, so the previously defined
PKG_BUILD_DIR would lead to a weird 'opkg-' path component.
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
This allows some basic region switching on Netgear R8000. More devices &
codes may be added. Ideally it should be converted into DT info & patch.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
This makes use of cfg80211 feature backported & described in
188626f17c ("mac80211: backport cfg80211 support for
ieee80211-freq-limit DT property").
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
This specifies wireless limitations for Netgear R8000 making sure people
won't use channels incorrectly (limited performance). There are also 2
new DTS files not used by us yet.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
At the moment we have 2 seperate device tree sources: 1 for ipq8064 soc located
in kernel source and 1 custom in LEDE for ipq8065.
ipq8064 and ipq8065 SoCs are completely identical except ipq8065 has higher cpu
frequencies and adjusted corresponding power supply.
This commit makes ipq8065 DTS to contain only specific for ipq8065 DT entries while
pulling all the basic SoC stuff from ipq8064 DTS.
It makes easier to manage ipq806x device trees and instead of committing changes into
2 seperate equal DTS we are ending up with only 1.
It also enables ipq8065 devices to automatically receive changes made in upstream kernel.
Signed-off-by: Pavel Kubelun <be.dissent@gmail.com>
According to Qualcomm SDK usb3 phy suspend should be disabled for
ipq806x.
This may solve issue on some ipq806x devices that breaks usb3
storage peripherals during system boot.
Signed-off-by: Pavel Kubelun <be.dissent@gmail.com>
This patch adds support for the Onion Omega2 and Omega2+ (https://onion.io)
Specifications:
- SoC: MediaTek MT7688AN (580MHz, ramips)
- Omega2
- RAM: 64MB DDR
- Storage: 16MB NOR SPI flash onboard
- Omega2+
- RAM: 128MB DDR
- Storage: 32MB NOR SPI flash onboard + microSD slot
- Wireless: Built into MT7688AN (mt76) with onboard 1x chip antenna and u.FL connecter
- Ethernet: 1x100M pins on Omega2 & Omega2+, can use Ethernet Expansion and an Omega Dock to get a physical Ethernet port
- Strongly recommend using the Omega2 & Omega2+ with a Dock (Expansion Dock, Power Dock, Arduino Dock 2, Mini Dock)
- All Docks Provide:
- Micro-USB port to provide power to the Omega
- On the Expansion and Mini Docks, can also access the terminal (UART0) via serial
- USB 2.0 socket connected to Omega
- Just the Expansion Dock, Power Dock, and Arduino Dock 2 provide:
- Omega GPIO breakout
- Allows for connection of Omega Expansions:
- Ethernet Expansion
- Relay Expansion
- PWM Expansion
- OLED Expansion
- Ethernet Expansion
- Proto Expansion
- Cellular Expansion
Signed-off-by: Lazar Demin <lazar@onion.io>
Fixes build failure for kmod-can-c-can-platform which depends on
kmod-regmap for kernel 4.1 and 4.4.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
I made a commit that added the RTC driver to the kernel config with
the intent that it would fix hctosys. Unfortunately while the RTC
driver is in there, it's connected through I2C, the driver for which
comes in module form and is thus loaded late. After this commit, it
works fine.
Signed-off-by: Rosen Penev <rosenp@gmail.com>
Prevents crashes when IRQs arrive when the current kernel stack context
already contains deeply nested function calls, e.g. when stacking lots
of network devices on top of each other
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Similar to /files, /overlay is only useful for modifications not tracked in
the LEDE repository itself.
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
This patch updates the QCA988X firmware to the latest revision
firmware-5.bin_10.2.4-1.0-00016
found in the official ath10k-firmware repository.
Tested on TP-Link Archer C7 v2.
Signed-off-by: Timo Sigurdsson <public_timo.s@silentcreek.de>
Host files installed in Build/InstallDev are target-specific and will stay
in $(STAGING_DIR)/host after the STAGING_DIR_HOSTPKG unification.
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
Make sure binaries install to STAGING_DIR_HOSTPKG are still found when
this variable is eventually modified.
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
Packets which are merely forwarded by the router and which are neither
involved in any DNAT/SNAT nor originate locally, are considered INVALID
from a conntrack point of view, causing them to get dropped in the
zone_*_dest_ACCEPT chains, since those only allow stream with state NEW
or UNTRACKED.
Remove the ctstate restriction on dest accept chains to properly pass-
through unrelated 3rd party traffic.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Unify switch configuration on Linksys WRTxx00AC series.
LAN = eth0, WAN = eth1
Signed-off-by: Paul Wassi <p.wassi@gmx.at>
[Álvaro]: also change WAN LEDs
Signed-off-by: Álvaro Fernández Rojas <noltari@gmail.com>
This reduces the amount of hacks in the makefile code.
Remove the apm821xx code to do the same - it was broken and left both
compressed and uncompressed images in $(BIN_DIR)
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Use ubus process signalling instead of 'kill pidof dnsmasq' for
SIGHUP signalling to dnsmasq when ntp says time is valid.
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <kevin@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
It could cause crashes with some forms of virtualization, and it is
unlikely to work properly with most systems.
It's safer to just disable it.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
The generated 'its' is passed to mkimage which expects linux arch
strings rather than the full arch (e.g. mips not mipsel).
It currently works in some cases where LINUX_KARCH == ARCH but
otherwise you get an unknown arch build error.
Signed-off-by: Ian Pozella <Ian.Pozella@imgtec.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
There's a GPIO that can switch between power to USB pins for the
internal MiniPCIe slot or the external USB port.
People are more likely to use the external one so enable it by default.
Existing configurations should be unaffected
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
This should hopefully fix build issues where libraries that we ship in
tools/ were accidentally picked up from other places on the system, e.g.
/usr/local
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Is it used by VMware Fusion by default. This allows images to boot
without further config changes in VMware.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Most mac80211 drivers leave the SMPS field in the HT capabilities
uninitialized (unfortunately defaults to static SMPS), which leads to
some devices limiting themselves to single-stream rates in some modes
(mostly mesh and IBSS).
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
For 988X, 9980, 9984 CT firmware.
This should allow IBSS + RSN on at least the 988X firmware,
and includes recent stability fixes for all firmware.
Signed-off-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
This at least makes it harder to hit some txq related
crashes on firmware restart, a potential memory leak,
and some other fixes.
Signed-off-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
Partition label "linux" prevents the root file system to be mounted at
boot time leading to a kernel panic. After changing it to "firmware",
the 2 uimage partitions "kernel", "rootfs" and squashfs "rootfs_data"
are correctly recognized.
The attached IP175C 10/100 MBit switch cannot connect to a link with
fixed 1000Mbit speed. The correct link speed is 100MBit. The switch
is detected and can be configured via mdio bus and should allow two
separable VLANs to be configured for the 4 available ports.
Signed-off-by: Yo Abe <abe.geel@gmail.com>
[picked from openwrt/PR#330]
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
This patch adds support for the VoCore VoCore2 and its complementary
"ultimate" dock.
Specifications:
- SoC: MediaTek MT7628AN (580MHz, ramips)
- RAM: 128MB DDR2 166MHz
- Storage: 16MB NOR SPI flash onboard + microSD slot on dock
- Wireless: Built into MT7628AN (mt76) with 1T1R firmware on VoCore2
boards with onboard 1x chip antenna
- Ethernet: 1x100M (port0) on dock, 1x100M (port2) on PCB header
- Dock hardware:
- USB 2.0 socket
- MicroSD socket
- 100Mbps Ethernet x1
- 3.5mm headphone jack (TRRS) connected to Everest Semi ES8388 I2S
DAC/ADC (support WIP)
- Micro USB for power and console (UART2)
Initial installation:
- VoCore2 comes preinstalled with a fork of OpenWrt CC and AP on
SSID "VoCore2"
- Connect to VoCore2 by Ethernet or Wi-Fi
- `ssh root@192.168.1.1` (password is "vocore")
- scp/wget/etc. LEDE sysupgrade.bin to VoCore2
- `sysupgrade -n <your image>.bin` (don't keep old config, as the
original firmware uses Ralink SDK Wi-Fi drivers and not
mt76+mac80211)
- after sysupgrade completes, Wi-Fi will be disabled by default so use
Ethernet or the micro USB console to configure Wi-Fi again
Signed-off-by: Andrew Yong <me@ndoo.sg>
This patch adds support for serial console on Mikrotik RB411 and RB433
series devices.
Signed-off-by: David Varga <duvi@duvinet.hu>
[picked from FS#377]
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
This causes problem when a FQDN is configured in /etc/config/system. The
domain name will appear twice in reverse DNS.
Next to that, there seems to be a bug in dnsmasq. From the manual page:
--interface-name=<name>,<interface>[/4|/6]
Return a DNS record associating the name with the primary address
on the given interface. This flag specifies an A or AAAA record for the
given name in the same way as an /etc/hosts line, except that the address
is not constant, but taken from the given interface. The interface may be
followed by "/4" or "/6" to specify that only IPv4 or IPv6 addresses
of the interface should be used. If the interface is down, not configured
or non-existent, an empty record is returned. The matching PTR record is
also created, mapping the interface address to the name. More than one name
may be associated with an interface address by repeating the flag; in that
case the first instance is used for the reverse address-to-name mapping.
It does not just create an A/AAAA record for the primary address, it creates
one for all addresses. And what is worse, it seems to actually resolve to the
non-primary address first. This is quite annoying when you use floating IP
addresses (e.g. VRRP), because when the floating IP is on the other device,
SSH failes due to incorrect entry in the known hosts file.
I know that this is not a common setup, but it would be nice if there was an
option to restore the previous behaviour, rather than just forcing this new
feature on everybody.
Reported-by: Stijn Tintel <stijn@linux-ipv6.be>
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
Delete the map-t device when tearing down the map-t interface; as such
there's no conflict when the map-t interface comes up again when trying
to add the map-t device as the map-t device was still present
(Can not add: device 'map-wan6_4' already exists!).
Only call ifdown in teardown for map-e and lw6o4 map interfaces types
in order to suppress the trace "wan6_4 (6652): Interface wan6_4_ not found"
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
This reverts the following commits:
fbe522d120278ad007ee863888e44f96daf6352fcfd83555fc
This seems to trigger some mconf bugs when built with all feeds
packages, so I will try to find a less intrusive solution before the
release.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Conditional dependencies use the '(!cond) || dep' syntax, whereas
conditional select uses 'dep if cond'.
Add an extra check to suppress emitting a conditional if an equal
conditional select already exists.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
The hardware queue scheduling is apparently configured with fixed
priorities, which creates a nasty fairness issue where traffic from one
CPU can starve traffic from all other CPUs.
Work around this issue by forcing all tx packets to go through one CPU,
until this issue is fixed properly.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Commit af79fdbe4a changed the code to use tx_nbits for dual SPI tx
transfers, however the SPI stack only allows this when the device mode
includes the relevant bit as well
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
wpa_supplicant allows only SAE as the key management
type for mesh mode. The recent key_mgmt rework unconditionally
added WPA-PSK - this breaks interface bringup and wpa_s
throws this error message:
Line 10: key_mgmt for mesh network should be open or SAE
Line 10: failed to parse network block.
Failed to read or parse configuration '/var/run/wpa_supplicant-wlan0.conf
Fix this by making sure that only SAE is used for mesh.
Signed-off-by: Sujith Manoharan <m.sujith@gmail.com>
The gettext-full host build might pick up iconv-stub host build headers
during the build, leading to stray linker errors with unresolved references
to libiconv_open(), libiconv() and libiconv_close().
Since we're not needing iconv support on the host, pass the appropriate
cache variables to configure to prevent detection and linking of iconv.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Patch cmakes cmcurl component to unconditionally link librt when we discover
a clock_gettime() symbol in -lrt.
This is required to sucessfully link LibreSSL's libcrypto which might or
might not reqauire librt.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Since linker argument order is significant on modern host compilers, pass
the required libcrypto libraries through the HOST_LOADLIBES variable in
order to ensure proper order of the final linker command line.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Fixes link errors for host packages like ruby like the following:
/usr/bin/ld: .../staging_dir/host/lib/libcrypto.a(libcrypto_la-md5_dgst.o):
relocation R_X86_64_PC32 against symbol `memcpy@@GLIBC_2.14' can not be used when making a shared object; recompile with -fPIC
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
Cleanup to prepare for changing STAGING_DIR_HOSTPKG. The actual change of
STAGING_DIR_HOSTPKG (i.e., moving the host packages back into a common, not
target-specific directory) will be done after the first LEDE release, but
the cleanup will also be useful for projects like Gluon.
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
The removal of the ".+Package" pattern in scan.mk also caused the build
system to skip over Makefiles defining only kmods. Adjust the grep pattern
to consider packages with "call KernelPackage" signatures as well.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
This code was marked as incompatible to Linux 4.4 well over a year ago
and nobody cared, and now it's breaking builds.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Commit af0b91c "allow scan.mk to find python packages introduced in [8639]"
added some special casing to scan.mk to accomodate some nonstandard python
packages.
Nowadays this pattern is not needed anymore and produces false positives
when using the LEDE source repository as feed within the SDK since the
metadata scanning wrongly picks up target/imagebuilder/Makefile as package,
leading to an "ERROR: please fix feeds/base/target/imagebuilder/Makefile"
message.
Remove the now uneeded pattern to fix such stray errors during metadata
scanning.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Current board-2.bin file for qca9984 in Kvalo's repo is from branch
10.4-3.2, while board-2.bin file in code-aurora repo is newer and
corresponds to the branch 10.4-3.3, the same as recently updated firmware.
Considering that it's better to have all parts from the same branch
we are updating board-2.bin as well.
Signed-off-by: Pavel Kubelun <be.dissent@gmail.com>
It has never been used by default (due to being too bloated), and it is
properly replaced by usign (which has been the default for a long time
now).
Remove this feature to simplify the build system
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Enabling this makes it possible to query LLDP neighbors via SNMP.
Signed-off-by: Stijn Tintel <stijn@linux-ipv6.be>
Acked-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
This target has consistently failed builds for a long time and it does
not look like it has any users left, nor any maintainers.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Instead of passing HOST_CONFIGURE_VARS as arguments to the configure script,
pass it as environment variables which brings the logic in line with the
behaviour of package-defaults.mk.
The change is needed since passing environment variables as configure
parameters only works with GNU autoconf which evaluates command line arguments
looking like variable assignments. Doing the same with non-autoconf configure
scripts is not guaranteed to work since such scripts might terminate due to
unknown argument errors.
One example case is the cmake configure script which bails out when called
as "./configure LDFLAGS=..." but not when called as "LDFLAGS=... ./configure".
Also change the SHELL override to CONFIG_SHELL in the default
HOST_CONFIGURE_VARS as the former is not properly propagated through the
various GNU configure invocations since it gets lost when configure re-
executes itself.
A prior attempt to change the variable placement had to be reverted due to
the missing SHELL -> CONFIG_SHELL change, leading to misgenerated libtool
executables in various packages.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Rework the bundle-libraries.sh implementation to use a more robust approach
for executing host binaries through the shipped ELF loader and libraries.
The previous approach relied on symlinks pointing to a wrapper script which
caused various issues, especially with multicall binaries as the original
argv[0] name was not preserved through the ld.so invocation. Another down-
side was the fact that the actual binaries got moved into another directory
which caused executables to fail looking up resources with paths relative
to the executable location.
The new library wrapper implements the following improvements:
- Instead of symlinks pointing to a common wrapper, each ELF executable
is now replaced by a unqiue shell script which retains the original
program name getting called
- Instead of letting ld.so invoke the ELF executable directly, launch
the final ELF binary through a helper program which fixes up the argv[0]
argument for the target program
- Support sharing a common location for the bundled libraries instead of
having one copy in each directory containing wrapped binaries
Finally modify the SDK build to wrap the staging_dir and toolchain binaries
which allows to use the SDK on systems with a different glibc version.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Since mtd-utils embeds ubi-utils and ubi-utils depends on @NAND_SUPPORT, we
cannot share this package among targets as the SDK processing the package is
not guaranteed to claim NAND_SUPPORT.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Without this patch swconfig will only allow setting up a total of 16
VLANs, with VLAN ID range of 0-15.
Tested on ubnt-erx.
Signed-off-by: Antonis Kanouras <antonis@metadosis.eu>
Fixing pvs1 bin voltage as found in GPL tarball and Qualcomm SDK.
Also adjusting smb208_s2a/b minimum voltage to reflect lowest value in pvs table.
Current ipq8065 devices in LEDE choose (based on eFuse data) pvs bin n4, that has
correct values in DT, but in future a new device may choose n1 or n6.
Without this change n1 is semi-correct and n6 is not available, because OPP driver
disregards bins with voltage values that regulator cannot supply.
Signed-off-by: Pavel Kubelun <be.dissent@gmail.com>
This adds USB initialization fixes for Danube, Amazon SE and xrx300 and
should fix the clock on at least Danube which hopefully closes FS#351.
The xrx200 usb driver now uses more memory for the dwc2 fifos, this was
increased in the chip compared to ar9.
This is based in part on the vendor documentation and the vendor code
base as a reference.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
The DMA controller used only local locks, which will not lock the
section against other CPUs, fix this by using spin locks.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
A lot of packages (especially those using libtool) depend on sed being
available. xz fails on an incremental build pretty early if it's not
there.
Clean up handling if essential core tools (patch, tar, xz), build them
in parallel and make them depend on sed
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Add option keep_ra_dnslifetime which will preserve the received
lifetime for RDNSS and DNSSL RA records and not overwrite it
by the RA router lifetime as specified in RFC6106.
This allows to accept RDNNS records from RAs that don't announce
a default route by setting router lifetime to 0 in the RAs.
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
Ensure that BIN_DIR exists when the diffconfig target needs it.
Otherwise 'make diffconfig' fails after 'make clean'
Signed-off-by: Hannu Nyman <hannu.nyman@iki.fi>
ef3c563 dhcpv6-ia: filter out prefixes having invalid length
16cd87e dhcpv6-ia: fix dereference after freeing assignment
d6b0c99 dhcpv6-ia: log only IPv6 addresses which are effectively
assigned to a DHCPv6 client
08a9367 config: respect ignore uci option
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
* Fix bug in deflate_stored() for zero-length input
* Fix bug in gzwrite.c that produced corrupt gzip files
Signed-off-by: Magnus Kroken <mkroken@gmail.com>
Now that we generate images with metadata attached, require it in order
to prevent accidentally flashing the wrong image to a board.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
This property allows specifying extra limits for wireless device in DT.
For a full documentation see upstream commit b330b25eaabd ("dt-bindings:
document common IEEE 802.11 frequency limit property").
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
Add support for the integrated AC97 sound device on motherboards
with AMD CS5535/CS5536 chipsets.
Tested on Wyse Winterm S30.
Signed-off-by: Cezary Jackiewicz <cezary@eko.one.pl>
The boot loader of many boards provides a kernel boot argument with a
broken console parameter to the kernel. This will be taken before the
stdout-path defined in device tree and the serial will not work on this
board. Multiple boards are affected by this problem, so revert this
patch for all boards. Later we can remove the boot arguments from the
device tree again, after the individual board was checked to work.
This partly reverts this commit:
commit 4995c64857
Author: Martin Blumenstingl <martin.blumenstingl@googlemail.com>
Date: Sun Dec 11 21:55:00 2016 +0100
lantiq: specify console using stdout-path instead of cmdline argument
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
'add_local_hostname' previous implementation may drop some addresses.
Soft addition of IP6 addresses may not cause a reload or restart event.
dnsmasq '--interface-name' robustly applies DNS to all addresses per
interface (except fe80::/10).
Change UCI 'add_local_hostname' to expand during each interface assignement
during add_dhcp().
Assign '<iface>.<host>.<domain>' as true name (reflexive A, AAAA, and PTR).
Assign '<host>.<domain>' and '<host>' as convinience aliases (no PTR, not
technically CNAME).
This is accomplished with the '--interface-name' order, first is PTR.
We could also assign each <ip4/6>.<iface>.<host>.<domain> to the respective
dual stack on the interface.
That seemed excessive so it was skipped (/4 or /6 suffix to the interface).
Add UCI 'add_wan_hostname' similar to 'add_local_hostname' function for
external WAN.
WAN IP4 are less often named by the ISP and rarely WAN IP6 due to complexity.
For logs, LuCI connection graph, and other uses assigning a WAN name is desired.
'add_local_hostname' only applies with DHCP and 'add_wam_hostname' only applies
without DHCP. Common residential users will want to set both options TRUE.
Businesses will probably have global DNS, static IP, and 'add_wan_hostname' FALSE.
Signed-off-by: Eric Luehrsen <ericluehrsen@hotmail.com>
Funnel the required LDFLAGS environment through HOST_CONFIGURE_CMD for now
as the HOST_CONFIGURE_VARS semantics are completely broken.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
This reverts commit 8395b63aac616f72fd835c59240fc2a4a6b28106.
Various host builds currently rely on the broken behaviour of
HOST_CONFIGURE_VARS so roll back to the previous state.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
LibreSSL's libcrypto.so has an indirect dependency to librt for clock_gettime()
on Linux.
Use pkg-config to portably discover the required linker flags.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
LibreSSL's libcrypto.so has an indirect dependency to librt for clock_gettime()
on Linux.
Use pkg-config to portably discover the required linker flags.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Ensure that pkg-config is available before building libressl as we're going
to need it for setting proper link flags in utilities requiring libcrypto.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Ensure that HOST_CONFIGURE_VARS are set before the actual configure command
instead of passing them as configure command arguments.
This change brings host-build.mk in line with package-defaults.mk and makes
host configure environment variables work as expected.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
To achieve this, device tree compatible string was used as boardname and
the value of it will be checked against supported_devices list.
It should be noted that we do not distinguish between
sun5i-a13-olimex-som and sun5i-a13-olinuxino as they share the same dts
file.
The other thing is that we need to gunzip the generated firmware to do
fwtool check.
Signed-off-by: Yousong Zhou <yszhou4tech@gmail.com>
Enalbe builtin support for FAT filesystem as we need to mount boot
partition to store sysupgrade.tgz there
Signed-off-by: Yousong Zhou <yszhou4tech@gmail.com>
Two things that need to be noted
- There is no partition type id allocated for squashfs yet. In the
case of sunxi, any non-zero value should work and we keep it 83 (the
value for ext4)
- Remaining spare space within the rootfs partition, not the entire
sdcard space will be formated as either f2fs or ext4 and mounted as
overlay to serve the role of rootfs_data.
Signed-off-by: Yousong Zhou <yszhou4tech@gmail.com>
The new Device/xxx were transformed automatically from old profiles.
Most device names are now taken from basename of the corresponding
kernel device tree file. Device/sun5i-a13-olimex-som is an exception
because it is not explicitly supported in the kernel yet and shares the
same dts file with Device/sun5i-a13-olinuxino
Signed-off-by: Yousong Zhou <yszhou4tech@gmail.com>
While at it, the following changes are introduced
- Rewrite the Makefile for better readability
- Make parallel builds possible
Signed-off-by: Yousong Zhou <yszhou4tech@gmail.com>
To squash error messages at boot time
mv: can't rename '/mnt/sysupgrade.tgz': No such file or directory
Signed-off-by: Yousong Zhou <yszhou4tech@gmail.com>
This will be used to simplify the build system code for checking hashes.
Instead of using various variants of md5sum / openssl, use one simple
utility for all of them
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Add a call to KernelPackage/$(1)/$(BOARD)/$(SUBTARGET) to the
KernelPackage macro. This allows to add kernel packages for x86/64,
without breaking x86. It's not possible to do this with BOARD, as
BOARD=x86 for x86_64.
Signed-off-by: Stijn Tintel <stijn@linux-ipv6.be>
The kernel will detect if the host supports this, so we can just enable
it in the kernel config.
Tested on an APU2 with AES-NI support and a KVM VM on a Xeon E5520 host
without AES-NI support.
Throughput over an IPsec tunnel between these 2 hosts increased from
~63Mbps to ~140Mbps. Ciphers: AES_GCM_16_256/PRF_HMAC_SHA2_512/ECP_521.
Signed-off-by: Stijn Tintel <stijn@linux-ipv6.be>
WL500GPv1 profile included ath5k which made it usable only for people
who decided to replace default BCM4318 card with Atheros one. We can't
have profile for every possible configuration. If someone adjusts hw in
such a way he can always install a proper package.
WRTSL54GS profile got extra packages for a specific USB usage. Our
standard profile provides basic USB and we should stick to this. We
can't make everyone happy by including packages for all common USB use
cases and all common filesystems.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
Add a "diffconfig" build target which stores the output of
"scripts/diffconfig.sh" as "config.seed" in the image output directory and
invoke that target by default.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
The powerpc boot wrapper Makefile is not parallel build safe, causing fixdep
to fail reading dependency files of the addnote, hack-coff and mktree
utilities when concurrently building different image targets.
A typical failure looks like:
Building modules, stage 2.
HOSTCC arch/powerpc/boot/addnote
HOSTCC arch/powerpc/boot/hack-coff
DTC arch/powerpc/boot/taishan.dtb
HOSTCC arch/powerpc/boot/addnote
HOSTCC arch/powerpc/boot/hack-coff
MODPOST 800 modules
fixdep: error opening depfile: arch/powerpc/boot/.hack-coff.d: No such file or directory
scripts/Makefile.host:91: recipe for target 'arch/powerpc/boot/hack-coff' failed
make[5]: *** [arch/powerpc/boot/hack-coff] Error 2
make[5]: *** Waiting for unfinished jobs....
fixdep: error opening depfile: arch/powerpc/boot/.addnote.d: No such file or directory
scripts/Makefile.host:91: recipe for target 'arch/powerpc/boot/addnote' failed
make[5]: *** [arch/powerpc/boot/addnote] Error 2
rm arch/powerpc/boot/taishan.dtb
arch/powerpc/Makefile:263: recipe for target 'cuImage.taishan' failed
make[4]: *** [cuImage.taishan] Error 2
make[4]: *** Waiting for unfinished jobs....
Add a GNU make specific .NOTPARALLEL pseudo rule to enforce sequential building
of the addnote, hack-coff and mktree executables.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
This allows more feature complete images. Of course it affect the size,
e.g. enabling b43 bumped rootfs from 1569618 to 2029122 for me.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
This reverts commit 528f46d082.
After this commit, several users reported stability issues. Revert it
now so it doesn't cause issues for the upcoming release
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Add DHCPv6 matching by DHCP Unique Identifier (RFC-3315) in addition to
existing MAC-address (RFC-6939). The latter is not widely supported yet.
Signed-off-by: Arjen de Korte <build+lede@de-korte.org>
Enable support for stronger SHA256-based algorithms in hostapd and
wpa_supplicant when using WPA-EAP or WPA-PSK with 802.11w enabled.
We cannot unconditionally enable it, as it requires hostapd to be
compiled with 802.11w support, which is disabled in the -mini variants.
Signed-off-by: Stijn Tintel <stijn@linux-ipv6.be>
Tested-by: Sebastian Kemper <sebastian_ml@gmx.net>
Now that wpa_key_mgmt handling for hostapd and wpa_supplicant are
consistent, we can move parts of it to a dedicated function.
Signed-off-by: Stijn Tintel <stijn@linux-ipv6.be>
Tested-by: Sebastian Kemper <sebastian_ml@gmx.net>
Rework wpa_key_mgmt handling for wpa_supplicant to be consistent with
how it is done for hostapd.
Signed-off-by: Stijn Tintel <stijn@linux-ipv6.be>
Tested-by: Sebastian Kemper <sebastian_ml@gmx.net>
This chip has write protection enabled on power-up, so this flag is
necessary to support write operations.
Signed-off-by: Victor Shyba <victor1984@riseup.net>
This flag was added to 4.9 with upstream commit
76a4707de5e18dc32d9cb4e990686140c5664a15.
Signed-off-by: Victor Shyba <victor1984@riseup.net>
[refresh and adjust platform patches, fix commit message]
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
LS1088A is an ARMv8 implementation combining eight ARM A53 processor
cores. The LS1088ARDB is an evaluatoin platform that supports the
LS1088A family SoCs.
Features summary:
- Eight 64-bit ARM v8 Cortex-A53 CPUs
- Data path acceleration architecture 2.0 (DPAA2)
- Ethernet interfaces
- QUADSPI flash, 3 PCIe, 2 USB, 1 SD, 2 DUARTs etc
Signed-off-by: Yutang Jiang <yutang.jiang@nxp.com>
This commit modifies the /lib/netifd/proto/gre.sh script so that, when
GRE-TAP tunnels are created, either IPv4 or IPv6, the prefix before the chosen
interface name contains the "tap" substring, to differentiate them from non-TAP
GRE tunnels.
Right now, both GRE and GRE-TAP tunnel (either IPv4 or IPv6) interfaces defined
in /etc/config/network are named equally ("gre-"+$ifname or "grev6"+$ifname)
upon creation. For instance, the following tunnels:
config interface 'tuna'
option peeraddr '172.30.22.1'
option proto 'gre'
config interface 'tunb'
option peeraddr '192.168.233.4'
option proto 'gretap'
config interface 'tunc'
option peer6addr 'fdc5:7c9e:e93d:45af::1'
option proto 'grev6'
config interface 'tund'
option peer6addr 'fdc0:6071:1348:31ff::2'
option proto 'grev6tap'
are named, respectively, "gre-tuna", "gre-tunb", "grev6-tunc" and "grev6-tund".
The current change makes that each GRE tunnel interface of the four different
types available (gre, gretap, grev6 and grev6tap) gets a different prefix.
Therefore, the abovementioned tunnels will be named, respectively:
"gre4-tuna", "gre4t-tunb", "gre6-tunc" and "gre6t-tund".
This is coherent with other types of virtual interfaces (i.e. PPP, PPPoE, PPPoA)
where the whole protocol name is used. For instance, a PPPoA interface named
"p1" and a PPPoE interface named "p2" will respectively appear as "pppoa-p1"
and "pppoe-p2", not as "ppp-p1" and "ppp-p2").
Since Linux interfaces names are limited to 15 characters, these prefixes leave,
for the worst case (TAP tunnels), 9 characters for the actual name.
Signed-off-by: Roger Pueyo Centelles <roger.pueyo@guifi.net>
Looks like this was meant to workaround some limitations with
non-GNU tar variants (like BSD-tar which are present on Mac os BSD hosts).
Though, I cannot find any use of that `+s` option that's mentioned
in the comment.
Last hash of this I found was 24faf55360
In my case, it now this fails for `python-setuptools` on Mac OS X (the host-build with):
```
trapret 2 tar -C <home-dir>/work/sources-work/lede/build_dir/target-i386_pentium4_musl-1.1.15/python-setuptools-27.2.0 --strip-components=1 -xzf <home-dir>/work/sources-work/lede/dl/setuptools-27.2.0.tar.gz
bash: trapret: command not found
```
So, I was thinking maybe it's time to remove this workaround (9 years later).
I could also fix the `python-setuptools` host build. If that's more preferred.
[ Btw, I just recently transitioned to a Mac machine for dev-ing,
so a lot of (this Mac) stuff I'm finding out is new to me too. ]
Signed-off-by: Alexandru Ardelean <ardeleanalex@gmail.com>
Other changes:
- Project moved to sourceware.org
- musl patch where cleaned up and submitted upstream
- TEMP_FAILURE_RETRY macro fixed and submitted upstream
Signed-off-by: Luiz Angelo Daros de Luca <luizluca@gmail.com>
[Jo-Philipp Wich: add missing .patch extension to 007-fix_TEMP_FAILURE_RETRY]
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Because wget doesn't know how to do Negotiate authentication with a proxy
and curl does, use curl if it's present. The user is expected to have a
~/.curlrc that sets the options necessary for any proxy authentication.
A ~/.curlrc is completely optional however and curl will work in exactly
the same manner as wget without one.
Signed-off-by: Brian J. Murrell <brian@interlinx.bc.ca>
[Jo-Philipp Wich: Rework code to detect curl usability by checking --version,
Use vararg style open() to bypass the shell when downloading,
Use Text::ParseWords to decompose env vars into arguments]
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Brings in the following changes:
84b530a732b1 libfstools: Check return values for fread and system
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Brings in the following changes:
52d955fd802a remove obsolete mac os x /opt/local include/library search path
a4e49b4163b2 Fix unused results warnings
48cfff3fbec9 uclient-http: send correct "Host:" header if port is set
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Increasing CONFIG_SYS_BOOTM_LEN from 8 MB to 16 MB is necessary to
support uncompressing images larger than 8 MB when using the bootm
command.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
In case the soft reset in dwc2_core_reset() timeouts, the
hsotg->core_params are freed albeit it is owned by the core. This
results into a kernel panic as shown in FS#351.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Use the the dt-bindings macros and add the reset button.
Set the correct polarity for the LEDs and drop the default state.
Remove all trigger for the LEDs. According to the manual the LEDs are
only used to show the operation state, where blue means normal
operation.
Use the MAC-Addresses stored in EEPROM for the ethernet and the
wireless interface.
Signed-off-by: L. D. Pinney <ldpinney@gmail.com>
[use leds only for boot status indication, add proper commit message]
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
currently (after blogic's edit to my commit) it prints like this:
root@lede:/# service aa
aa does not exist. the following services are available :adblock dnsmasq gpio_switch rpcd system
boot done led sqm uhttpd
crelay dropbear log sysctl umount
cron firewall network sysfixtime urandom_seed
ddns fstab odhcpd sysntpd
which looks pretty bad, and is even worse if someone writes only "service" without arguments, as it will print " does not exist. " which is confusing.
with this commit it looks like this:
root@lede:/# service
service "" not found, the following services are available:
adblock dnsmasq gpio_switch rpcd system
boot done led sqm uhttpd
crelay dropbear log sysctl umount
cron firewall network sysfixtime urandom_seed
ddns fstab odhcpd sysntpd
Yes there is some play with " and ', it is to display "name" or just "" if no service name is entered (like in the example).
Signed-off-by: Alberto Bursi <alberto.bursi@outlook.it>
bnx2 driver support for the x86 architecture. Includes module and
firmware for Broadcom BCM5706/5708/5709/5716 ethernet adapters.
Signed-off-by: George Amanakis <g_amanakis@yahoo.com>
This commit introduced a syntax error in ox820-akitio.dts which is
fixed now:
commit 5cde94d9ab
Author: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
Date: Sat Sep 24 01:14:53 2016 +0200
oxnas: backport upstream NAND driver
This caused the folowing error message in the build bot:
Error: arch/arm/boot/dts/ox820-akitio.dts:146.3-147.1 syntax error
FATAL ERROR: Unable to parse input tree
scripts/Makefile.lib:293: recipe for target 'arch/arm/boot/dts/ox820-akitio.dtb' failed
make[5]: *** [arch/arm/boot/dts/ox820-akitio.dtb] Error 1
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
This fixes the folowing security problems:
CVE-2016-9586: printf floating point buffer overflow
CVE-2016-9952: Win CE schannel cert wildcard matches too much
CVE-2016-9953: Win CE schannel cert name out of buffer read
CVE-2016-9594: unititialized random
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Currently both libustream-polarssl and libustream-mbedtls
variants define themselves as the DEFAULT_VARIANT
Remove extra DEFAULT_VARIANT from libustream-polarssl.
Signed-off-by: Hannu Nyman <hannu.nyman@iki.fi>
Later OpenVPN 2.3-openssl versions only enable
TLS cipher suites with perfect forward secrecy, i.e. DHE and ECDHE
cipher suites. ECDHE key exchange is not supported by
OpenVPN 2.3-openssl, enable DHE key exchange to allow LEDE
OpenVPN 2.4-mbedtls clients to connect to such servers.
Signed-off-by: Magnus Kroken <mkroken@gmail.com>
Reported-by: Martin Blumenstingl <martin.blumenstingl@googlemail.com>
Reported-by: Lucian Cristian <luci@createc.ro>
Secp384r1 is the default curve for OpenVPN 2.4+. Enable this to
make OpenVPN-mbedtls clients able to perform ECDHE key exchange
with remote OpenVPN 2.4-openssl servers that use the default
OpenVPN curve.
Signed-off-by: Magnus Kroken <mkroken@gmail.com>
We don't use this driver since commit 741715331a ("bcm53xx: switch to
m25p80 and drop bcm53xxspiflash").
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
There was a typo in Makefile that prevented using these profiles.
Fixes: a75ce960ac ("ramips: use different board names for variants")
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
depending packages have been moved to kernel-config
- kmod-xen-kbddev in 9fde361
- kmod-xen-fs, kmod-xen-evtchn, kmod-xen-netdev in 018807d
this will also fix imagebuilder
Signed-off-by: Sven Roederer <devel-sven@geroedel.de>
An external reset patch for AR955x accidentally led to external reset
being issued twice on AR913x, once before the RTC reset and once after.
This may be causing some stability issues.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
This commit was added to improve reset time on old SoC devices that run
into chip hangs more frequently. However with the more recent addition
of full WMAC reset on these chips, it could be problematic.
Drop this patch to ensure that DMA activity is really stopped before the
chip reset is issued
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Opkg's builtin decompression code is unsuitable to process nested archives as
it uses a single shared state and relies on undefined seek behaviour for pipes.
Rework the extraction logic to use the external gzip command as I/O filter for
decompressing data and remove the builtin inflate code entirely.
This shrinks the final opkg binary by about 4KB and results in less runtime
memory consumption due to efficient use of vfork() and less copy-on-write
operations in the forked child.
Rework by Felix: create a thread that relays data to the gzip process
instead of using a fragile poll loop
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
The external script used to generate the package lists for the
LEDE wiki's table of packages [1] and package indexes [2] requires
a "Source:" field in the package lists to find package makefiles.
The package makefiles are used to read the package's Category and Submenu.
The "Source:" field was removed in commit
b4aa3c899c
to reduce package list sizes and lessen opkg issues in low ram devices.
Add a separate package list file with full data to be used by the wiki's script.
It's called Packages.manifest and isn't compressed as it's not necessary.
1. https://lede-project.org/packages/start
2. https://lede-project.org/packages/index/start
Signed-off-by: Alberto Bursi <alberto.bursi@outlook.it>
Backport most important fixes up to latest HEAD
- Taken post-commit reverts/fixes into account
Compile tested
Run-tested on cns3xxx & imx6 targets
Signed-off-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
Opkg's builtin decompression code is unsuitable to process nested archives as
it uses a single shared state and relies on undefined seek behaviour for pipes.
Rework the extraction logic to use the external gzip command as I/O filter for
decompressing data and remove the builtin inflate code entirely.
This shrinks the final opkg binary by about 4KB and results in less runtime
memory consumption due to efficient use of vfork() and less copy-on-write
operations in the forked child.
Rework by Felix: create a thread that relays data to the gzip process
instead of using a fragile poll loop
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
64a655d proto: allow configuring deprecated static IPv6 addresses
c99182e remove obsolete /opt/local prefix on Mac OS X
0249d5f system-linux: Don't set gre tunnel ttl by default to 64 (#FS312)
edc15ca ubus: Display the IPv6 prefix assigned address
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
We do not have the needed platform support for VOICE_CPE_VMMC_PMC. The
vmmc driver will not compile with this option activated.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
crypto4xx_probe() is in the __init section and referenced by code form
other sections, which causes a build error. Backport a patch from
mainline kernel to fix this.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
The following commit changed the build templates name but forgot to
update the TARGET_DEVICES variable properly.
commit f9226158be (lantiq: rename EASY98000 to EASY98000NOR)
Signed-off-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
These options are needed to create /dev/mem or /dev/kmem .
/dev/mem is needed by the io tool to access raw hardware memory, which
is helpful when debugging and developing drivers.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Acked-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
The generic lzma-loader uses vmlinux.lzma as an input to compress so we
need to provide a lzma compressed version of the initramfs kernel.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Add patches provided upstream [1] by Fabio Berton to fix error:
> ./gencode.c: In function 'pcap_compile':
> ./gencode.c:693:8: error: 'compiler_state_t {aka struct _compiler_state}' has no member named 'ai'
> cstate.ai = NULL;
> ^
> ./gencode.c: In function 'gen_gateway':
> ./gencode.c:4914:13: error: 'cstate' undeclared (first use in this function)
> bpf_error(cstate, "direction applied to 'gateway'");
> ^
[1] https://github.com/the-tcpdump-group/libpcap/pull/541
Signed-off-by: Fabio Berton <fabio.berton@ossystems.com.br>
Tested-by: Zefir Kurtisi <zefir.kurtisi@neratec.com>
The power LED can not be used for indicating the xDSL line state and
the in system (boot) state at the same time in LEDE. As soon as the
xDSL Line goes down, the power LED is switched off.
During xDSL handshake the power led would blink with the same or a
similar pattern as during boot.
Both might confuse users.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Due to a hardware bug of Atheros 8030 phys, the driver need to reset
the phys on link state change.
Use the correct compatible string for the at903x phys connected to
switch port 0 and 1.
Fix the pinmux of the gpio lines connected to the reset pin of the phys
and define the reset-pins to let the driver do the fixups.
Fixes FS#343
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Use different names for flash size related board variants, to make sure
that only images for the actual flash size are considered as valid by
the image validation code.
Remove the flash size suffix from the string returned by
ramips_board_detect() to ensure that existing scripts relying on the
former used boardname are still working.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
The name from the Device define will be used in the metadata. Due to
typos/different spelling, this name might not match the one exported in
/lib/ramips.sh.
Fix all name mismatches which were found by checking if the name used
in the metadata exists in /lib/ramips.sh.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Use a distinct board name even if the board is near to identical to
the WeVO W2914NS v2.
To make sure that a 11AC NAS image can not be installed on a
WeVO W2914NS v2, both board need to use different names.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Remove dt: it is implicitly enabled based on the kernel config
Remove tar.gz and jffs2_nand: Legacy build code has been removed,
NAND devices are only supported with UBI now.
Remove ubifs: deprecated, use squashfs images instead
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
graphite is disabled by default and it's not worth carrying ppl and
cloog for supporting this feature on the old gcc 4.8, which is only used
for ARC
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
The priv->vlan_id member is of size AR8X16_MAX_VLANS, not AR8X16_MAX_PORTS,
so check for the proper maximum value in order to avoid capping valid VLAN IDs
to 7 (AR8X16_MAX_PORTS - 1).
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
add possibility to set the facility to which dnsmasq will send syslog entries, i.e. set it to '/dev/null' to mute dnsmasq output at all.
Signed-off-by: Dirk Brenken dev@brenken.org
Before the rewrite, uhttpd-mod-tls used to contain a tls plugin.
Afterwards it was left in for compatibility reasons, but given how much
has changed, and that we're about to change the default SSL
implementation again, it's better to just drop this now
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
This reverts commit 0d4f02dfd6, which was
obviously untested. git downloads cannot handle multiple URLs at the
moment.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
This makes it easier to unify versioning of git based package downloads.
PKG_SOURCE_DATE along with an 8-character abbreviation of the git hash
is used as PKG_VERSION, PKG_RELEASE should be used like normal packages.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
- Source updated to fix noise level, DTS
- Added support for BB and RF
Tested working on WRT1900ACv1 (mamba) kernel 4.4.38. No regressions found.
Signed-off-by: Gabe Rodriguez <lifehacksback@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name> [fix mirror hash]
A new firmware that is available on code-aurora repository is newer
than in Kvalo's repo.
Taking into account that firmwares that are in Kvalo's repo are considered
to be tested by internal QCA team, this one seems to be more stable
and fixes this bug:
ath10k_pci 0000:01:00.0: received unexpected tx_fetch_ind event: in
push mode
At least i havent faced it for a while in contradiction to current version.
Thus switching firmware source for qca9984 until it or a newer version
gets into Kvalo's repo.
Signed-off-by: Pavel Kubelun <be.dissent@gmail.com>
Sometimes I'm getting error on the host-side build:
```
/usr/lib64/gcc/x86_64-suse-linux/4.8/../../../../x86_64-suse-linux/bin/ld: /home/sandu/work/lede/staging_dir/host/lib/liblzma.a(liblzma_la-common.o): relocation R_X86_64_32 against `.rodata.str1.1' can not be used when making a shared object; recompile with -fPIC
/home/sandu/work/lede/staging_dir/host/lib/liblzma.a: error adding symbols: Bad value
collect2: error: ld returned 1 exit status
Makefile:2847: recipe for target 'libgettextlib.la' failed
make[9]: *** [libgettextlib.la] Error 1
make[9]: Leaving directory '/home/sandu/work/lede/build_dir/target-x86_64_musl-1.1.15/host/gettext-0.19.8.1/gettext-tools/gnulib-lib'
Makefile:2597: recipe for target 'all' failed
```
Disabling the shared-lib build, seems to fix this.
This is when building glib2 on the host-side.
glib2 is required by newer QEMU package [which is in the feeds].
Signed-off-by: Alexandru Ardelean <ardeleanalex@gmail.com>
Enabled Hyper-V network interface card driver, display adapter driver,
storage driver, keyboard driver, mouse driver and Hyper-V utility and
EFI boot support in the kernel for subtarget x86/64.
Convert the img file to vhd by Ubuntu qemu-img, rather than by the buildroot's
built-in qemu-img.
Tested on Windows Server 2008 r2 and 2012 r2 Gen1 and Gen2 VMs.
Signed-off-by: Tedaz <tedaz99999@hotmail.com>
This adds a patch that introduces airtime fairness scheduling to ath9k,
which can significantly improve network efficiency in mixed-rate
environments.
Signed-off-by: Toke Høiland-Jørgensen <toke@toke.dk>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
OpenVPN 2.4 builds with mbedTLS 2.x, rename openvpn-polarssl
variant to openvpn-mbedtls.
Some feature highlights:
* Data channel cipher negotiation
* AEAD cipher support for data channel encryption (currently only
* AES-GCM)
* ECDH key exchange for control channel
* LZ4 compression support
See https://github.com/OpenVPN/openvpn/blob/master/Changes.rst
for additional change notes.
Signed-off-by: Magnus Kroken <mkroken@gmail.com>
Build seems to fail with:
```
Collected errors:
* satisfy_dependencies_for: Cannot satisfy the following dependencies for X:
* grev4 *
* opkg_install_cmd: Cannot install package X
```
After adding an empty install rule, the failure goes away.
Signed-off-by: Alexandru Ardelean <ardeleanalex@gmail.com>
uqmi has the possibility to allow the modem to start a regsitration
process only to this specified plmn
Signed-off-by: Florian Eckert <Eckert.Florian@googlemail.com>
Add full support for TP-Link RE450.
The wireless SoC is similiar to Archer C7: QCA9558 + QCA9880 (pci).
The ethernet interface is AR8035, but the mdio is connected to the gpio and
the chipset builtin mdio bus isn't used, which is unique (and weird), so the
kernel gpio mdio module is used.
The two ethernet leds are connected to the GPIO, so they are both configured,
one to indicate link status and the other to indicate data transfer.
The generation of the image was added to the image Makefile.
The return value of tplink-safeloader is not ignored anymore (to fail on error)
The result factory image is flashable from the stock web ui.
Signed-off-by: Tal Keren <kooolk@gmail.com>
[rd@radekdostal.com: ar71xx: RE450: do not build RE450 for nand]
Signed-off-by: Radek Dostál <rd@radekdostal.com>
[hyniu@o2.pl: ar71xx: RE450: Renaming LED accordance with the standard]
Signed-off-by: Henryk Heisig <hyniu@o2.pl>
[jo@mein.io: squash fixes from Radek and Henryk into original commit]
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
The firmware image that is used in TP-Link RE450 (and some more devices from
the RE series) is tplink-safeloader.
In the kernel partition, the kernel is compressed in a regular tp-link
firmware that is just used for booting. Since it is only used for compressing
and booting, only four fields are filled in the header:
Vendor, version, kernel load address and kernel entry point.
mktplinkfw-kernel is a simpler version of mktpolinkfw that generate such
images. It also specifies the hardware id (as it is in the product info
section), so when doing a sysupgrade - the existing code will check for
hardware compatibility.
Signed-off-by: Tal Keren <kooolk@gmail.com>
[rd@radekdostal.com: add build target to .../image/tp-link.mk]
Signed-off-by: Radek Dostál <rd@radekdostal.com>
mktplinkfw ignores -j in combined mode, the EOF marker is added by
tplink-safeloader.
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
Let dnsmasq reread the leasefile by using procd_send_signal
which triggers procd to send SIGHUP kill signal by default
if signal is not specified
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
This allows users of this package to configure DFS channels.
It mimics the behaviour of the ath10k module included in
package mac80211
Signed-off-by: Andy Strohman <andrew@andrewstrohman.com>
In the latest version of grub-mkimage, the prefix option is mandatory.
Not supplying it fails with:
```
Prefix not specified (use the -p option).
```
In grub-2.02-beta2 a DEFAULT_DIRECTORY was defined
in `include/grub/osdep/hostfile_unix.h` as:
```
#if defined (__NetBSD__)
/* NetBSD uses /boot for its boot block. */
# define DEFAULT_DIRECTORY "/"GRUB_DIR_NAME
#else
# define DEFAULT_DIRECTORY "/"GRUB_BOOT_DIR_NAME"/"GRUB_DIR_NAME
#endif
```
Where:
* GRUB_BOOT_DIR_NAME == boot
* GRUB_DIR_NAME == grub
This was used if the -p option was omitted.
Signed-off-by: Alexandru Ardelean <ardeleanalex@gmail.com>
This seems to occur when gettext-full is built on the host-side
and the autoreconf stuff re-generates some of the build files,
except for the po/Makefile.in.in
Signed-off-by: Alexandru Ardelean <ardeleanalex@gmail.com>
Even though these fonts may not be installed, they seem to be
generated at build time.
Seems that the configure script re-generated from configure.ac
is a bit more annoying than it has to be.
Signed-off-by: Alexandru Ardelean <ardeleanalex@gmail.com>
Reboot of: a0ea22ac43
Reverted: 3c52cbfa53
The host-side build of grub2 requires this sometimes.
This will re-generate the ./configure script from configure.ac.
I don't know the conditions of how this reproduces, it just
sometimes appears, and sometimes doesn't.
Build error
```
<lede-dir>/build_dir/target-x86_64_musl-1.1.15_yogi/host/grub-2.02~beta2/build-aux/missing: line 81: aclocal-1.14: command not found
WARNING: 'aclocal-1.14' is missing on your system.
You should only need it if you modified 'acinclude.m4' or
'configure.ac' or m4 files included by 'configure.ac'.
The 'aclocal' program is part of the GNU Automake package:
<http://www.gnu.org/software/automake>
It also requires GNU Autoconf, GNU m4 and Perl in order to run:
<http://www.gnu.org/software/autoconf>
<http://www.gnu.org/software/m4/>
<http://www.perl.org/>
Makefile:3962: recipe for target 'aclocal.m4' failed
```
Adding PKG_FIXUP adds sanity (i.e. autoreconf is used for host & target
builds) over just using HOST_FIXUP.
Signed-off-by: Alexandru Ardelean <ardeleanalex@gmail.com>
Update to latest upstream HEAD:
- Refreshed all
- Delete patches and parts which made it upstream
Compile tested Full & Mini configs
Run-tested Mini config
Signed-off-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name> [another update, remove broken patch]
The TL-WR1043ND v4 uses a kernel image with a mktplinkfw header inside the
os-image partition of a tplink-safeloader image.
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
In order to make it easier to add new boards in the future, refactor the code
to describe the image layouts of supported boards in a struct array and alter
the image generation routines to figure out the sysupgrade partitions
automatically.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
This partially reverts commit 15734b023b.
--enable-stunnel was actually important and properly described in
commit 9b118cde89. Removing it broke ustream-cyassl
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
This patch is part of a series adding support for 0x9200 and 0x9300. The
prior was merged into the upstream kernel while the latter was not due
to lack of testers. Drop the patch as it is untested and most likely
unused.
Signed-off-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
Add procd_send_signal which allows to send an optional specified
kill signal to one specified or all instances of a given service.
By default SIGHUP is sent if no signal is specified
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
When running sysupgrade for the first time over the second partition
(that still had stock firmware) the rootfs wasn't flashed as there
wasn't enough space.
This happend because stock also uses UBI, but the volume name wasn't
recognised and wasn't deleted before flashing.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Panella <ianchi74@outlook.com>
The si3210 is a SLIC device providing a complete analog telephone
interface and therefore frequently used in soho router.
The si3210 have a native spi interface to be controlled by the CPU
but currently there is no dedicated driver in lede.
Adding a registration for this device in spidev allow to control the
device in user space.
This way of patching is also in line with the rationale of the spidev
driver, see: http://marc.info/?t=148145791900001&r=1&w=2
The si3210 has been also added in the DWR-512 DT to properly describe
the HW.
Signed-off-by: Giuseppe Lippolis <giu.lippolis@gmail.com>
This adds support for install-overlay define. When used in package it
allows installing files to a special directory that gets copied to the
root when installing it.
It allows overwriting files provided by other packages.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
If _GNU_SOURCE was added as part of a package's TARGET_CFLAGS,
then compilation would fail for that module (especially if
warnings get treated as errors).
Signed-off-by: Alexandru Ardelean <ardeleanalex@gmail.com>
Follow upstream cake:
diffserv3: a simple 3 tin classifier more in line with sqm-scripts
defaults for other qdisc algorithms.
defaults: default qdisc options are now diffserv3 and triple-isolate.
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <kevin@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
Update tc to track upstream cake changes:
diffserv3 - a simple 3 tin classifier
Also make diffserv3 and triple-isolate default
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <kevin@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
While researching for the armvirt target, I looked at the
existing arm platforms. It turns out that the mediatek target
with its sole MT7623N/A chip is sold as a "highly integrated
multimedia network router system-on-chip". To that end, it
lists support for the "NEON multimedia processing engine with
SIMDv2 / VFPv4 ISA support".
<http://topics.mediatek.com/en/products/connectivity/wifi/home-network/wifi-ap/mt7623na/>
So this patch enables the CPU_SUBTYPE to use this information.
This should have the nice side effect that LEDE's phase2 builders
no longer need to built a separate "cortex-a7" target, so this
should free up some resources.
Cc: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
More and more platforms are multicore SoCs, don't enforce singlethreading.
Drop stunnel option as stunnel code isn't available for download from upstream website.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Engberg <daniel.engberg.lists@pyret.net>
Bump & refresh patches for all 4.4 targets.
Compile & run tested: ar71xx Archer C7 v2
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <kevin@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
Add .cis firmware for Sierra Wireless Aircard GPRS/3G PCMCIA modems:
- Aircard 555
- Aircards 7xx
- Aircards 8x0
There is a package named sierra-pcmcia in obsoleted repository for
packages at git.openwrt.org but there's no reason to reintroduce it in
current packages repo because these files are part of upstream
linux-firmware.
Signed-off-by: Tomasz Maciej Nowak <tomek_n@o2.pl>
Allow to load .cis firmware updates from userspace. Some of PCMCIA cards
need to update Card Information Structure (CIS) to work properly.
Signen-off-by: Tomasz Maciej Nowak <tomek_n@o2.pl>
Few minor code formatting style fixes, including:
- keep one board per line
- always use "|\" (for consistency)
- remove redundant double quotes and empty lines
Signed-off-by: Piotr Dymacz <pepe2k@gmail.com>
Add uqmi 'sync' command call to release stalled cid when preparing to
setup new connection. As a result it prevents 'POLICY MISMATCH' errors.
Signed-off-by: Nickolay Ledovskikh <nledovskikh@gmail.com>
8ceeab6 uqmi: Change returned value to QMI_CMD_REQUEST for 'sync' command.
1dc7be1 uqmi: Add sync command to release all cids.
Signed-off-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
Fix the mtd partition layout and enable both radios in the dts
Tested-by Andrius Štikonas <andrius@stikonas.eu>
Signed-off-by: L. D. Pinney <ldpinney@gmail.com>
It's useful when using multiple usb devices that should be bound to
certain usb ports. Symlinks are created by hotplug handlers.
Signed-off-by: Nickolay Ledovskikh <nledovskikh@gmail.com>
It's useful when using multiple usb devices that should be bound to
certain usb ports. Symlinks are created by hotplug handlers.
Signed-off-by: Nickolay Ledovskikh <nledovskikh@gmail.com>
The build system only accepts Package/<name>/description and since the
typoed version virtually has the same content as the TITLE field, remove
them altogether
Signed-off-by: Yousong Zhou <yszhou4tech@gmail.com>
Force root/root as names for uid0/gid0 instead of using the system
names. This helps make packed download tarballs more reproducible
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
This adds a patch that introduces airtime fairness scheduling to ath9k,
which can significantly improve network efficiency in mixed-rate
environments.
Signed-off-by: Toke Høiland-Jørgensen <toke@toke.dk>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
The patch commit states:
"It's possible to make scanning consume almost arbitrary amounts
of memory, e.g. by sending beacon frames with random BSSIDs at
high rates while somebody is scanning.
Limit the number of BSS table entries we're willing to cache to
1000, limiting maximum memory usage to maybe 4-5MB, but lower
in practice - that would be the case for having both full-sized
beacon and probe response frames for each entry; this seems not
possible in practice, so a limit of 1000 entries will likely be
closer to 0.5 MB."
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>"
This patch was added in 4.4.36. But because LEDE backports
cfg80211, mac80211 and the wifi drivers separately, it needs
to be added manually for now. It can be dropped later as it
will be part of the next mac80211 refresh.
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@googlemail.com>
This will attempt to automatically fix common mistakes like using MD5
instead of SHA256, using the MD5SUM variable instead of HASH, or even a
missing mirror file hash.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
This is intended to be used for a wide array of package sanity checks.
The first check that is implemented is for the hash of downloaded files.
It checks:
- Missing hash
- Use of SHA256 instead of MD5
- dl/<file> hash not matching hash in makefile
- deprecated MD5SUM variable
The deprecated MD5SUM variable check is skipped for feeds/ until OpenWrt
is updated as well
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
This works around deadlock and/or memory corruption during
firmware crash and improves ability to configure number of
tids in firmware.
Signed-off-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
In the build system, flock will prevent multiple concurrent downloads
for the same file. However, if one download request for the same file is
waiting for another one to finish, it will result in downloading the
same file twice consecutively.
Prevent this issue by exiting immediately if the file has already been
downloaded
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
CT firmware files use the same filename with a different URL for
different chips. Since all files end up in dl/, filenames need to be
unique as well.
Add a chip prefix to the output filename to fix this issue.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Since we've switched to preferring SHA256 over MD5, the old variable
name is misleading. Packages using the old name remain compatible.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
The SIGHUP also got sent to the reload script making it bail out
with an error
Revert "dnsmasq: reload config if host name is modified"
This reverts commit 854459a2f9.
Reported-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
2 GB is overkill and was only added to allow unlimited ext4 resizing,
which is a pretty rare use case. 256 MB allows resizing up to 256 GB,
which should be good enough for almost all users.
A lot of this is mostly irrelevant anyway, since you can just use
squashfs + ext4 overlay.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
The sha256sum was not updated in the last commit.
Fixes: a7c231027 [odhcpd: Fix dnsmasq re-reading hostfile]
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Calling a build ##.##-CURRENT might mislead users into thinking that this
build is the most current release of a branch.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
The TL-WR842N v2 has the following switch port layout with swconfig port 0
being connected to eth1:
Power LAN4 LAN3 LAN2 LAN1 WAN USB
(*) | [...] | [...] | [...] | [...] | [...] | [.]
swconfig port: 1 4 3 2 n/a
netdev: eth1 eth1 eth1 eth1 eth0
Adjust the board defaults to match this model specific layout.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Currently, installing kmod-sdhci fails with "sdhci is already loaded" since
"sdhci.ko" is inserted explicitely first, the implicitely loaded again when
"sdhci-pltfm.ko" is inserted as the latter depends on the former.
Remove the explicit autoprobe of "sdhci.ko" to fix the postinstall script.
Acked-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
The imagetag RSA signature field may not exceed 20 characters, so trim the
Git hash portion from the REVISION variable in order to ensure that the
resulting string fits within this field.
The current revision values may be longer than 20 chars, especially when
building within a dirty tree. In this case, the revision will look like
"r2435+75-b4aa3c8" which, combined with the "LEDE-" prefix, is 21 chars long.
Fixes the following error spotted by the buildbots:
Error: RSA Signature (rsa_signature,r) too long.
make[4]: *** [.../lede-brcm63xx-generic-NEUFBOX6-squashfs-cfe.bin] Error 1
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
We have switched opkg to sha256 a long time ago, and shrinking package
lists is useful for systems that are running low on RAM
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
This will avoid loading it in the default configuration, which reduces
image size a bit, and (more importantly) improves performance by
avoiding some unnecessary netfilter hooks
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Update libpcap to upstream release 1.8.1
Change the name from libpcap.so.1.3 to libpcap.so.1
Remove parts of patch 201 which moved code among src files.
Import patch 204 from Debian to update the USB path.
Signed-off-by: Paul Wassi <p.wassi@gmx.at>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name> [fix parallel build bug]
this package references an undefined variable for its submenu.
Remove this NOP variable assignment.
Signed-off-by: Alberto Bursi <alberto.bursi@outlook.it>
this kernel module currently does not set submenu.
Fix this by adding it to the "Others" submenu
Signed-off-by: Alberto Bursi <alberto.bursi@outlook.it>
Add support for specifying a call profile index instead of APN. A
specific index different from 1 must be used for some service
provider and modem combinations.
In addition, change the manufacturer detection to use the standard
AT+CGMI command, which produces more predictable output than ATI,
remove the redundant ipv6 option, since it is less ambiguous to
directly specify the PDP context type with mobile connections, and
fix missing device during teardown when using ncm through the wwan
proto.
Signed-off-by: Matti Laakso <malaakso@elisanet.fi>
Update uqmi to latest version, which brings about support for
specifying a call profile index instead of APN. A specific index
different from 1 must be used for some service provider and modem
combinations.
Also change option dhcp to dhcpv6, since IPv4 now always uses DHCP,
replace option ipv6 with pdptype, which is less ambiguous, and
make autoconnect optional and default it to off for IPv6 due to it
not working with statically configured IPv6.
Signed-off-by: Matti Laakso <malaakso@elisanet.fi>
Harmonise handling of DEFAULT_PATH by removing the patch introducing #ifndef
guards around the path, and only using one means to set the path in the
makefile.
Signed-off-by: Dario Ernst <Dario.Ernst@riverbed.com>
This patch add the 3G modem DWM-158 to the usb-serial option driver.
The DWM-158 is a pcie 3G modem. It is embedded in the DWR-512 modem
supportet by lede. The patch has been submitted and merged in the upstream
linux-next repository.
Signed-off-by: Giuseppe Lippolis <giu.lippolis@gmail.com>
This patch adds supports for the WNR2000v1 board with 4MB flash, and
produces device-specific factory, rootfs, and sysupgrade files for the
WNR2000v1. This board is errorneously claimed as supported on the OpenWRT
wiki as AP81, but AP81 image would not work because of APT81 image
requiring having 8MB of flash, while WNR2000v1 has only 4MB.
The image requires the u-boot bootloader to be modified to fuhry's
bootloader first.
Short specification:
- CPU: Atheros AR9132
- 4x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet, 1x WAN 10/100 Mbps
- 4 MB of Flash
- 32 MB of RAM
- UART header (J1) on board
- 1x button
Factory/Initial flash instructions:
- Set up a TFTP server on your local machine.
- Download the uImage for ar71xx-generic and the rootfs image for
ar71xx-generic-wnr2000 and save in the tftp server root.
- Gain serial access to the router via the UART port (telnetenable over
the network only won't work!).
- Upgrade the u-boot bootloader to fuhry's version by running the
script: http://fuhry.com/b/wnr2000/install-repart.sh
- When the router restarts, interrupt u-boot and gain access to u-boot command line.
- Repartititon the board and flash initial uImage and rootfs as follow.
Commands to type in u-boot:
# tells u-boot that we have a tftp server on 192.168.1.10
setenv serverip 192.168.1.10
# tells u-boot that the router should take the address 192.168.1.1
setenv ipaddr 192.168.1.1
# erase the region from 0x050000-0x3f0000
erase 0xbf050000 +0x3A0000
# loads sqfs.bin on TFTP server, and put it to memory address 0x81000000
tftpboot 0x81000000 sqfs.bin
# it will tell you the length of sqfs.bin in hex, let's say ZZZZZZ
# copy bit by bit 0xZZZZZZ bytes from offset 0x050000
cp.b 0x81000000 0xbf050000 0xZZZZZZ
# same to the uImage.bin, write it right next to sqfs.bin
# again, 0xYYYYYY is the length that tftpboot reports
tftpboot 0x81000000 uImage.bin
cp.b 0x81000000 0xbf2a0000 0xYYYYYY
# We need to tell the kernel what board it is booting into, and where to find the partitions
setenv bootargs "board=WNR2000 console=ttyS0,115200 mtdparts=spi0.0:256k(u-boot)ro,64k(u-boot-env)ro,3712k(firmware),64k(art)ro rootfstype=squashfs,jffs2 noinitrd"
# Tell u-boot where to find the uImage
setenv bootcmd "bootm 0xbf2a0000"
# Tell u-boot to save parameters to the u-boot-env partitions
saveenv
# Reset the board
reset
Tested on:
- WNR2000v1 board.
- Initial flash works.
Known bugs:
- I don't know why factory image doesn't work on initial flash on stock
firmware in u-boot recovery mode while it should.
- Sysupgrade does not yet work, if you do -f it will mess up your
installation (requiring a reinstall of sqfs and uImage).
Signed-off-by: Huan Truong <htruong@tnhh.net>
Update procd to latest HEAD in order to introduce support for services signals:
- Adds a new service.signal ubus call to send a kill() signal to one or all
running instances of a given service
- Adds a new "reload_signal" property which allows service init scripts to
request procd to send a specific kill() signal on reload, instead of
stopping and restarting running processes
Also fixes some potential memory leaks reported by cppcheck and an environment
variable corruption in the trace command.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
The xt_id match was used by the firewall3 package to track its own rules but
the approach has been changed to use xt_comment instead now, so we can drop
this nonstandard extension.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Update to current HEAD in order to drop automatic generation of per-zone
NOTRACK rules.
The NOTRACK rules used to provide a little performance improvement but the
later introduction of the netfilter conntrack cache made those rules largely
unnecessary. Additionally, those rules caused various issues which broke
stateful firewalling in some scenarios.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Depending on the dhcp uci config pidof dnsmasq can return
multiple pids. Fix re-reading of the hostfile by dnsmasq in
such case by sending SIGHUP signal to each of the returned
pids.
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
Let dnsmasq read all hosts files in /tmp/hosts directory by specifying
/tmp/hosts as argument of --addn-host
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
These patches were queued for 4.10. For possible use cases see added:
[PATCH] ubifs: Use dirty_writeback_interval value for wbuf timer
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
Support new packet overhead passing paradigm in cake qdisc, also restore
DSCP wash/nowash keywords.
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <kevin@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
Track upstream changes, incl changes in packet overhead accounting
(automatically taking care of linux' packet sizing knowledge),
improvements to triple isolated DRR handling (new flow dominance),
statistics tweak & allow more packet drops in stressed conditions.
Under tests this has significantly improved latency control under
'many flows to one' scenarious as is typical of bittorrent and MS
Windows update.
I also restored 'DSCP washing' functionality in my repo which follows
upstream closely (like a hawk!) with tc keywords 'wash/nowash'. This
allows cake to limit/control packets in bands determined by a packet's
DSCP but to clear those DSCP bits on qdisc egress. This functionality
was originally removed as part of an attempt to push cake into the
kernel, which hasn't actually happened as yet.
A matching commit is required to iproute2/tc to support the new overhead
handling, keyword changes as well as the 'wash/nowash' tweak.
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <kevin@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
Adds support for new EU and US variants; removes a few strings that were
never actually used and have been removed from the stock firmwares.
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
This also makes the detection more flexible, as it doesn't need to check
for each model explicitly.
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
One of those changes is re-enabling blowfish support to make
openvpn-mbedtls compatible with common configurations
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
OpenVPN requires arguments to --push to be enclosed in double quotes.
One set of quotes is stripped when the UCI config is parsed.
Change append_params() of openvpn.init to enclose push parameters in
double quotes.
Unquoted push parameters do not cause errors in OpenVPN 2.3,
but OpenVPN 2.4 fails to start with unquoted push parameters.
Fixes: FS#290.
Signed-off-by: Magnus Kroken <mkroken@gmail.com>
This option is required by OpenVPN, and OpenVPN 2.4 uses mbedTLS 2.x.
DHM_C is also already enabled in the PolarSSL 1.3.x config.h.
Signed-off-by: Magnus Kroken <mkroken@gmail.com>
This board is very old and unlikely to still be relevant today. Support
for it contains a significant amount of device specific baggage which is
worth getting rid of.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
There are many targets using user space scripts to generate firmware but
bcm53xx doesn't need this, so let's disable that kernel option.
This lets us avoid some scary-looking kernel warnings like:
brcmfmac 0001:04:00.0: Falling back to user helper
firmware brcm!brcmfmac43602-pcie.txt: firmware_loading_store: map pages failed
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
/etc/preinit has been the default init-script for a very long time (at
least since Linux 2.6.30 in OpenWrt). Remove the kernel command line
"init" parameter to get rid of duplicate and inconsistent definitions
of this parameter (some boards, like FRITZ3370 for example did not use
it at all, while it's just copy and paste on others).
Signed-off-by: Martin Blumenstingl <martin.blumenstingl@googlemail.com>
Use devicetree's /chosen/stdout-path instead of the kernel command line
(embedded in the .dts-files) to specify the serial console. Using the
chosen node is recommended on devicetree based platforms.
Signed-off-by: Martin Blumenstingl <martin.blumenstingl@googlemail.com>
YunCore SR3200 is a dual-band AC1200 router, based on Qualcomm/Atheros
QCA9563+QCA9882+QCA8337N.
YunCore XD3200 (FCC ID: 2ADUG-XD3200) is a dual-band AC1200 ceiling mount
AP with PoE support, based on Qualcomm/Atheros QCA9563+QCA9882+QCA8334.
Common specification:
- 775/650/258 MHz (CPU/DDR/AHB)
- 128 MB or RAM (DDR2)
- 16 MB of FLASH (SPI NOR)
- 2T2R 2.4 GHz, with ext. PA (SKY65174-21), up to 30 dBm
- 2T2R 5 GHz, with ext. PA (SKY85405-11) and LNA (SKY85601-11), up to 30 dBm
SR3200 specification:
- 5x 10/100/1000 Mbps Ethernet
- 6x ext. RP-SMA antennas (actually, only 4 are connected with radio chips)
- 3x LED (+ 5x LED in RJ45 sockets), 1x button
- UART header on PCB
XD3200 specification:
- 2x 10/100/1000 Mbps Ethernet, with 802.3at PoE support (WAN port)
- 4x internal antennas
- 3 sets of LEDs on external PCB (+ 2x LED near RJ45 sockets), 1x button
- UART and JTAG (custom 6-pin, 2 mm pitch) headers on PCB
LED for 5 GHz WLAN is currently not supported on both devices as it is
connected directly to the QCA9882 radio chip.
Flash instruction under vendor firmware, using telnet/SSH:
1. If your firmware does not have root password, go to point 5
2. Connect PC with 192.168.1.x address to LAN or WAN port
3. Power up device, enter failsafe mode with button (no LED indicator!)
4. Change root password and reboot (mount_root, passwd ..., reboot -f)
5. Upload lede-ar71xx-...-sysupgrade.bin to /tmp using SCP
6. Connect PC with 192.168.188.x address to LAN port, SSH to 192.168.188.253
7. Invoke:
- cd /tmp
- fw_setenv bootcmd "bootm 0x9fe80000 || bootm 0x9f050000"
- mtd -e firmware -r write lede-ar71xx-...-sysupgrade.bin firmware
Flash instruction under U-Boot, using UART:
1. tftp 0x80060000 lede-ar71xx-...-sysupgrade.bin
2. erase 0x9f050000 +$filesize
3. cp.b $fileaddr 0x9f050000 $filesize
4. setenv bootcmd "bootm 0x9fe80000 || bootm 0x9f050000"
5. saveenv && reset
Signed-off-by: Piotr Dymacz <pepe2k@gmail.com>
Add support for NXP layerscape ls1046ardb 64b/32b Dev board.
LS1046ARDB Specification:
-------------------------
Memory subsystem:
* 8GByte DDR4 SDRAM (64bit bus)
* 512 Mbyte NAND flash
* Two 64 Mbyte high-speed SPI flash
* SD connector to interface with the SD memory card
* On-board 4G eMMC
Ethernet:
* Two XFI 10G ports
* Two SGMII ports
* Two RGMII ports
PCIe:
* PCIe1 (SerDes2 Lane0) to miniPCIe slot
* PCIe2 (SerDes2 Lane1) to x2 PCIe slot
* PCIe3 (SerDes2 Lane2) to x4 PCIe slot
* USB 3.0: one super speed USB 3.0 type A port, one Micro-AB port
* UART: supports two UARTs up to 115200 bps for console
Signed-off-by: Yutang Jiang <yutang.jiang@nxp.com>
In order to prevent the impact of the merger of the company and the potential
rebase of the SDK repositories, migrate the u-boot source to github.
Signed-off-by: Yutang Jiang <yutang.jiang@nxp.com>
In order to prevent the impact of the merger of the company and the potential
rebase of the SDK repositories, migrate the u-boot source to github.
Signed-off-by: Yutang Jiang <yutang.jiang@nxp.com>
This attribute is not evaluated any more and the boot loader on these
reference boards does not provide a broken root= or console= parameter.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
This just adds the kmods for these kernel modules.
This is found on some Lantiq / Intel reference boards.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
This makes it possible to activate the gpio and the pinctl debugging
from LEDE menuconfig.
Acked-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Now that the VERSION_NUMBER variable holds the human friendly name and not
the commit ID anymore, we need to support adding the revision ID as well.
Introduce a new config variable CONFIG_VERSION_CODE_FILENAMES which, if set,
causes the resulting file names to contain a commit ID designation as printed
by scripts/getver.sh.
Also sanitize the input variables to ensure that the resulting strings are
lowercased and no not contain spaces.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Add an extra function to patch the mac and fixup the checksum
afterwards. Calculate the checksum position automatically. The offset
to the mac address is the same for all checksum protected EEPROMs.
No EEPROM requires a byte swapped mac address. The mac byte swap code
was required due to an bug in the script that is now fixed.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
The EEPROM data in the flash of the ARV7518PW, ARV8539PW22,
BTHOMEHUBV2B and BTHOMEHUBV3A is stored byte-swapped (swab16), meaning
that for example the ath9k base_eep_header fields "version" (high and
low byte), "opCapFlags" and "eepMisc" are swapped (the latter ones are
just 1 byte wide, thus their position is swapped).
The old "ath,eep-endian" property enabled the corresponding swapping
logic in the ath9k driver (swab16 in ath9k_hw_nvram_swap_data, which is
based on the magic bytes in the EEPROM data which have nothing to do
with the calibration data - thus this logic should not be used
anymore).
Since we have switched to the upstream ath9k devicetree bindings there
is no binding anymore which enables swab16 in ath9k (as this logic is
not recommended anymore as explained above), leading to ath9k
initialization errors:
ath: phy0: Bad EEPROM VER 0x0001 or REV 0x00e0
(this shows that the version field is swapped, expected values are VER
0x000E and REV 0x0001)
Swapping the ath9k calibration data when extracting it from the flash
fixes the devices listed above (all other devices do not require
additional swapping, since the position of the fields is already as
expected by ath9k). This allows ath9k to read the version correctly
again, as well as the more important "eepmisc" field (which is used for
determining whether the data inside the EEPROM is Big or Little Endian
which is required to parse the EEPROM contents correctly).
Fixes: a20616863d ("lantiq: use ath9k device tree bindings
binding/owl-loader")
Signed-off-by: Martin Blumenstingl <martin.blumenstingl@googlemail.com>
Rob suggested I should use of_machine_is_compatible insteak of a new
property and updated patch has been sent.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
Correct splitting the 32-bit 'hostid' value to two 16-bit hexadecimal
values. Previously, the lower 16-bit value was truncated to an 8-bit
value, which would result in hostid values 100 and 200 both to be set
to [::0:0] instead of [::0:100] and [::0:200] respectively.
Signed-off-by: Arjen de Korte <build+lede@de-korte.org>
If the hostname in /etc/config/system is modified the dnsmasq will not
reread the update host file under /tmp/hosts/dhcp.$cfg.
Signed-off-by: Florian Eckert <Eckert.Florian@googlemail.com>
Last release of libnetfilter-queue was in 2012.
There don't seem to be any release tarballs since then.
This updates it to a more recent version, pointing to the git repo.
Signed-off-by: Alexandru Ardelean <ardeleanalex@gmail.com>
This is helpful for Orion-based NAS boxes that have the XOR engine enabled
since it provides faster software RAID.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
The harddisk target is for NAS boxes, so set the DEVICE_TYPE accordingly so we
get a sensible default package selection.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Enable support for this machine in the kernel and also produce valid image
files with the correct machine id.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Utilize the existing git download logic from include/download.mk and migrate
the kernel download over to it. This avoids repeatedly cloning kernel sources
after a make target/linux/clean for instance.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name> [fix build error]
This is going to be used to migrate the hand rolled git clone for the kernel
into using the git download method. The kernel uses custom options that we may
have to pass down.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Needed to work around ethernet hang issues on Ubiquiti NanoStation Loco XW,
because ar71xx is not converted to device tree yet.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
By default, forwarding between all ports is allowed on init. This is
problematic in cases where some ports are supposed to be isolated from
each other, most commonly LAN/WAN separation.
REG_ESW_PORT_PCR(port) has a destination mask for a particular port,
controlling what other ports it is allowed to send packets to.
Instead of initializing all to 0xff (all ports), allow each physical
port to send to the CPU port, and the CPU port to send to all other
ports.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
This fixes the partition name for the firmware splitter, the cfi
address and adds the mtd-eeprom address for wmac. It adds additional
LEDs and make use of them in diag.sh and 01_leds.
Please note that the ":blue:wired" LED is used because the
":blue:router" behaviour is unpredictable for failsafe indication. The
issue with the router LED is that you have two states only.
"off" is steady on and "on" blinks. Therefore the wired LED is more
suitable.
Furthermore it reuses the correct switch configuration definition to
reflect the device ports and numbering. Additionally fixes the issue
that the default configuration is not applied as no port 6 exists on
this device.
Signed-off-by: Tobias Wolf <github-NTEO@vplace.de>
sysupgrade command fails due to missing U-Boot environment-processing
binaries on sysupgrade ramdisk. The missing binaries result in the
following output:
Switching to ramdisk...
Performing system upgrade...
ash: /usr/sbin/fw_printenv: not found
ash: fw_setenv: not found
ash: touch: not found
cannot find target partition
Signed-off-by: Vignesh Balasubramaniam <vigneshb.hp@gmail.com>
The name from the Device define will be used in the metadata. Due to
typo/different spelling, this name might not match the one exported in
/lib/mvebu.sh.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
This fixes the following security problems:
CVE-2016-7440: Software AES table lookups do not properly consider cache-bank access times
CVE-2016-7439: Software RSA does not properly consider cache-bank monitoring
CVE-2016-7438: Software ECC does not properly consider cache-bank monitoring
SWEET32 Attack
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Support for MIPS toolchains without FPU support was added upstream,
so remove our patch.
patches/310-mips-link-tool.patch was a backport form this version of valgrind
src/abort.c is not referenced anywhere
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
This fixes the following security problems:
CVE-2016-8615: cookie injection for other servers
CVE-2016-8616: case insensitive password comparison
CVE-2016-8617: OOB write via unchecked multiplication
CVE-2016-8618: double-free in curl_maprintf
CVE-2016-8619: double-free in krb5 code
CVE-2016-8620: glob parser write/read out of bounds
CVE-2016-8621: curl_getdate read out of bounds
CVE-2016-8622: URL unescape heap overflow via integer truncation
CVE-2016-8623: Use-after-free via shared cookies
CVE-2016-8624: invalid URL parsing with '#'
CVE-2016-8625: IDNA 2003 makes curl use wrong host
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Change getver.sh to append a short Git commit hash to the end of the artifical
revision number. This way we still have order- and comparable commit numbers
but also a direct relation to the Git commit.
The new output format will look like "r2400+2-882472e" for dirty trees or like
"r2402-882472e" for clean ones.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Move the revision info to the VERSION_CODE variable and default VERSION_NUMBER
to CURRENT for master branch builds.
Also introduce a new menuconfig option CONFIG_VERSION_CODE which allows users
to override the revision value put into VERSION_CODE and adjust the template
files used by the base-files package to accomodate for the changed semantics.
While we're at it, also adjust the various URLs to match the current web site.
After this commit, the relevent files will look like the examples given below:
# cat /etc/openwrt_version
r2398+1
# cat /etc/openwrt_release
DISTRIB_ID='LEDE'
DISTRIB_RELEASE='CURRENT'
DISTRIB_REVISION='r2398+1'
DISTRIB_CODENAME='reboot'
DISTRIB_TARGET='x86/64'
DISTRIB_DESCRIPTION='LEDE Reboot CURRENT r2398+1'
DISTRIB_TAINTS='no-all override'
# cat /usr/lib/os-release
NAME="LEDE"
VERSION="CURRENT, Reboot"
ID="lede"
ID_LIKE="lede openwrt"
PRETTY_NAME="LEDE Reboot CURRENT"
VERSION_ID="current"
HOME_URL="http://lede-project.org/"
BUG_URL="http://bugs.lede-project.org/"
SUPPORT_URL="http://forum.lede-project.org/"
BUILD_ID="r2398+1"
LEDE_BOARD="x86/64"
LEDE_TAINTS="no-all override"
LEDE_DEVICE_MANUFACTURER="LEDE"
LEDE_DEVICE_MANUFACTURER_URL="http://lede-project.org/"
LEDE_DEVICE_PRODUCT="Generic"
LEDE_DEVICE_REVISION="v0"
LEDE_RELEASE="LEDE Reboot CURRENT r2398+1"
On a release branch, those files would look like:
# cat /etc/openwrt_version
r2399
# cat /etc/openwrt_release
DISTRIB_ID='LEDE'
DISTRIB_RELEASE='16.12-CURRENT'
DISTRIB_REVISION='r2399'
DISTRIB_CODENAME='test_release'
DISTRIB_TARGET='x86/64'
DISTRIB_DESCRIPTION='LEDE Test Release 16.12-CURRENT r2399'
DISTRIB_TAINTS='no-all override'
# cat /usr/lib/os-release
NAME="LEDE"
VERSION="16.12-CURRENT, Test Release"
ID="lede"
ID_LIKE="lede openwrt"
PRETTY_NAME="LEDE Test Release 16.12-CURRENT"
VERSION_ID="16.12-current"
HOME_URL="http://lede-project.org/"
BUG_URL="http://bugs.lede-project.org/"
SUPPORT_URL="http://forum.lede-project.org/"
BUILD_ID="r2399"
LEDE_BOARD="x86/64"
LEDE_TAINTS="no-all override"
LEDE_DEVICE_MANUFACTURER="LEDE"
LEDE_DEVICE_MANUFACTURER_URL="http://lede-project.org/"
LEDE_DEVICE_PRODUCT="Generic"
LEDE_DEVICE_REVISION="v0"
LEDE_RELEASE="LEDE Test Release 16.12-CURRENT r2399"
On a release tag, those files would look like:
# cat /etc/openwrt_version
r2500
# cat /etc/openwrt_release
DISTRIB_ID='LEDE'
DISTRIB_RELEASE='17.02.1'
DISTRIB_REVISION='r2500'
DISTRIB_CODENAME='mighty_unicorn'
DISTRIB_TARGET='x86/64'
DISTRIB_DESCRIPTION='LEDE Mighty Unicorn 17.02.1 r2500'
DISTRIB_TAINTS='no-all override'
# cat /usr/lib/os-release
NAME="LEDE"
VERSION="17.02.1, Mighty Unicorn"
ID="lede"
ID_LIKE="lede openwrt"
PRETTY_NAME="LEDE Mighty Unicorn 17.02.1"
VERSION_ID="17.02.1"
HOME_URL="http://lede-project.org/"
BUG_URL="http://bugs.lede-project.org/"
SUPPORT_URL="http://forum.lede-project.org/"
BUILD_ID="r2500"
LEDE_BOARD="x86/64"
LEDE_TAINTS="no-all override"
LEDE_DEVICE_MANUFACTURER="LEDE"
LEDE_DEVICE_MANUFACTURER_URL="http://lede-project.org/"
LEDE_DEVICE_PRODUCT="Generic"
LEDE_DEVICE_REVISION="v0"
LEDE_RELEASE="LEDE Mighty Unicorn 17.02.1 r2500"
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Acked-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Sadly, LibreSSL claims to be OpenSSL v2.0.0 while not providing the new
interfaces introduced with OpenSSL v1.1.x, so extend the pre-OpenSSL 1.1.x
compat checks to consider LibreSSL as well.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
use pwr LED in diag.sh
Expose unused pinmux pins as GPIOs
export power LED and buzzer pins
Use rb750gr3:blue:pwr LED in diag.sh for boot status instead of rb750gr3:green:usr
Signed-off-by: Andrew Yong <me@ndoo.sg>
Imported from e1aaf7ec00%5E%21/#F0
Signed-off-by: Pavel Kubelun <be.dissent@gmail.com>
CHROMIUM: net: ar8216: address security vulnerabilities in swconfig & ar8216
This patch does the following changes:
*address the security vulnerabilities in both swconfig framework and in
ar8216 driver (many bound check additions, and turned swconfig structure
signed element into unsigned when applicable)
*address a couple of whitespaces and indendation issues
BUG=chrome-os-partner:33096
TEST=none
Change-Id: I94ea78fcce8c1932cc584d1508c6e3b5dfb93ce9
Signed-off-by: Mathieu Olivari <mathieu@codeaurora.org>
Reviewed-on: https://chromium-review.googlesource.com/236490
Reviewed-by: Toshi Kikuchi <toshik@chromium.org>
Commit-Queue: Toshi Kikuchi <toshik@chromium.org>
Tested-by: Toshi Kikuchi <toshik@chromium.org>
Import from fd7b89dd46%5E%21/#F0
Signed-off-by: Pavel Kubelun <be.dissent@gmail.com>
CHROMIUM: drivers: ar8216: prevent device duplication in ar8xxx_dev_list
If probe is called twice, once for PHY0 and a second time for PHY4,
the same switch device will be added twice to ar8xxx_dev_list, while
supposedly this list should have one element per hardware switch present
in the system.
While no negative impact have been observed, it does happen if a
platform instanciates these two PHYs from device-tree, as an example.
Change-Id: Iddcbdf7d4adacb0af01975b73f8e56b4582e894e
Signed-off-by: Mathieu Olivari <mathieu@codeaurora.org>
Reviewed-on: https://chromium-review.googlesource.com/234790
Reviewed-by: Matthias Kaehlcke <mka@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Toshi Kikuchi <toshik@chromium.org>
Tested-by: Toshi Kikuchi <toshik@chromium.org>
Import from c3fd96a7b8%5E%21/#F0
Signed-off-by: Pavel Kubelun <be.dissent@gmail.com>
CHROMIUM: drivers: ar8216: hold ar8xxx_dev_list_lock during use_count--
It is possible for the remove() callback to run twice in parallel, which
could result into --use_count returning only 1 in both cases and the
rest of the unregistration path to never be reached.
This case has never been observed in practice, but we will fix
preventively to make the code more robust.
BUG=chrome-os-partner:33096
TEST=none
Change-Id: If09abe27fdb2037f514f8674418bafaab3cbdef6
Signed-off-by: Mathieu Olivari <mathieu@codeaurora.org>
Reviewed-on: https://chromium-review.googlesource.com/232870
Reviewed-by: Matthias Kaehlcke <mka@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Toshi Kikuchi <toshik@chromium.org>
Tested-by: Toshi Kikuchi <toshik@chromium.org>
RPM clock controller driver had made its way upstream and previous
approach of directly redoing a driver to support ipq806x is a no go anymore.
Thus reverting mentioned patches to upstream state and renaming
in correct patch numbering accordance.
To make the driver work on ipq806x boards we introduce a custom patch.
Signed-off-by: Pavel Kubelun <be.dissent@gmail.com>
Not all kmod packages depends on kmod-ipt-compat-xtables, but this
kernel config option is required for building the whole package
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Commit 2728512 ("e2fsprogs: List all libraries explicitly") forced the
e2fsprogs build system to link libcom_err.so in various places.
Unfortunately, the krb5 package also ships a libcom_err.so with a totally
different ABI and puts it into the global staging directory which causes
e2fsprogs to pick up this wrong library, leading to the following failure:
LD blkid
../lib/libext2fs.so: undefined reference to `_et_list'
collect2: error: ld returned 1 exit status
Makefile:504: recipe for target 'blkid' failed
Change the SYSLIBS specification to explicitely link libcom_err.so.0.0
which in order to work around the problem.
In the long run, the libcom_err clash between e2fsprogs and krb5 needs to
be solved properly.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
The OpenSSL 1.1.x version series undergone some major API changes which made
the RSA structure opaque and deprecated a number of methods, so add some
conditional compat code to make the u-boot source build again.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
The SDK Makefile still trys to copy the docs folder which was removed
with 882f4d2d63. This causes an SDK build
error.
All other removals are just cleanup.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
"service" is a simple wrapper that will allow to call init.d scripts
current method: # /etc/init.d/network reload
with the wrapper: # service network reload
If the wrapper is called without arguments or with a wrong init script name, it will print an error and list the content of /etc/init.d/ folder
Signed-off-by: Alberto Bursi <alberto.bursi@outlook.it>
Refresh patches on all 4.4 supported platforms.
077-0005-bgmac-stop-clearing-DMA-receive-control-register-rig.patch
removed as now upstream.
Compile & run tested: ar71xx - Archer C7 v2
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <kevin@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
the docs in /docs folder are pretty much obsolete and in a not very friendly format (latex, that requires to be
compiled), leaving them there only causes confusion.
LEDE documentation's place is the wiki, or the site.
Signed-off-by: Alberto Bursi <alberto.bursi@outlook.it>
ifxhcd never had roothub support but since kernel 3.x it was expected
that a roothub always exists.
The patched fixed a null pointer deref in the usb subsystem because of
the missing roothub.
Since ifxhcd is gone, this whole patch isn't required any longer.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Based on the submission to the uboot-lantiq repo by Martin Blumenstingl.
Use the ddr_settings.h from the GPL tarball. The NAND boot optimized
one (with memory tuning enabled) doesn't work for the UART boot image.
Use the same mtd layout as the stock u-boot. Add add UBI support.
Use the leds to indicate boot status like it is done with the stock
u-boot. Switch on the red power led if kernel image can't be loaded.
Otherwise switch the green led on.
Make only the ramboot u-boot available. Only this image is required for
the first installation of LEDE.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
This way the on nand bad block table is preserved and used. Add support
for nand OOB ECC checksums as well. It should fix all reported ubi
errors, which were all related to bad nand blocks and a purged on nand
bad block table.
The existing ubi partition will be reused, which eliminates the need
to touch the caldata during initial install. The BT u-boot has support
for loading a kernel from an ubi volume. It isn't necessary any longer
to replace the BT u-boot with a custom compiled one to use LEDE.
It is required to restore the BT Firmware and install LEDE from scratch
to switch to the new partition layout.
An image for restoring the BT firmware and installing LEDE is provided
at https://github.com/mkresin/lede/releases.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Backport upstream commit a61ae81a1907af1987ad4c77300508327bc48b23.
The actually purpose of the patch was to do some cleanup. As a side
effect of this cleanup, the device node is now passed to nand_dt_init.
This allows to use the common nand device tree properties
- nand-bus-width
- nand-on-flash-bbt
- nand-ecc-mode
- nand-ecc-step-size
- nand-ecc-strength
for the plat_nand driver.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Due to the addition of the bindings to the ath9k driver, this code
isn't used any longer. The fixup is now done by the owloader.
Rename the ath_eep.c file to ath5k_eep.c to indicate that this files
includes ath5k related code only.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
This moves the extraction of the eeprom/calibration data to a hotplug
firmware script. Additionally it modifies all .dts to configure ath9k
directly from within the .dts.
The owl-loader approach enables support on devices with exotic eeprom
data locations (such as unaligned positions on the flash or data
inside an UBI volume).
Signed-off-by: Martin Blumenstingl <martin.blumenstingl@googlemail.com>
[add ath9k caldata mac address patcher]
[fixes DGN3500 wifi mac]
[fixes BTHOMEHUBV3A wifi mac]
[set invalid mac for BTHOMEHUB2B, FRITZ3370, FRITZ7320 & FRITZ7360SL to restore previous random mac behavior]
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
These properties allow overriding the settings from the EEPROM
which indicate whether a band is enabled or not.
Setting this property is only needed when the RF circuit does not
support the 2.4GHz or 5GHz band while it is enabled nevertheless in the
EEPROM.
These patches will be replaced with a future upstream version which
will introduces an ieee80211 device tree property to disable bands.
Signed-off-by: Martin Blumenstingl <martin.blumenstingl@googlemail.com>
There are two types of swapping the EEPROM data in the ath9k driver.
Before this series one type of swapping could not be used without the
other.
The first type of swapping looks at the "magic bytes" at the start of
the EEPROM data and performs swab16 on the EEPROM contents if needed.
The second type of swapping is EEPROM format specific and swaps
specific fields within the EEPROM itself (swab16, swab32 - depends on
the EEPROM format).
With this series the second part now looks at the EEPMISC register
inside the EEPROM, which uses a bit to indicate if the EEPROM data
is Big Endian (this is also done by the FreeBSD kernel).
This has a nice advantage: currently there are some out-of-tree hacks
(in OpenWrt and LEDE) where the EEPROM has a Big Endian header on a
Big Endian system (= no swab16 is performed) but the EEPROM itself
indicates that it's data is Little Endian. Until now the out-of-tree
code simply did a swab16 before passing the data to ath9k, so ath9k
first did the swab16 - this also enabled the format specific swapping.
These out-of-tree hacks are still working with the new logic, but it
is recommended to remove them. This implementation is based on a
discussion with Arnd Bergmann who raised concerns about the
robustness and portability of the swapping logic in the original OF
support patch review, see [0].
After a second round of patches (= v1 of this series) neither Arnd
Bergmann nor I were really happy with the complexity of the EEPROM
swapping logic. Based on a discussion (see [1] and [2]) we decided
that ath9k should use a defined format (specifying the endianness
of the data - I went with __le16 and __le32) when accessing the
EEPROM fields. A benefit of this is that we enable the EEPMISC based
swapping logic by default, just like the FreeBSD driver, see [3]. On
the devices which I have tested (see below) ath9k now works without
having to specify the "endian_check" field in ath9k_platform_data (or
a similar logic which could provide this via devicetree) as ath9k now
detects the endianness automatically. Only EEPROMs which are mangled
by some out-of-tree code still need the endian_check flag (or one can
simply remove that mangling from the out-of-tree code).
[0] http://www.spinics.net/lists/linux-wireless/msg152634.html
[1] https://marc.info/?l=linux-wireless&m=147250597503174&w=2
[2] https://marc.info/?l=linux-wireless&m=147254388611344&w=2
[3] 50719b56d9/sys/dev/ath/ath_hal/ah_eeprom_9287.c (L351)
Signed-off-by: Martin Blumenstingl <martin.blumenstingl@googlemail.com>
These patches add support for configuring ath9k based devices via
devicetree. This was tested on PCI(e) based devices. This should work
for AHB based devices as well (adding more AHB specific properties may
still be needed) as soon as the ath79 platform is ready to populate the
ath9k wmac via devicetree.
This patchset was accepted upstream, more information can be found on
the linux-wireless list:
https://www.spinics.net/lists/linux-wireless/msg155474.html
Signed-off-by: Martin Blumenstingl <martin.blumenstingl@googlemail.com>
Remove all comments in ubnt_xm_board_detect(), as it's not possible to add
comments to specific lines of the case construct anyways.
Fixes: 9a5801e7 "ar71xx: add model detection for UBNT Rocket Ti"
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
The ESP algorithms in CBC mode require echainiv, so have kmod-ipsec
depend on kmod-crypto-echainiv.
See upstream commit 32b6170ca59ccf07d0e394561e54b2cd9726038c.
Signed-off-by: Stijn Tintel <stijn@linux-ipv6.be>
Our current implementation is pretty old and uses some pre-standard/old
ANSI C style that triggers warnings like:
warning: call to function 'MD5_Init' without a real prototype [-Wunprototyped-calls]
This is caused by declarations specified in a following way:
src/md5.h:60:6: note: 'MD5_Init' was declared here
void MD5_Init ();
Having these warnings makes it harded to notice real problems. We could
try hiding them but it makes more sense to just use a cleaner code.
Another tiny gain from this switch is slightly reduced binary size, on
x86_64 tplink-safeloader's size 48104 became 48003.
The new code is public domain, uses "heavily cut-down BSD license".
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
This adds support for the Intel Falcon SoC for GPON.
Support for the Falcon SoC was removed in commit c821836395 svn rev:
40392 from OpenWrt, this commit adds it again.
This patch adds a new subtarget for the Falcon SoC, but it still misses
all the drivers needed to control the GPON part.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
The DEVICE_PACKAGES are not included in the initramfs image in case
TARGET_PER_DEVICE_ROOTFS is set. This might produces initramfs images
with a not working network configuration because of a missing swconfig.
Workaround the issues by adding the essential swconfig package to the
default packages selection and deselect swconfig for boards not having
swconfig included before via device packages.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Remove the wifi5g LED from the the d7800, r7500 and r7800. Albeit this
GPIO is mentioned in the GPL tarball, it doesn't do anything. The
2.4/5 GHz LEDs are connected to the wifi chips and not be controlled
from the the userspace.
Use the LEDs names/colours as they are used in the board manuals. Merge
redundant LED configurations. Use the phy[0|1]tpt trigger for the
wireless LEDs. Remove the workarounds for the not controllable wireless
LEDs.
Fix spi compatible strings and remove superfluous spi-max-frequency
parameters.
If there are two power leds, use one for indicating normal operation and
one for failsafe/upgrade. Keep the on/off state of the main power led
during boot.
Use the usb pinmux settings from the nbg6817 gpl sources.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Set the pinmux to the values found in the GPL tarballs of the boards.
Remove pinmux which are is not used (like nand pinmux for spi
flash boards).
This allows to use the wan orange led of the C2600 which had a wrong
pinmux before. Might fix buttons or leds of other boards as well.
Fix the LED color and the ledswitch key code of the C2600. Rename the
ledgnr to ledswitch.
Add support for indication the boot state using LEDs to the D7800,
NBG6817, R7500 and R7500v2.
Change GPIO active to readable values in D7800, EA8500, R7500,
R7500v2 and R7800.
Change gpioexport to gpio pinmux.
Add proper "drive strenght" to i2c4_pins and use it for RPM on
C2600, D7800, EA8500, R7500, R7500v2.
Remove pcie pinmux from D7800.
Move pinctrl to correct place in NBG6817 and R7800.
Signed-off-by: Henryk Heisig <hyniu@o2.pl>
Earlier compilers such as GCC 4 do not like anynomous unions, make it a named
union "u", and update the code where relevant.
Fixes FS#298
Fixes: a72e1692b8 ("firmware-utils: Add support for the Cisco Meraki MX60/MX60W")
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
This allows specifying PCI devices as children of the PCIe controller
node to pass configuration data to them.
Signed-off-by: Martin Blumenstingl <martin.blumenstingl@googlemail.com>
Fix bug that LEDE failed to boot with this message:
WARNING: CPU: 2 PID: 1 at drivers/spi/spi-mt7621.c:214
mt7621_spi_transfer_one_message+0x28c/0x620()
Signed-off-by: Yong-hyu, Ban <perillamint@gentoo.moe>
Use gpio.h definition of GPIO_ACTIVE_HIGH and GPIO_ACTIVE_LOW. Remove unused backup partition to increase available JFFS space. As long as U-Boot env variable "bootcount" is < 3 (reset to 0 after boot by init script) SamKnow's U-Boot will not attempt to boot from the backup flash address (0xe30000).
Signed-off-by: Andrew Yong <me@ndoo.sg>
User-visible changes since 0.64 are as follows:
- Translation fixes
- Project settings have priority
- Reject binary files in patches
- Fix a race condition in diff_file
- Performance: Optimizations to the setup command
- Performance: Optimizations to the bash completion script
- Test suite: Improve the edit test case
- Test suite: Make the symlink test more robust
- Test suite: Test backup failure
- Test suite: Test the header command with hard links
- diff: Report diff failures
- edit: Fix a corner case bug
- mail: Fix the help text
- push: Fix the synopsis
- refresh: Do not remove symlinks
- refresh: Break links to read-only patch files
- refresh: Always preserve modification time
- setup: Report failed look-ups in inspect-wrapper
- quilt.el: Fix quilt-editable when patches are stored in subdirs
- bash_completion: Handle spaces in file names
- bash_completion: Update the list of commands
- bash_completion: Add new command options
- bash_completion: Fix handling of mail, new, push options
- guards: Simplify the help text
- guards: Include the file name also in the "Not found" case
- guards: Add support for an external filelist in --check mode
- guards: Report which config file has problem in --check mode
- guards: Documentation update
- guards: Clarify a user message
Note to packagers: the Makefile was modified to take configure's
--sysconfdir into account as other projects do. As a result, setting
--prefix=/usr will no longer put the configuration files under /etc.
You now need to explicitly pass --sysconfdir=/etc. If you don't,
configuration files will go under /usr/etc, which is not what you want.
This is somewhat less intuitive, but also more consistent with what
other projects are doing.
Signed-off-by: Hannu Nyman <hannu.nyman@iki.fi>
RELEASE 2.5.1 - Mon, 03 Nov 2016 13:37:42 -0400
- Add scons-configure-cache.py to packaging. It was omitted
- Use memoization to optimize PATH evaluation across
all dependencies per node.
Signed-off-by: Hannu Nyman <hannu.nyman@iki.fi>
This device uses NAND FLASH, so it should be kept in nand subtarget.
Also, inlcude in packages kmod-usb-ledtrig-usbport instead of
obsolete kmod-ledtrig-usbdev.
Signed-off-by: Piotr Dymacz <pepe2k@gmail.com>
This router is similar to the C2600. Ethernet on WAN + LAN, switch,
sysupgrade, LEDs, buttons and WiFi on 2G + 5G do work. The xDSL modem
and the POTS/DECT interface are not supported yet.
It is not possible to flash LEDE via the TP-Link webinterface. The
image need to be signed. The first 0x200 bytes of the image is the
TP-Link header including the signature. The signature is not validated
by the bootloader. The LEDE image is zeroed in this area.
To install LEDE it is necessary to solder a four pin header to JP2.
Connect a serial interface to this header and interrupt the autostart
of kernel. Transfer the sysupgrade image via TFTP and write it to the
serial flash at 0x320000.
Signed-off-by: Sebastian Quilitz <zeraphim@x-pantion.de>
This constant was always defined to 0, and recently got removed in
upstream commit a07ea4d9941af5a0c6f0be2a71b51ac9c083c5e5 ("genetlink: no
longer support using static family IDs")
Fixes libnl-tiny builds with latest upstream kernels.
Fixes: d723f2573a ("libnl-tiny: remove include/linux overrides to fix various build issues")
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
CONFIG_CRYPTO_DEV_SUN4I_SS was previously set to y but did not take
effect because of the absence of CONFIG_CRYPTO_HW=y
Signed-off-by: Yousong Zhou <yszhou4tech@gmail.com>
Targets like malta can have no patches/ directory available and this
commit tries quash "no such file or directory" messages from `find`
Signed-off-by: Yousong Zhou <yszhou4tech@gmail.com>
Currently, the device-tree partition is marked as read-only.
Hence, userspace tools like mtd can't write into the partition.
This however will be necessary in case the DTB needs to be
updated.
This patch also adds the kernel.dtb image, so the compiled
DTB is exported as a file and available in the binary
directory along the firmware images.
Note: the u-boot does expects the dtb to be a uimage.
To update the dtb manually:
1. copy the generated dtb to the router.
2. mtd erase /dev/mtd2
3. mtd write wndr4700.dtb /dev/mtd2
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
Unlike x86, kvm for arm has to be built into the kernel. The kernel
config was prepared with the following command
make kernel_menuconfig CONFIG_TARGET=platform
Then enable ARM_LPAE, VIRTUALIZATION, KVM in that order
Other config changes are done by the build system. The following text
tries to explain some of them, for archive purposes probably...
- BUILD_BIN2C. It was dropped probably because the prompt is empty and
no other config option selects it. bin2c is a host executable for
converting binary content to a piece of c code for inclusion
- CRYPTO_DEV_SUN4I_SS. It was dropped because the dependency CRYPTO_HW
was not enabled. Setting that aside, packaging it as a loadbable
module in lieu of other sunxi specific modules seems more appropriate
- PGTABLE_LEVELS. It was changed from 2 to 3 because 3 is the default
when ARM_LPAE is enabled
- HAVE_KERNEL_GZIP, etc.. These are enabled in generic config
- SCHED_INFO, ZLIB_INFLATE. These were dropped probably for the same
reason as for BUILD_BIN2C
Signed-off-by: Yousong Zhou <yszhou4tech@gmail.com>
Otherwise the built binaries may fail with
Error relocating /usr/bin/qemu-system-x86_64: unsupported relocation type 37
Signed-off-by: Yousong Zhou <yszhou4tech@gmail.com>
Update fuse+libfuse to upstream 2.9.7. Drop the patch for CVE-2015-3202,
which is already integrated in the newer version. Rework the other patches.
Also switch PKG_SOURCE from @SF to libfuse's github releases.
Signed-off-by: Paul Wassi <p.wassi@gmx.at>
The Dlink DWR-512-B modem is a ralink 5350 processor based embedding
a 3G mini-pcie router.
The oem JBOOT bootloader has to be replaced by a RT5350 SDK
U-Boot such as https://github.com/stevenylai/ralink_sdk - U-Boot
configured for the RT5350 256MiB SDR.
Main reason to change the bootloader is the encrypted header used to
store the kernel image. In this way an image can only be generated
using the propietary binboy tool (included in the GPL distribution
from Dlink). The binboy tool doesn't allow to modify the kernel/rootfs
partition scheme. This is considered a big constraint (limited kernel
size and inefficient usage of flash space).
For interested people I pubblished the details of my investigation
about the encrypted firmware header here:
http://lists.infradead.org/pipermail/lede-dev/2016-October/003435.html
Signed-off-by: Giuseppe Lippolis <giu.lippolis@gmail.com>
Fix a typo in mt7621.dtsi compatible string. Disable spi, sdhci and pci
in mt7621.dtsi and enable the nodes in the indiviual board dts files.
The nodes require further device specific configuration anyway.
Remove the m25p80@0 spi child node from mt7621.dtsi and add the
chunked-io parameter to the individual board dts files. Fix the spi
flash compatible string for the WNDR3700V5.
Drop the mt7621-eval-board compatible string for all boards which are
not the eval board.
Drop the linux,modalias parameter from spi flash node.
Remove the xhci node from board files, it is already enabled in dtsi.
Disable xhci for boards not having usb ports populated.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
The 10.1 includes a good many stability fixes related to the effort of
backporting upstream 10.2 firmware. Also enables 802.1q vlan support.
Successfully tested on apu2.
The 10.4 firmwares including new backported code as well as stability
fixes. 10.4 has been tested on Fedora x86-64 platforms, but not on LEDE
specifically since I had issues compiling LEDE for my 9980/9984 AP hardware.
Signed-off-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
Fix configuration files for the Livebox 1 routers.
- Add status led
- Set eth0 as the LAN port, for coherence with RedBoot and comfortability.
- Add led triggers
Signed-off-by: Daniel Gonzalez Cabanelas <dgcbueu@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jonas Gorski <jonas.gorski@gmail.com>
Fix Image generation for the Livebox 1
- missing "relocate-kernel", wrong "LOADADDR", fix it
Signed-off-by: Daniel Gonzalez Cabanelas <dgcbueu@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jonas Gorski <jonas.gorski@gmail.com>
Fix the DTS file for the Livebox 1 routers:
- part probe wrong, it should be RedBoot (uppercase matters)
Signed-off-by: Daniel Gonzalez Cabanelas <dgcbueu@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jonas Gorski <jonas.gorski@gmail.com>
Fix the DTS file for the Livebox 1 routers:
- leds are totally wrong, fix them.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Gonzalez Cabanelas <dgcbueu@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jonas Gorski <jonas.gorski@gmail.com>
Fix the DTS file for the Livebox 1 routers:
- no failsafe button, use button 1 for this purpose
Signed-off-by: Daniel Gonzalez Cabanelas <dgcbueu@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jonas Gorski <jonas.gorski@gmail.com>
Packages that do a killall <cmd> with the same name as the init script
will fail the prerm step when the service isn't running. Do make them
removable without having to restart the service, ignore the return code.
Signed-off-by: Jonas Gorski <jonas.gorski@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
To make sure we properly restart services on upgrade we need to
call the prerm script of the old package, in case the init script
changes (or vanishes).
Signed-off-by: Jonas Gorski <jonas.gorski@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Properly stop/start services on upgrade, but don't change the enabled
state.
Signed-off-by: Jonas Gorski <jonas.gorski@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Allow scripts from the package to be upgraded to be aware of being
upgraded.
Signed-off-by: Jonas Gorski <jonas.gorski@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
fix in sdhci Use ralink_soc == MT762X_SOC_MT7621AT instead of CONFIG_SOC_MT7621 which is
wrong and breaks builds on mt7620a-similar platforms (MT7621, MT7688)
Signed-off-by: Andrew Yong <me@ndoo.sg>
If something goes wrong and script can't find upstream revision it will
return something like:
r2220
which looks like a valid upstream revision 2220. We cant' distinguish it
from e.g. 2200 upstream commits and 20 local ones.
The new format still provides revision number but also points clearly
that is may be not the upstream one:
r0+2220
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
Acked-by: John Crispin < john@phrozen.org>
The host-side build of grub2 requires this sometimes.
This will re-generate the ./configure script from configure.ac.
I don't know the conditions of how this reproduces, it just
sometimes appears, and sometimes doesn't.
Build error
```
<lede-dir>/build_dir/target-x86_64_musl-1.1.15_yogi/host/grub-2.02~beta2/build-aux/missing: line 81: aclocal-1.14: command not found
WARNING: 'aclocal-1.14' is missing on your system.
You should only need it if you modified 'acinclude.m4' or
'configure.ac' or m4 files included by 'configure.ac'.
The 'aclocal' program is part of the GNU Automake package:
<http://www.gnu.org/software/automake>
It also requires GNU Autoconf, GNU m4 and Perl in order to run:
<http://www.gnu.org/software/autoconf>
<http://www.gnu.org/software/m4/>
<http://www.perl.org/>
Makefile:3962: recipe for target 'aclocal.m4' failed
```
Adding PKG_FIXUP adds sanity (i.e. autoreconf is used for host & target
builds) over just using HOST_FIXUP.
Signed-off-by: Alexandru Ardelean <ardeleanalex@gmail.com>
Enable work-arounds present in the code commented-out but needed to write to
sdcard on mt7621 which currently causes kernel to oops when engaging in
serious writing to sdcard. With this change applied, there are still
occasional warnings thrown by the mmc driver, however, at least it no longer
crashes the system and even large writes (full-card dump/erase/write/compare)
don't show any corruption.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
Rebase to LEDE and added "CONFIG_SOC_MT7621" check to ensure non-MT7621 devices do not face performance regressions.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Yong <me@ndoo.sg>
This adds the patch submitted to upstream that adds BQL to the mvneta
driver: https://patchwork.kernel.org/patch/9328413/. Helps latency under
load when the physical link is saturated.
Signed-off-by: Toke Høiland-Jørgensen <toke@toke.dk>
This patch adds header support for the Cisco Meraki MX60/MX60W, which
are a part of the apm821xx target. Some structure changes were needed
due to the fact this device uses U-Boot (unlike other devices in
mkmerakifw.c) which uses a different header structure to define the load
offsets for the image.
A thanks to Christian for helping implement this properly.
Cc: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Chris Blake <chrisrblake93@gmail.com>
Parameters for dwc2 on lantiq.
A separate dwc2_core_params structure is defined for danube because danube
fifo sizes are large enough to be autodetected. This is not the case on
arx and vrx.
Signed-off-by: Ben Mulvihill <ben.mulvihill@gmail.com>
Device tree binding for dwc2 usb driver on danube.
Leave old ifxhcd-danube driver as an alternative.
Also adds dr_mode = "host" to eliminate warning on boot.
Signed-off-by: Ben Mulvihill <ben.mulvihill@gmail.com>
This patch adds support for the Cisco Meraki MX60/MX60W Security
Appliance. Flashing information can be found at
https://github.com/riptidewave93/LEDE-MX60
Specs are as follows:
AppliedMicro APM82181 SoC at 800MHz
1GiB NAND - Samsung K9K8G08U0D
512MB DDR RAM - 4x Nanya NT5TU128M8GE-AC
Atheros AR8327-BL1A Gigabit Ethernet Switch
1x USB 2.0 Port
More info can be found at https://wiki.openwrt.org/toh/meraki/mx60
Cc: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Chris Blake <chrisrblake93@gmail.com>
This patch fixes the ethernet switch initial config for Mikrotik RB450 and RB450G.
The previous version wrongly changed the RouterStation Pro config. This one creates a specific config for the RB450G and leaves the RouterStation Pro unchanged.
Signed-off-by: João Chaínho <joaochainho@gmail.com>
CPE830 is a clone of AP90Q, with different type of antenna (panel)
and additional 4 LEDs for WiFi signal level indication.
Use the same flash approach as for YunCore AP90Q.
Signed-off-by: Piotr Dymacz <pepe2k@gmail.com>
YunCore AP90Q is an outdoor CPE/AP based on Qualcomm/Atheros QCA9531 v2.
Short specification:
- 650/600/216 MHz (CPU/DDR/AHB)
- 2x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet, passive PoE support
- 64/128 MB of RAM (DDR2)
- 16 MB of FLASH
- 2T2R 2.4 GHz with external PA, up to 29 dBm
- 2x internal 5 dBi omni antennas
- 4x LED, 1x button
- UART (JP1) header on PCB
Flash instruction under U-Boot, using UART:
1. tftp 0x80060000 lede-ar71xx-generic-ap90q-squashfs-sysupgrade
2. erase 0x9f050000 +$filesize
3. cp.b $fileaddr 0x9f050000 $filesize
4. setenv bootcmd "bootm 0x9f050000"
5. saveenv && reset
Flash instruction under vendor fimrware, using telnet/SSH:
1. Connect PC with 192.168.1.x address to WAN port
2. Power up device, enter failsafe mode with button (no LED indicator!)
3. Change root password and reboot (mount_root, passwd ..., reboot -f)
4. Upload lede-ar71xx-generic-ap90q-squashfs-sysupgrade.bin to /tmp using SCP
5. Connect PC with 192.168.188.x address to LAN port, SSH to 192.168.188.253
6. Invoke:
- cd /tmp
- fw_setenv bootcmd "bootm 0x9f050000"
- mtd erase firmware
- mtd -r write lede-ar71xx-generic-ap90q-squashfs-sysupgrade.bin firmware
Signed-off-by: Piotr Dymacz <pepe2k@gmail.com>
COMFAST CF-E380AC v1/v2 is a ceiling mount AP with PoE
support, based on Qualcomm/Atheros QCA9558+QCA9880+AR8035.
There are two versions of this model, with different RAM
and U-Boot mtd partition sizes:
- v1: 128 MB of RAM, 128 KB U-Boot image size
- v2: 256 MB of RAM, 256 KB U-Boot image size
Version number is available only inside vendor GUI,
hardware and markings are the same.
Short specification:
- 720/600/200 MHz (CPU/DDR/AHB)
- 1x 10/100/1000 Mbps Ethernet, with PoE support
- 128 or 256 MB of RAM (DDR2)
- 16 MB of FLASH
- 3T3R 2.4 GHz, with external PA (SE2576L), up to 28 dBm
- 3T3R 5 GHz, with external PA (SE5003L1), up to 30 dBm
- 6x internal antennas
- 1x RGB LED, 1x button
- UART (T11), LEDs/GPIO (J7) and USB (T12) headers on PCB
- external watchdog (Pericon Technology PT7A7514)
Flash instruction:
Original firmware is based on OpenWrt.
Use sysupgrade image directly in vendor GUI.
Signed-off-by: Piotr Dymacz <pepe2k@gmail.com>
As we already have support for CF-E316N v2 and many devices from
this vendor look similar, the support was included in existing
mach-*.c file, with few cleanups and fixes.
All 3 devices are based on Qualcomm/Atheros QCA9531 v2.
COMFAST CF-E320N v2 is a ceiling mount AP with PoE support.
Short specification:
- 650/393/216 MHz (CPU/DDR/AHB)
- 2x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet, both with PoE support
- 64 MB of RAM (DDR2)
- 16 MB of FLASH
- 2T2R 2.4 GHz, up to 22 dBm
- 2x internal antennas
- 1x RGB LED, 1x button
- UART (J1), GPIO (J9) and USB (J2) headers on PCB
- external watchdog (Pericon Technology PT7A7514)
COMFAST CF-E520N/CF-E530N are in-wall APs with USB and PoE support.
They seem to have different only the front panel.
Short specification:
- 650/393/216 MHz (CPU/DDR/AHB)
- 2x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet, WAN with PoE support
- 1x USB 2.0 (in CF-E520N covered by panel, available on PCB)
- 32 MB of RAM (DDR2)
- 8 MB of FLASH
- 2T2R 2.4 GHz, up to 22 dBm
- 2x internal antennas
- 1x LED, 1x button
- UART (J1) headers on PCB
Flash instruction:
Original firmware is based on OpenWrt.
Use sysupgrade image directly in vendor GUI.
Signed-off-by: Piotr Dymacz <pepe2k@gmail.com>
Update patch to remove pipetypes var declaration which was throwing
unused variable warning due to the original patch removing the only use.
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <kevin@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
Fix the incorrect usage of ar934x_nfc_write_page and ar934x_nfc_write_page_raw.
Add *page* in the argument list and remove the local variable.
Signed-off-by: Paul Wassi <p.wassi@gmx.at>
Recent refactoring introduced a regression. It ignored second argument
of make_support_list function which was originally true for C2600. The
new generic build_image function always passes false.
This patch allows specifying trailing char in a device specific info. It
also switches Archer C9 to the \0 char to make it compliant with vendor
images.
I verified generated images to be binary identical to the ones that
were created before whole refactoring.
Reported-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Fixes: fd924d2068 ("firmware-utils: tplink-safeloader: use one function for generating images")
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
This fixes parsing partition placed after TRX with block-aligned length.
It's important e.g. for Archer C9 which has TRX with kernel only and
rootfs as separated partition.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
Fix build on targets not using CONFIG_MODULE_STRIPPED.
Neither RTL8367_DRIVER_DESC nor RTL8367B_DRIVER_DESC are defined
anywhere. It worked for targets using CONFIG_MODULE_STRIPPED since our
module stripper no-ops the various module info macros.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Change grub's root device to xen/xvda,msdos1 for the x86_xen_domu
target so that it will boot without further changes.
Signed-off-by: Wilfried Klaebe <w+lede-project@chaos.in-kiel.de>
[Jo-Philipp Wich: fixed and rebased patch from FS#264, added subject]
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Use fwtool to extract it, only require metadata to be present if the
platform sysupgrade script sets REQUIRE_IMAGE_METADATA=1
Image metadata is in JSON format and contains a list of supported
devices, along with version information that could be displayed by a UI
later before the actual upgrade happens.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
This will be used to append extra information to images which allows the
system to verify if an image is compatible with the system.
The extra data is appended to the end of the image, where it will be
ignored when upgrading from systems that do not process this data yet:
If the image is a squashfs or jffs2 image, the extra data will land
after the end-of-filesystem marker, where it will be overwritten once
the system boots for the first timee.
If the image is a sysupgrade tar file, tar will simply ignore the extra
data when unpacking.
The layout of the metadata/signature chunks is constructed in a way
that the last part contains just a magic and size information, so that
the tool can quickly check if any valid data is present without having
to do a pattern search throughout the full image.
Chunks also contain CRC32 information to detect file corruption, even
when the image is not signed.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
SafeLoader is image format used by some TP-LINK devices. This tool
allows extracting selected partitions out of it. It can be used for
sysupgrade.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
Factory image can be installed via Zyxel WebUI.
Signed-off-by: Vitaly Chekryzhev <13hakta@gmail.com>
[removed linux,modalias parameter from flash node in dts]
[removed sdhci node from dts; no sd card slot here]
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
This patch refreshes the ipq806x kernel patches.
There was a large PR for ipq806x in the queue when the kernel patches
were refreshed for 4.4.32, so currently there is quite much fuzz for
ipq806x.
Signed-off-by: Hannu Nyman <hannu.nyman@iki.fi>
The Sitecom firmware upgrade file has SENAO_FIRMWARE_TYPE 2 set. This
looks rather wrong since SENAO_FIRMWARE_TYPE 2 is kernel only but the
file is way to big for only including a kernel.
The factory image need to have the dlf file extension. Otherwise the
Sitecom firmware rejects the file.
The stock firmware uses the following mac addresses:
LAN: 00:0C:F6:AA:BB:D8 (u-boot env: ethaddr)
2,4: 00:0C:F6:AA:BB:D8 (EEPROM)
5: 00:0C:F6:AA:BB:DC (EEPROM)
WAN: 00:0C:F6:AA:C8:43 (u-boot env: wanaddr)
Assuming the mac address range :D8 to :DC is reserved for this device,
the MAC addresses were reorder to have a unique MAC address for each
interface:
2.4GHz: 00:0C:F6:AA:BB:D8
LAN: 00:0C:F6:AA:BB:D9
WAN: 00:0C:F6:AA:BB:DA
5 GHz: 00:0C:F6:AA:BB:DC
The first MAC is assigned to the 2.4GHz WiFi interface
to keep compatibility with the SSIDs printed on the case, which have
the last three sextets of the MAC address appended.
There are still issues with the rt2x00 driver. It is not possible to
use both wireless interfaces at the same time. The 2.4 GHz
wireless (PCIe) only works if the internal 5GHz wireless is/has been
enabled or used for scanning. The internal 5GHz wireless only works if
the 2.4GHz wireless (PCIe) was never enabled. Disabling the 2.4Ghz
after it was enabled will result in stations seeing the 5Ghz AP but are
unable to connect.
Due to the not optimal working wifi the manufacture, backup and storage
partitions of the OEM firmware are kept for now to allow an easy switch
back to the Sitecom firmware.
Signed-off-by: Jasper Scholte <NightNL@outlook.com>
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
This is a powerful API for parallel crypto from which many other modules
can benefit. It only winds up being turned on on SMP systems, which
means this adds 0 bytes to the kernel on tiny machines, while only
adding a small bit to SMP systems for big performance improvements.
Signed-off-by: Jason A. Donenfeld <Jason@zx2c4.com>
Refresh patches for all targets that support kernel 4.4.
Compile-tested on all targets that use kernel 4.4 and aren't marked broken.
Runtime-tested on ar71xx, octeon.
Signed-off-by: Stijn Tintel <stijn@linux-ipv6.be>
Reboot of 519a199cbc
Which broke other builds.
This time, added compile flags to build only for POWERPC archs
Tested on mpc85xx, ar71xx and bcm2708.
Signed-off-by: Alexandru Ardelean <ardeleanalex@gmail.com>
Updating spi pins configuration in R7800 and C2600 DTs
Adding more usb power pin export and gsbi6 in R7800 DT
Updating and fixing leds
Signed-off-by: Pavel Kubelun <be.dissent@gmail.com>
The patch #179 for RPM has initially been made for apq806x board. It has been modified to support ipq806x instead of apq8064.
Signed-off-by: Pavel Kubelun <be.dissent@gmail.com>
In Device/ls1012ardb IMAGES variable, there are two separate firmware
references to the same packages, while do mult-job compile, the same package
build process will arise conflict occasionally. So, only reserve one ext4 fs
as the default firmware.bin.
Signed-off-by: Yutang Jiang <yutang.jiang@nxp.com>
OpenMesh devices have often LEDs which are not yet used by OpenWrt. These
should still be available as disabled LEDs in the system configuration for
easier modification.
Signed-off-by: Jaylin Yu <jaylin.yu@open-mesh.com>
[sven.eckelmann@open-mesh.com: Remove LEDs already specified via diag.sh,
add wifi/status LEDs]
Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven.eckelmann@open-mesh.com>
TI wl18xx and wl12xx are Wi-Fi/Bluetooth combo modules
that could be found on different existing boards.
But it is possible to get those modules as a separate
component and use with existing boards as well as
new boards equipped with either module may appear so we
remove dependency on OMAP instead we add dependency on MMC
because this Wi-Fi module uses SDIO interface.
Signed-off-by: Alexey Brodkin <abrodkin@synopsys.com>
Cc: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Cc: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Cc: Imre Kaloz <kaloz@openwrt.org>
Reviewed-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
MMC support has been added to x86-64 a while ago, there is no reason not
to support it in x86-generic as well.
Signed-off-by: Andreas Ziegler <github@andreas-ziegler.de>
[Matthias Schiffer: add commit message]
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
PATA support has been removed from x86-generic without any note in LEDE
r538. Not including them makes the generated images incompatible with older
(and some newer) hardware without any significant gain.
Add it back, and also add the same drivers (as far as available) to x86-64.
Signed-off-by: Andreas Ziegler <github@andreas-ziegler.de>
[Matthias Schiffer: add back x86-generic, update commit message]
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
Polling every 40ms causes more than 10% CPU load on weak devices. An
interval of 200ms is much more reasonable.
Signed-off-by: Martin Weinelt <martin@darmstadt.freifunk.net>
[Matthias Schiffer: adapt OpenWrt patch; add ramips; extend commit message]
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
Without setting the HSR to the selected channel, the WLAN of the UAP
Outdoor+ will exhibit high packet loss in RX.
Based-on-patch-by: Stefan Rompf <stefan@loplof.de>
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
odhcpd daemon has hitless config reload support by means of the
sighup signal; add reload_service function which uses sighup
signal to reload the config
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
This fixes building with musl and drops the dependency on the OpenWrt
kernel-header patches:
270-uapi-kernel.h-glibc-specific-inclusion-of-sysinfo.h.patch
271-uapi-libc-compat.h-do-not-rely-on-__GLIBC__.patch
272-uapi-if_ether.h-prevent-redefinition-of-struct-ethhd.patch
Use the new upstream location at netfilter.org and use a define instead
of a patch to "optimize".
See also: https://git.netfilter.org/arptables/log/
Signed-off-by: Ralph Sennhauser <ralph.sennhauser@gmail.com>
[Jo-Philipp Wich: add mirror SHA256 sum]
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
This allows to include optimizations such as ARM neon which
are detected on run-time.
Signed-off-by: Nikos Mavrogiannopoulos <nmav@gnutls.org>
[Jo-Philipp Wich: picked from openwrt#191 and rebased onto LEDE master]
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
The marvell,88e6352 and marvell,88e6172 compatible strings are used in
target/linux/generic/files/drivers/net/phy/mvsw61xx.c. No idea why grep
missed them when I searched for them.
Thanks to Syrone Wong for noticing and reporting my mistake.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
All compiled device tree files not mentioned are binary identical to the
former ones.
Fix the obvious decimal/hex confusion for the power key of ramips/M2M.dts.
Due to the include of the input binding header, the BTN_* node names in:
- ramips/GL-MT300A.dts
- ramips/GL-MT300N.dts
- ramips/GL-MT750.dts
- ramips/Timecloud.dts
will be changed by the compiler to the numerical equivalent.
Move the binding include of lantiq boards to the file where they are
used the first time to hint the user where the values do come from.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Fixes invalid device tree parameters.
Drop the mvsw61xx node used in mvebu device tree source files. It looks
like some kind of ethernet switch cargo cult. Neither the
marvell,88e6352 nor the marvell,88e6172 compatible strings can be found
in any LEDE file or in the kernel sources.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
This special dwc2 device definition for the Netgear WNDR4700
has been replaced by amcc,usb-otg-405ex.
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
This patch moves the common SoC device tree entries
from the currently four supported platforms into a
common apm82181.dtsi.
Furthermore, this patch also changes the GPIO, IRQ and
input definitions of the supported platforms to use the
defined dt-bindings macros for GPIO_ACTIVE_LOW|HIGH,
KEY_WPS|RESTART|*, IRQ_TYPE_* when it's appropriate.
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
This patch adds support for the amcc,usb-otg-405ex device
which is found in all APM82181 SoCs.
Note: The system can't use the generic "snps,dwc2" compatible
because of the special ahbcfg configuration. The default
GAHBCFG_HBSTLEN_INCR4 of snps,dwc2 can cause a system hang
when the USB and SATA is used concurrently.
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
As specified by e0229a16b0 if the VR9
based router provides FXS ports and they should enabled then the
following must added to the kernel command line:
mem=[TOTALMEMSIZE-2M] vpe1_load_addr=ADDRESS vpe1_mem=2M
By adding mem= parameter a pci device stop working correctly. The
pci-lantiq.c module use get_num_physpages() to compute dynamically the
memory amount of the board.
The mem= make the module to compute in the wrong way the BAR11MASK, so
in this situation the mask is misaligned with the dma area that the
hardware expects.
This patch is a port of what legacy ifxmips_pci.c does.
Signed-off-by: Eddi De Pieri <eddi@depieri.net>
This adds support for "channels" command which displays more details
about channels. It includes e.g. info about available widths.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
The latest stock firmwares for US and EU regions have started checking the
region code.
Tested-by: Andreas Ziegler <ml@andreas-ziegler.de>
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
Some builders have troubles cloning the boot-wrapper-aarch64.git repository so
provide a mirror checksum to allow downloading from sources.lede-project.org
instead.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
A firmware compiled with BUSYBOX_CONFIG_ARP should also use by default the
arp binary from busybox. Otherwise the extra functionality the user
requested can only be used when running arp with the path to the binary.
Signed-off-by: Marek Lindner <marek.lindner@open-mesh.com>
Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven.eckelmann@open-mesh.com>
Assign an unused MAC addresses to the 2.4GHz wifi interface as it was
originally planed but not possible.
The MAC address numbering of the TEW-691GR changes to the following
pattern:
LAN: AA:BB:CC:DD:EE:0C
WIFI: AA:BB:CC:DD:EE:0D
WAN: AA:BB:CC:DD:EE:0F
The MAC address numbering of the TEW-692GR changes to the following
pattern:
LAN: AA:BB:CC:DD:EE:e4
WAN: AA:BB:CC:DD:EE:e5
2.4GHz: AA:BB:CC:DD:EE:e7
5 GHz: AA:BB:CC:DD:EE:e8
Set the label and compatible string for the TEW-692GR PCIe wireless
according to the the PCI binding documentation.
Use the wifi@0,0 label and the pci0,0 compatible string since the PCI
vendor and device id is unknown. It should work anyway since the
compatible string isn't evaluated (yet).
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Use the ralink,mtd-eeprom instead of invoking the userspace firmware
loader.
Set the label and compatible string according to the the PCI binding
documentation.
Use the wifi@0,0 label and the pci0,0 compatible string in case the
PCI vendor and device id is unknown. It should work anyway since the
compatible string isn't evaluated (yet).
This commit might fixes the PCIe wireless for the Buffalo WHR-600D.
This board was mentioned in the board 10-rt2x00-eeprom firmware hotplug
script but never had the correct eeprom name set to trigger the
firmware from flash extraction.
Use the usual eeprom for the soc wmac of the Dovado Tiny AC.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Set a device specific wireless mac address for ARV7506PW11, VGV7519 and
VGV7510KW22. The one from the EEPROM is a generic one and the same on
all boards.
Use the wifi@0,0 label and the pci0,0 compatible string for the
ARV7519PW and ARV7525PW since the pci vendor and device id is unknown.
It should work anyway since the compatible string isn't evaluated
(yet).
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Backport upstream accepted patch which allows to override the EEPROM
mac address with one from device tree.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
The patch 615-rt2x00-fix_20mhz_clk.patch fixes code introduced by
611-rt2x00-rf_vals-rt3352-xtal20.patch and makes the the platform data
property clk_is_20mhz obsolete.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
This reverts commit 519a199cbc.
Multiple users have reported building failures on ARM architectures, e.g.:
In file included from defs.h:42:0,
from process.c:37:
process.c:51:22: error: 'struct user_regs' has no member named 'ARM_r0'
#define uoff(member) offsetof(struct user, member)
^
./linux/arm/userent.h:1:3: note: in expansion of macro 'uoff'
{ uoff(regs.ARM_r0), "r0" },
^
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Update to latest Git head in order to import several fixes and enhancements.
- Disable drop invalid by default (FS#73, FS#154)
Instead of dropping packets with conntrack state INVALID, only allow streams
with explicit NEW or UNTRACKED conntrack state.
This change gives user defined rules the chance to accept traffic like ICMPv6
multicast which would be filtered away by the very early ctstate INVALID drop
rule otherwise.
The old behaviour can be restored by explicitely setting "drop_invalid" to 1
in the global firewall config section.
- Fix re-initialization of loadable iptables extensions on musl (FS#31)
Since musl does not implement actual dlclose() semantics, it is impossible to
re-run initializers on subsequent dlopen() calls.
The firewall3 executable now intercepts the extension registration calls
instead in order to be able to re-call them when needed.
This also allowed us to switch to libxtables' builtin extension loader as a
positive side-effect.
- Fix masquerade rules for multiple negated IP addresses (FS#248)
When building MASQUERADE rules for zones which specify multiple negated
addresses in masq_src or masq_dest, emit -j RETURN rules which jump out of
the masquerading chain instead of creating multiple rules with inverted "-s"
arguments.
- Tag own rules using comments
Instead of relying on the nonstandard xt_id match, use the xt_comment match
to mark own rules. Existing comments are prefixed with "!fw3: " while
uncommented rules are marked with a sole "!fw3" string.
This allows removing the xt_id match entirely in a later commit.
- Make missing ubus connection nonfatal
Technically, firewall3 is able to operate without ubus just fine as long as
the zones are declared using "option device" or "option subnet" instead of
"option network" so do not abort execution if ubus could not be connected or
of no network namespace is exported in ubus.
This allows running firewall3 on ordinary Linux systems.
- Fix conntrack requirement detection for indirectly connected zones
The current code fails to apply the conntrack requirement flag recursively to
zones, leading to stray NOTRACK rules which break conntrack based traffic
policing.
Change the implementation to iteratively reapply the conntrack fixup logic
until no more zones had been changed in order to ensure that all directly and
indirectly connected zones receive the conntrack requirement flag.
- Add support for iptables 1.6.x
Adds support for the xtables version 11 api in order to allow building
against iptables 1.6.x
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
So far we were displaying "local" which could be misinterpreted. It
wasn't possible e.g. to say if src-link feed was initialized or not.
Hopefully "X" makes (a bit) more sense.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
Most of the lantiq devices with ralink wifi have the EEPROM stored
in big endian byte order in flash, but the driver expects the EEPROM to
be in little endian.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
The ralink,mtd-eeprom device tree property doesn't require the
ralink,eeprom property to work.
Rework the error handling and user notification as well. Do not log an
error if the mtd-eeprom parameter isn't used. It could be intentional
and should not scare the user.
Check if the number of bytes read from the mtd devices matches the
requested number of bytes.
In case of an mtd read error, give a hint to the user which partition
was tried to read from.
In case everything is fine, notify the user as well.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Call the rt2x00lib_get_eeprom_file_name only once and from the function
where the EEPROM filename is required.
Error only out if an EEPROM file is mandatory. Use the
REQUIRE_EEPROM_FILE bit to determine if it is mandatory.
Do not set the REQUIRE_EEPROM_FILE bit while requesting an EEPROM file.
It should be (and is) set before requesting an EEPROM file.
Do not redirect users to upstream while using a function of a custom
patch.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Because the WAN port is handled by the internal AR8327N switch, the
device should use swconfig_leds trigger to handle the link activity
of the WAN LED. This has the added bonus that the WAN LED will now
go dark if there's no ethernet cable connected to the WAN port.
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
Adds the mac address of the DNS requestor to DNS queries which
are forwarded upstream and can be used to do filtering by the
upstream servers. This only works if the requestor is on the
same subnet as the dnsmasq server
The addmac parameter can hold the following values:
0 : mac address is not added
1 : mac address is added in binary format
base64 : mac address is added base64 encoded
text: : mac address is added in human readable format
as hex and colons
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
moving comgt and its modules to WWAN submenu to join uqmi as both are tools for WWAN modems.
I replaced the link with comgt's ubuntu manpage because the old link isn't working anymore.
Signed-off-by: Alberto Bursi <alberto.bursi@outlook.it>
If a package nonshared status is changed, a stale .ipk file might still
be present in the old package directory. Remove the .ipk file from all
package directories when building a new one (or explicitly running
clean)
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Package the driver for the DS1374 chip present on the T4240RDB.
Signed-off-by: Florian Larysch <fl@n621.de>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name> [fix missing symbol]
For Huawei devices like E3372 proper command for set lte mode is:
AT^SYSCFGEX="03",3fffffff,2,4,7fffffffffffffff,,
Eval is required for proper quotation.
Without this fix:
Fri Nov 4 19:07:49 2016 daemon.notice netifd: Interface 'wan' is setting up now
Fri Nov 4 19:07:52 2016 daemon.notice netifd: wan (2060): sending -> AT
Fri Nov 4 19:07:52 2016 daemon.notice netifd: wan (2060): sending -> ATZ
Fri Nov 4 19:07:53 2016 daemon.notice netifd: wan (2060): sending -> ATQ0
Fri Nov 4 19:07:53 2016 daemon.notice netifd: wan (2060): sending -> ATV1
Fri Nov 4 19:07:54 2016 daemon.notice netifd: wan (2060): sending -> ATE1
Fri Nov 4 19:07:55 2016 daemon.notice netifd: wan (2060): sending -> ATS0=0
Fri Nov 4 19:07:55 2016 daemon.notice netifd: wan (2060): sending -> AT+CGDCONT=1,"IP","internet"
Fri Nov 4 19:07:57 2016 daemon.notice netifd: wan (2060): sending -> AT^SYSCFGEX=\"03\",3fffffff,2,4,7fffffffffffffff,,
Fri Nov 4 19:07:58 2016 daemon.notice netifd: wan (2060): Error running AT-command
Fri Nov 4 19:07:58 2016 daemon.notice netifd: wan (2060): Failed to set operating mode
Fri Nov 4 19:07:58 2016 daemon.notice netifd: wan (2092): Stopping network
...
With this fix:
Fri Nov 4 19:10:59 2016 daemon.notice netifd: Interface 'wan' is setting up now
Fri Nov 4 19:11:01 2016 daemon.notice netifd: wan (2539): sending -> AT
Fri Nov 4 19:11:01 2016 daemon.notice netifd: wan (2539): sending -> ATZ
Fri Nov 4 19:11:02 2016 daemon.notice netifd: wan (2539): sending -> ATQ0
Fri Nov 4 19:11:03 2016 daemon.notice netifd: wan (2539): sending -> ATV1
Fri Nov 4 19:11:03 2016 daemon.notice netifd: wan (2539): sending -> ATE1
Fri Nov 4 19:11:04 2016 daemon.notice netifd: wan (2539): sending -> ATS0=0
Fri Nov 4 19:11:05 2016 daemon.notice netifd: wan (2539): sending -> AT+CGDCONT=1,"IP","internet"
Fri Nov 4 19:11:06 2016 daemon.notice netifd: wan (2539): sending -> AT^SYSCFGEX="03",3fffffff,2,4,7fffffffffffffff,,
Fri Nov 4 19:11:07 2016 daemon.notice netifd: wan (2539): sending -> AT^NDISDUP=1,1,"internet"
Fri Nov 4 19:11:08 2016 daemon.notice netifd: wan (2539): Connected, starting DHCP on wwan0
Fri Nov 4 19:11:08 2016 daemon.notice netifd: Interface 'wan' is now up
Fri Nov 4 19:11:08 2016 daemon.notice netifd: Network device 'wwan0' link is up
Fri Nov 4 19:11:08 2016 daemon.notice netifd: Network alias 'wwan0' link is up
Fri Nov 4 19:11:08 2016 daemon.notice netifd: Interface 'wan_4' is enabled
Fri Nov 4 19:11:08 2016 daemon.notice netifd: Interface 'wan_4' has link connectivity
Fri Nov 4 19:11:08 2016 daemon.notice netifd: Interface 'wan_4' is setting up now
...
Signed-off-by: Cezary Jackiewicz <cezary@eko.one.pl>
It's supposed to significantly improve performance but doesn't seem to
affect Northstar unfortunately. It seems only some other platforms were
limited because of this DMA setup mistake.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
FS#256
Fix audio not working due to unset SND_PCM_TIMER. CONFIG_SND_PCM_TIMER
is required for ALSA to work (at least for some audio devices),
otherwise applications using sound may fail. Can be reproduced by
installing "alsa-utils-tests" and running "speaker-test":
...
ALSA lib pcm_direct.c:1159:(snd1_pcm_direct_initialize_poll_fd) unable to open timer 'hw:CLASS=3,SCLASS=0,CARD=0,DEV=0,SUBDEV=0'
ALSA lib pcm_dmix.c:1106:(snd_pcm_dmix_open) unable to initialize poll_fd
Playback open error: -19,No such device
The kernel size does not increase, only the size of the kernel module
increases.
Signed-off-by: Dmitry Sutyagin <f3flight@gmail.com>
The original repo in this Makefile disappeared from the internet so use another
copy of this repository on kernel.org. Also switch from git:// to https://
while being at it.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Port 1 registers the same IO resources as port 2 in the kernel resource
tree, which is wrong.
Fix this by using it's own resources as indicated in the overview
(cns3xxx.h).
Compiled & Tested on several GW2388-4 laguna boards which utilizes all 3
ports.
Signed-off-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
Since commit 484cb91 "sdk: bundle required firmware files" there is an
implicit dependency of the SDK on a prior Kernel compilation.
Change target/Makefile to make this dependency explicit to avoid race
conditions with parallel builds.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Specifying a mtune option with cortex-a53 is also valid for an aarch64
toolchain
Fixes: SVN 48964
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
This reverts commit efd9dec319.
ath10k can take a long time to probe, long enough for netifd to fail to
initialize already configured wireless devices
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Switch to xz compression instead of using bz2.
This makes a considerable difference in size, ar71xx SDK from 60M to 35M.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Engberg <daniel.engberg.lists@pyret.net>
- remove not existing properties
- remove properties having the same values as the included dtsi
- remove nodes which are disabled in the included dtsi and not enabled
in dts
- replace the deprecated pinctrl-* compatible strings
- use the same labels for nodes as the included dtsi
- move common used vr9 pci properties to vr9.dtsi
- remove the unused stp node from HomeHub 2B devcie tree source file
- fix spaces vs. tabs and remove superfluous linebreaks
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
LEDE no longer requires all PHYs to be initialized to
create the configuration files during bootup. This patch
removes the now obsolete ath10k patch.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
Currently, the wifi detection script is executed as part of
the (early) boot process. Pluggable wifi USB devices, which
are inserted at a later time are not automatically
detected and therefore they don't show up in LuCI.
A user has to deal with wifi detection manually, or restart
the router.
However, the current "sleep 1" window - which the boot
process waits for wifi devices to "settle down" - is too
short to detect wifi devices for some routers anyway.
For example, this can happen with USB WLAN devices on the
WNDR4700. This is because the usb controller needs to load
its firmware from UBI and initialize, before it can operate.
The issue can be seen on a BT HomeHub 5A as well as soon as
the caldata are on an ubi volume. This is because the ath9k
card has to be initialized by owl-loader first. Which has to
wait for the firmware extraction script to retrieve the pci
initialization values inside the caldata.
This patch moves the wifi configuration to hotplug scripts.
For mac80211, the wifi configuration will now automatically
run any time a "ieee80211" device is added. Likewise
broadcom-wl's script checks for new "net" devices which
have the "wl$NUMBER" moniker.
Issues with spawning multiple interface configuration - in
case the detection script is run concurrently - have been
resolved by using a named section for the initial
configuration. Concurrent configuration scripts will now
simply overwrite the same existing configuration.
A workaround which preserves the "sleep 1" window for just
the first boot has been added. This allows the existing
brcm47xx boot and mvebu uci-default scripts to correctly
setup the initial mac addresses and regulatory domain.
And finally, the patch renames the "wifi detect" into
"wifi config". As the script no longer produces any output
that has to be redirected or appended to the configuration
file.
Thanks to Martin Blumenstingl for helping with the implementation
and testing of the patch.
Acked-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Previously, wifi detect simply dumped its generated wireless
configuration to STDOUT. A second step was needed to append
the configuration to /etc/config/wireless (or create it, if
it didn't exist).
With this patch, The wifi detection script will now use uci
to update the wireless configuration directly.
This patch also makes the initially created wifi-iface a
named section ('default_radio$X' for mac80211 and
'default_wl$X' for broadcom). With this change, uci will
not print the cfgHASH to STDOUT (which would now corrupt
the wireless configuration). It will also prevent adding
duplicated wifi interface configurations, if the wifi
configuration is run concurrently.
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
This patch adds a check in "wifi detect" to test if the wireless
configuration file does exist. If it doesn't exist, an empty
/etc/config/wireless file will be created.
This is necessary because uci doesn't create new files,
instead the tool just exits with "uci: Entry not found".
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
It's always hard to find a reasonable width that will make everyone
happy. This one at least makes "telephony" (one of default feeds) name
fit the column and hopefully isn't too big.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
This fixes ondemand frequency scaling and moves ipq806x onto upstream driver
Also switching to ondemand frequency scaling as it is fixed now
Signed-off-by: Pavel Kubelun <be.dissent@gmail.com>
The MikroTik hEX v3 (RB750Gr3) is a MT7621AT board which is similar to most MT7621 reference designs, it can be easily supported by this patch; however, the stock RouterBOOT bootloader has to be replaced by a MT7621 SDK U-Boot such as https://github.com/ndoo/RB750Gr3-U-Boot - U-Boot configured for the RB750Gr3 (16MiB SPI flash, 256MiB DDR3 RAM at 1200MHz).
RouterBOOT, the stock bootloader, does not initialize the UART and boots silently, making it preferable to replace it with a MT7621 SDK U-Boot with UART (57600 8N1) that supports HTTP, TFTP or serial upload of sysupgrade firmware and U-Boot.
Furthermore, RouterOS, the stock firmware, is contained in a proprietary modification of SquashFS without GPL sources; UART is also disabled in stock firmware.
The combination of LEDE firmware generated by this PR and MT7621 SDK U-Boot expects the printed MAC address to reside at offset `0xe000` of the factory partition (absolute offset is `0x4e000`); this is similar to the factory MAC address offset for several other MT7621 devices.
A 16MiB flash dump suitable for use with flashrom will be provided if/once this patch is accepted and binaries are built by LEDE buildbot. Alternatively, writing the U-Boot to the SPI flash starting at 0x0 offset and booting the board with serial console attached will allow TFTP, HTTP or serial upload of sysupgrade firmware.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Yong <me@ndoo.sg>
This patch bumps the 4.4 kernel from .28 to .30 and refreshes the patches.
Compile-tested on ar71xx, x86/64, ramips/mt7621, brcm47xx and kirkwood.
Run-tested on ar71xx & ramips/mt7621, brcm47xx and kirkwood (last two confirmed
by P. Wassi).
Signed-off-by: Stijn Segers <francesco.borromini@inventati.org>
This patch adds the kmod-usb3 and kmod-usb-ledtrig-usbport packages to the
DIR-860L B1 profile. The DIR-860L B1 has a USB 3 port.
Signed-off-by: Stijn Segers <francesco.borromini@inventati.org>
Rename the "ip" package declaration to "ip-tiny" and let both "ip-tiny" and
"ip-full" provide the virtual "ip" package. This allows users to freely choose
the "ip" command variant while other packages can continue to depend on "ip"
without needing to enforce a specific variant.
Note that this commit does not add busybox as "ip" provider due to
the following reasons:
- The builtin Busybox ip applet cannot be added or removed at runtime
- Both "ip-tiny" and "ip-full" are able to install without file clashes even
if the busybox applet is enabled
- The system is preferring full "ip-tiny" and "ip-full" at runtime, even
if Busybox ip is still present.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
The current uboot default config for the A13 SOM erroneously enables support
for the AXP209 power regulator IC which is not present on the board.
This superfluous support module sets an incorrect initial clock frequency and
confuses the kernel, ultimately leading to a boot failure later on.
Properly disable the PMIC support and enable the EHCI support by translating
the deprecated SYS_EXTRA_OPTIONS values into proper SUNXI_NO_PMIC and
USB_EHCI_HCD symbols respectively.
Also rename 002-add-olimex-a13-som.diff to 002-add-olimex-a13-som.patch and
refresh the remaining patches of the series while we're at it.
Reported-by: Mario Fischer <mario-fischer@web.de>
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
So far, package-metadata.pl always considered the first provider of a virtual
package to be the default variant which might deviate from what buildroot
considers to be the default.
Change the Kconfig dependency / select code generation for virtual package
providers to consider the DEFAULT_VARIANT to be the primary provider and only
fall back to the first provider if no default variant was explicitely tagged.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Introduce support for a new [0-9]u@netdev syntax to ucidev_add_switch() to let
board.d network files request default network switch configurations which do
not use tagged CPU ports.
This commit itself has no effect on generated configurations at the moment
since we still emit untagged configurations by default but it allows boards to
opt-out from default tagged configs in case we start emitting tagged settings
by default.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Right now the $(PKG_INSTALL_STAMP) files are only written if a package is
selected as <*> but never deleted or emptied if the corresponding package
is getting deselected.
For ordinary packages this usually is no problem as the package/install
recipe performs its own check for enabled packages when assembling the
list of install stamp files to consider, but this logic might fail under
certain circumstances for packages providing multiple build variants.
In case of a multi-variant package, the buildroot first checks if any
of the variants is enabled, then resolves all variants of the common
source package and finally processes the corresponding .install stamp
files of all variants, relying on the assumption that only the selected
.install stamp file exists.
When an initially selected variant is getting deselected or changed from
<*> to <m> and another variant is marked as <*> instead, the .install
stamp file of the deselected variant remains unchanged and a second
.install stamp file for the newly selected variant is getting created,
causing the package/install recipe to pick up two .install stamps with
conflicting variants, leading to opkg file clashes.
This issue happens for example if package "ip" is set to <m> and package
"ip-full" to <*> - the install command will eventually fail with:
* check_conflicts_for: The following packages conflict with ip:
* check_conflicts_for: ip-full *
* opkg_install_cmd: Cannot install package ip.
In order to fix the problem, always process the removal requests or the
.install stamp files, even for deselected packages but only write the
package base name into the stamp file if the corresponding package is
marked as builtin.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Currently the code emitting dependencies for provide candidates is overwriting
the specification calculated by the previous conditional dependency handling
code, rendering dependencies on virtual PROVIDES packages in conjunction with
conditional dependencies unusable.
Instead of overwriting, append the PROVIDES dependency spec in order to fix
using DEPENDS on virtual provider packages in conjunction with conditions.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Instead of hardcoding $(STAGING_DIR)/host, use the new $(STAGING_DIR_HOSTPKG)
variable to refer to the directory.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Add a STAGING_DIR_HOSTPKG variable which refers to $(STAGING_DIR)/host in order
to prepare support for relocating that directory in the future.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
The libblkid probe support in fstools git head requires blkid/blkid.h for
compilation, so add a build dependency on util-linux which provides libblkid.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
The QorIQ LS1012A processor, optimized for battery-backed or
USB-powered, integrates a single ARM Cortex-A53 core with a hardware
packet forwarding engine and high-speed interfaces to deliver
line-rate networking performance.
QorIQ LS1012A Reference Design System (LS1012ARDB) is a high-performance
development platform, with a complete debugging environment.
The LS1012ARDB board supports the QorIQ LS1012A processor and is
optimized to support the high-bandwidth DDR3L memory and
a full complement of high-speed SerDes ports.
LEDE/OPENWRT will auto strip executable program file while make. So we
need select CONFIG_NO_STRIP=y while make menuconfig to avoid the ppfe network
fiemware be destroyed, then run make to build ls1012ardb firmware.
The fsl-quadspi flash with jffs2 fs is unstable and arise some failed message.
This issue have noticed the IP owner for investigate, hope he can solve it
earlier. So the ls1012ardb now also provide a xx-firmware.ext4.bin as default
firmware, and the uboot bootcmd will run wrtboot_ext4rfs for "rootfstype=ext4"
bootargs.
Signed-off-by: Yutang Jiang <yutang.jiang@nxp.com>
Add support for NXP layerscape ls1043ardb 64b/32b Dev board.
LS1043a is an SoC with 4x64-bit up to 1.6 GHz ARMv8 A53 cores.
ls1043ardb support features as: 2GB DDR4, 128MB NOR/512MB NAND, USB3.0, eSDHC,
I2C, GPIO, PCIe/Mini-PCIe, 6x1G/1x10G network port, etc.
64b/32b ls1043ardb target is using 4.4 kernel, and rcw/u-boot/fman images from
NXP QorIQ SDK release.
All of 4.4 kernel patches porting from SDK release or upstream.
QorIQ SDK ISOs can be downloaded from this location:
http://www.nxp.com/products/software-and-tools/run-time-software/linux-sdk/linux-sdk-for-qoriq-processors:SDKLINUX
Signed-off-by: Yutang Jiang <yutang.jiang@nxp.com>
- setting read-only flag to important partitions
- enabling PA to improve 2.4 GHz signal strength
- add missing leds
- rename colour led
- add mac adress to 5GHz wlan interface
- included <dt-bindings/input/input.h> and <dt-bindings/gpio/gpio.h>
Signed-off-by: Henryk Heisig hyniu@o2.pl
(required not-distributable firmware blob - dump it by yourself from original firmware)
Signed-off-by: Eddi De Pieri <eddi@depieri.net>
(cherry picked from commit 064f467264c5c9b6eca0bb96b587f9412b770cc5)
Signed-off-by: Stefan Koch <stefan.koch10@gmail.com>
(required not-distributable firmware blob - dump it by yourself from original firmware)
Signed-off-by: Eddi De Pieri <eddi@depieri.net>
(cherry picked from commit eb0ce57270d0b5b81b224b9336cf54707497eede)
Modified after cherry-pick:
obj in Makefile
Signed-off-by: Stefan Koch <stefan.koch10@gmail.com>
Created minimal patchset based on BB rev 43158 by Eddi De Pieri
14.07/openwrt.git 79472c025449efae9310defad0d3a73cff14d756
If the VR9 based router provides FXS ports and they shoud enabled then
the following must added to the kernel command line:
mem=[TOTALMEMSIZE-2M] vpe1_load_addr=ADDRESS vpe1_mem=2M maxvpes=1
maxtcs=1
To use FXS 2M of RAM are needed for the VPE firmware. The size is set
by vpe1_mem.
The available RAM must be reduced by this size using the mem argument.
A correct load address (example 0x83e00000) for the firmware must be given,
too.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Koch <stefan.koch10@gmail.com>
(required not-distributable firmware blob - dump it by yourself from original firmware)
Signed-off-by: Eddi De Pieri <eddi@depieri.net>
(cherry picked from commit 8d924d43c0ea6839a3a33e54982e8da48b736001)
Modified after cherry-pick:
compatible attribute
Signed-off-by: Stefan Koch <stefan.koch10@gmail.com>
(required not-distributable firmware blob - dump it by yourself from original firmware)
Signed-off-by: Eddi De Pieri <eddi@depieri.net>
(cherry picked from commit 47b1ff965b0cb57013b40fbe2bcd7f3c6eb6b606)
Modified after cherry-pick:
FW_MD5SUM in Makefile
Signed-off-by: Stefan Koch <stefan.koch10@gmail.com>
(required not-distributable firmware blob - dump it by yourself from original firmware)
Signed-off-by: Eddi De Pieri <eddi@depieri.net>
(cherry picked from commit ea9e61b8eb61a2e362a50541f03466dc7d087947)
Signed-off-by: Stefan Koch <stefan.koch10@gmail.com>
Build the RTC driver into the kernel, (and remove the optional module), in order
to make hctosys working. (Currently the module is loaded after hctosys has failed previously)
Signed-off-by: Rosen Penev <rosenp@gmail.com>
Refresh patches for all targets that support kernel 4.4.
compile/run-tested on ar71xx, brcm47xx, kirkwood.
Signed-off-by: Paul Wassi <p.wassi@gmx.at>
Tested-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
We need to tell hwclock with -u commandline option, that we would like
to keep our RTC clock in UTC timezone. Linux kernel expects RTC in UTC
timezone anyway.
In current state of things, we don't tell hwclock to load/store time
from/to RTC in UTC timezone so it uses the timezone from the system
time. If it's set to different timezone then UTC, sysfixtime is going to
screw the time in RTC.
I've following in the setup script:
uci set system.@system[0].timezone='CET-1CEST,M3.5.0,M10.5.0/3'
uci set system.@system[0].zonename='Europe/Prague'
I've this RTC setup (rtc1 is RTC on i.MX6 SoC, rtc0 is battery backed RTC mcp7941x):
rtc-ds1307 3-006f: rtc core: registered mcp7941x as rtc0
snvs_rtc 20cc000.snvs:snvs-rtc-lp: rtc core: registered 20cc000.snvs:snvs-r as rtc1
Then we can experience following (current time is 10:15am):
$ date
Fri Oct 21 10:15:07 CEST 2016
$ hwclock -r -f /dev/rtc0
Fri Oct 21 08:14:46 2016 0.000000 seconds
$ hwclock -u -r -f /dev/rtc0
Fri Oct 21 10:14:46 2016 0.000000 seconds
And after current broken sysfixtime:
$ /etc/init.d/sysfixtime stop
$ date
Fri Oct 21 10:15:25 CEST 2016
$ hwclock -r -f /dev/rtc0
Fri Oct 21 10:15:31 2016 0.000000 seconds
Now we've time in our battery backed RTC in CEST timezone instead of
UTC. Then once again, but with this patch applied to sysfixtime, where
hwclock is using correctly the -u parameter:
$ /etc/init.d/sysfixtime stop
$ date
Fri Oct 21 10:15:53 CEST 2016
$ hwclock -r -f /dev/rtc0
Fri Oct 21 08:15:55 2016 0.000000 seconds
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
Acked-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Ensure that selecting the wpa-supplicant-mesh package actually packages the
wpa_supplicant binary with SAE support and add missing dependency on OpenSSL.
Signed-off-by: Alexis Green <alexis@cessp.it>
[Jo-Philipp Wich: slightly reword commit message for clarity]
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
We add an 'httpauth' section type that contains the options:
prefix: What virtual or real URL is being protected
username: The username for the Basic Auth dialogue
password: Hashed (crypt()) or plaintext password for the Basic Auth dialogue
httpauth section names are given included as list
items to the instances to which they are to be applied.
Further any existing httpd.conf file (really whatever
is configured in the instance, but default of
/etc/httpd.conf) is appended to the per-instance httpd.conf
Signed-off-by: Daniel Dickinson <lede@cshore.thecshore.com>
Both the MR12 and MR16 are single gigabit ethernet devices, similar to the
MR18. This change gives them the correct network config on a fresh install.
Signed-off-by: Chris Blake <chrisrblake93@gmail.com>
[Jo-Philipp Wich: adjust for alphabetical ordering, line wrap commit msg]
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
In 814d70b2 the member mac06_exchange_en of struct
ar8327_pad_cfg was changed to mac06_exchange_dis,
but wpj344 was not adopted to stay in sync.
Signed-off-by: Christian Mehlis <christian@m3hlis.de>
Reported-by: Nick Dennis <ndennis@rapiduswireless.com>
During reload, we could send invalid information to the other
side and confuse it.
That's why, during reload we'll pause execution, do the reconfig
and resume + update when reload is done.
Signed-off-by: Alexandru Ardelean <ardeleanalex@gmail.com>
The problem is that interfaces are specified at start as
command line arguments, making them unchange-able via reload.
That means, we have to move (since lldpd allows this) the
interfaces-match-pattern option to be in a config file and reload
the configuration.
It's either that, or do a 'restart'.
Since we're generating the lldpd.conf file, we'll have to
move the 'sysconfdir' of lldpd to /tmp, where the files will
get written ; this will prevent any unncessary flash writes.
Signed-off-by: Alexandru Ardelean <ardeleanalex@gmail.com>
Looking into /usr/include/stdlib.h, there's a `devname()` function defined
under some #ifdef's which conflicts with the `static char *devname` definition
in `src/mkwrggimg.c`.
Defining `_ANSI_SOURCE` in the `src/mkwrggimg.c` file, omits that part of the
header.
Another more intrusive approach is to rename `devname` to something like
`g_devname` in `src/mkwrggimg.c`. But I think the `_ANSI_SOURCE` define should
be enough.
Compilation error is:
src/mkwrggimg.c:64:14: error: redefinition of 'devname' as different kind of symbol
static char *devname;
^
/usr/include/stdlib.h:286:7: note: previous definition is here
char *devname(dev_t, mode_t);
^
src/mkwrggimg.c:147:12: error: non-object type 'char *(dev_t, mode_t)' (aka 'char *(int, unsigned short)') is not assignable
devname = optarg;
~~~~~~~ ^
src/mkwrggimg.c:192:6: warning: comparison of function 'devname' equal to a null pointer is always false [-Wtautological-pointer-compare]
if (devname == NULL) {
^~~~~~~ ~~~~
src/mkwrggimg.c:192:6: note: prefix with the address-of operator to silence this warning
if (devname == NULL) {
^
&
src/mkwrggimg.c:251:27: warning: incompatible pointer types passing 'char *(dev_t, mode_t)' (aka 'char *(int, unsigned short)') to parameter of type 'const char *' [-Wincompatible-pointer-types]
strncpy(header->devname, devname, sizeof(header->devname));
^~~~~~~
/usr/include/secure/_string.h:119:34: note: expanded from macro 'strncpy'
__builtin___strncpy_chk (dest, src, len, __darwin_obsz (dest))
Signed-off-by: Alexandru Ardelean <ardeleanalex@gmail.com>
[Jo-Philipp Wich: slightly reformat commit message]
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Thanks to leaving .pattern file we can easily insert extra step between
linksys-pattern-partition and trx-v2-with-loader, e.g. rootfs one.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
The old usbdev trigger never supported assigning more than 1 USB port.
This code we got was never working as expected and it was missing 2 more
ports. Switch to usbport to have LED working with all ports.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
Tested-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
The current default rootfs size of 256MB in conjunction with 4K blocks
produces an ext4 filesystem which lacks the appropriate amount of backup GDT
entries to support online-resizing.
For x86 targets, increase the default rootfs size to 2048MB which allows
online resizing the filesystem to up to 2TB which is the current theoretical
maximum for LEDE, due to missing GPT support on the root block device.
Note that the filesystem artefact will not occupy 2GB on the build system as
the make_ext4fs utility uses sparse files to generate the filesystem images,
so the actual disk usage is much lower. Furthermore the filesystem images
are gzip compressed, shrinking them to only a few megabytes on the download
server.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Acked-by: Michael Heimpold <mhei@heimpold.de>
There is very little practical use to limit the number of available inodes on
an ext4 filesystem and the make_ext4fs utility is able to calculate useful
defaults by itself.
Drop the option to make resulting ext4 filesystems more flexible by default.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Acked-by: Michael Heimpold <mhei@heimpold.de>
Allow CONFIG_TARGET_EXT4_RESERVED_PCT to be empty as make_ext4fs is usually
able to figure out a suitable default.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Reviewed-by: Michael Heimpold <mhei@heimpold.de>
Capitalized "disc" submenu name as all submenu names are capitalized (apart from "database", but I'll fix that
later).
moved "swap-utils" to Filesystem submenu as it is "formatting" a partition as swap so it looks out of place in Disc.
Signed-off-by: Alberto Bursi <alberto.bursi@outlook.it>
Currently the reset script will try to run jffs2reset on boards that are
running a rw rootfs, such as ext4. This will cause jffs2reset to fail
and the board to never reboot while the LED blinks until a manual
reboot.
This commit does two different things:
1. Disables reset on boards that do not have an overlay mount
2. Disables the Blinking LED after 5 seconds if the board does not
support reset
Signed-off-by: Chris Blake <chrisrblake93@gmail.com>
Fix the default value for the 'bootcmd' environment variable.
Therefore make the default bootcmd work for buildbot's images.
Signed-off-by: Paul Wassi <p.wassi@gmx.at>
Fixes the same hctosys init issue as described in commit
5481ce9a11
The Gateworks Ventana family uses an emulated Dallas 1672
RTC device.
Signed-off-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
Support splitting WRGG images, found in some D-Link devices (e.g.
DAP-2695).
Signed-off-by: Stijn Tintel <stijn@linux-ipv6.be>
Acked-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
Adds support in uci for configuring multiple dnsmasq instances via
multiple dnsmasq sections.
The uci sections host, boot, mac, tag, vendorclass, userclass,
circuitid, ... will refer to a dnsmasq instance via the instance
parameter defined in the section; if the instance parameter is
not specified backwards compatibility is preserved.
Start/Stopping a dnsmasq instance can be achieved by passing the
dnsmasq instance name as argument to start/stop via the init script.
Multiple dnsmasq instances is usefull in scenarios where you want to
bind a dnsmasq instance to an interface in order to isolate networks.
This patch is a rework of a multiple dnsmasq instance patch by Daniel Dickinson
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
Fix metadata scan failure in the grub2 package by removing an unexpected
invisible space character and by adding back the missing SECTION variable
which was removed with d140648.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Add a partially random O= item to the certificate subject in order
to make the automatically generated certificates' subjects unique.
Firefox has problems when several self-signed certificates
with CA:true attribute and identical subjects have been
seen (and stored) by the browser. Reference to upstream bugs:
https://bugzilla.mozilla.org/show_bug.cgi?id=1147544https://bugzilla.mozilla.org/show_bug.cgi?id=1056341https://bugzilla.redhat.com/show_bug.cgi?id=1204670#c34
Certificates created by the OpenSSL one-liner fall into that category.
Avoid identical certificate subjects by including a new 'O=' item
with CommonName + a random part (8 chars). Example:
/CN=LEDE/O=LEDEb986be0b/L=Unknown/ST=Somewhere/C=ZZ
That ensures that the browser properly sees the accumulating
certificates as separate items and does not spend time
trying to form a trust chain from them.
Signed-off-by: Hannu Nyman <hannu.nyman@iki.fi>
Prefer the old default 'px5g' for certificate creation
as Firefox seems to dislike OpenSSL-created certs.
Signed-off-by: Hannu Nyman <hannu.nyman@iki.fi>
This option, defined by RFC3442, allows a DHCP server to send static
routes to a client. But the client has to request this option
explicitely.
Static routes are useful when the gateway configured by DHCP cannot be
in the same subnet as the client. This happens, for instance, when
using DHCP to hand out addresses in /32 subnets.
A new configuration option "classlessroute" is available, allowing
users to disable this feature (the option defaults to true).
Other DHCP clients already request this option by default (dhcpcd, for
instance, and possibly Windows). If a DHCP server does not support
this option, it will simply ignore it.
Signed-off-by: Baptiste Jonglez <git@bitsofnetworks.org>
moved px5g-standalone to Encryption submenu of Utilities.
Fixed title by removing the first "standalone" word from title.
The name is now consistent with other px5g packages, it is also shorter and will be shown in make menuconfig.
Signed-off-by: Alberto Bursi <alberto.bursi@outlook.it>
moved px5g to Encryption submenu of Utilities, in an effort to tidy up a bit the Utilities section of make menuconfig.
Signed-off-by: Alberto Bursi <alberto.bursi@outlook.it>
mkfs.ext4 und losetup are needed for sysupgrade support on mmc devices
with automatic rootfs split (loopback device usage).
Signed-off-by: André Valentin <avalentin@marcant.net>
CPU: 2x1.8GHz ARM, RAM: 512MiB
Storage: 4MiB serial Flash, 3.9GiB MMC
NIC: 2x1GBit/s, Switch with 5 external and 2 internal ports
WiFi: Dualband, ath10k 2.4GHz, 5GHz MU-MIMO
For installation copy xx-mmcblk0p4-kernel.bin and xx-mmcblk0p5-rootfs-full.bin
to device. Then run:
cat xx-mmcblk0p4-kernel.bin > /dev/mmc0blk0p4
cat xx-mmcblk0p5-rootfs-full.bin > /dev/mmc0blk0p5
reboot -f
For debugging serial console is easily visible on board, no soldering needed.
Signed-off-by: André Valentin <avalentin@marcant.net>
This bugfix enables FXS support on dabube based devices.
Changed "compatible" attribute from "vmmc" to "vmmc-xway".
The vmmc driver uses "vmmc-xway".
Signed-off-by: Stefan Koch <stefan.koch10@gmail.com>
While enable zynq uboot:
CONFIG_PACKAGE_uboot-zynq-zc702
CONFIG_PACKAGE_uboot-zynq-zed
CONFIG_PACKAGE_uboot-zynq-zybo
make will arise dtc error:
./scripts/dtc-version.sh: line 17: dtc: command not found
./scripts/dtc-version.sh: line 18: dtc: command not found
*** Your dtc is too old, please upgrade to dtc 1.4 or newer
make[4]: *** [checkdtc] Error 1
Pass the kernel dtc to uboot for compile.
Signed-off-by: Yutang Jiang <yutang.jiang@nxp.com>
because boot loaders are in Boot Loaders, not in Utilities -> Boot Loaders
Also moved brub2-editenv in Utilities -> Boot Loaders
Part of a wider housekeeping effort on the packages repository.
Signed-off-by: Alberto Bursi <alberto.bursi@outlook.it>
Boot Loaders submenu of Utilities is the most logical place to find fconfig and other bootloader tools.
Signed-off-by: Alberto Bursi <alberto.bursi@outlook.it>
Boot Loaders submenu of Utilities is the most logical place to find rbcfg and other bootloader tools.
Signed-off-by: Alberto Bursi <alberto.bursi@outlook.it>
This patch adds support solely for version 1 of the TP-Link WR802N.
It is based on Rick Pannen's patch posted on the OpenWrt devel list.
Signed-off-by: Julius Schulz-Zander <julius@inet.tu-berlin.de>
Remove redundant code: merge boards/cases that share
the same network configuration.
Also fix the alphabetical ordering of the cases.
Signed-off-by: Paul Wassi <p.wassi@gmx.at>
These boards do not have a switch, so they should have never been added
to this file in the first place.
Signed-off-by: Chris Blake <chrisrblake93@gmail.com>
On the stock Meraki Firmare for the MR12/MR16, a chunk of SPI space
after u-boot-env is used to store the boards Mac address. Sadly as this
was removed on any device already on OpenWRT/LEDE, moving forward a new,
64k partition named "mac" will be used to store the mac address for the
device (which is the minimum size). This allows users to properly set
the correct MAC, without editing the ART partition (which holds the same
MAC for all devices).
The reason the space is taken from kernel instead of rootfs is currently
kernels are only 1.3MB, so that way we can leave the current rootfs
space alone for users who fully utilize the available storage space.
Once this partition is added to a device, you can set your MAC doing the
following:
mtd erase mac
echo -n -e '\x00\x18\x0a\x33\x44\x55' > /dev/mtd5
sync && reboot
Where 00:18:0a:33:44:55 is your MAC address.
This was tested, and confirmed working on both the MR12 and MR16.
Signed-off-by: Chris Blake <chrisrblake93@gmail.com>
This moves the Meraki MR12 and Meraki MR16 to the new generic target.
Tested and verified working on both devices.
Note that kernel/rootfs images are still generated. This is because they
are used for the inital flashing process due to the fun pace at which
UBoot erases/writes to SPI.
Signed-off-by: Chris Blake <chrisrblake93@gmail.com>
Otherwise if we use ds1307 as kernel module, hctosys fails as ds1307 is
being initialized later then hctosys:
[ 2.427349] hctosys: unable to open rtc device (rtc0)
[ 3.714263] snvs_rtc 20cc000.snvs:snvs-rtc-lp: rtc core: registered 20cc000.snvs:snvs-r as rtc1
[ 8.990061] rtc-ds1307 3-006f: rtc core: registered mcp7941x as rtc0
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
Build the RTC driver into the kernel, (and remove the optional module), in order
to make hctosys working. (Currently the module is loaded after hctosys has failed previously)
Signed-off-by: Paul Wassi <p.wassi@gmx.at>
The special prefix of "/" should match any url by definition but the final
assertion which ensures that the matched prefix ends in '\0' or '/' is causing
matches against the "/" prefix to fail.
Update to current HEAD in order to fix this particular case.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Refresh patches for all targets supporting 3.18 and not marked broken.
Compile-tested on all targets using 3.18 and not marked broken.
Changes to generic/610-netfilter_match_bypass_default_checks.patch based
on 84d489f64f.
Signed-off-by: Stijn Tintel <stijn@linux-ipv6.be>
Refresh patches for all targets supporting 4.1 and not marked broken.
Compile-tested on all targets using 4.1 and not marked broken.
Changes to generic/610-netfilter_match_bypass_default_checks.patch based
on 84d489f64f.
Changes to generic/666-Add-support-for-MAP-E-FMRs-mesh-mode.patch based
on a90ee92337.
Signed-off-by: Stijn Tintel <stijn@linux-ipv6.be>
Kernel 4.4 was ready for brcm47xx for almost a year now but I kept
postponing the bump due to problems with Linksys WRT300N v1.0. OpenWrt
and LEDE with 4.4 were hanging at the booting with the:
> Starting program at 0x80001000
(the last CFE message).
This was a permanent state, "make distclean" wasn't helping, I spent
hours debugging this and I was reliably reproducing the issue every
time. I also reported it on linux-mips ML in the thread:
> BCM4704 stopped booting with 4.4 (due to vmlinux size?)
After ~month I started working on WRT300N again. I got hangs as expected
every time I switched from 4.1 to 4.4. I started experimenting with:
1) TRX content (I tried dropping rootfs partition)
2) BZ_TEXT_START of lzma-loader
3) Flashing other variants of image: lzma compressed kernel (without a
loader), gzip compressed one, uncompressed one.
At some point I got rootfs-less image booting and after that I couldn't
reproduce problem anymore, even with a complete firmware. It seems like
hardware was in some locked/unstable state that got magically fixed.
I have LEDE working now, tested it even with "make distclean", it seems
we can bump kernel now. I'll keep testing it on WRT300N for some time.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
Linksys WRT300N V1 has pretty bugged CFE bootloader (it crashes in a lot
of situations) that doesn't accept .bin image.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
Refresh patches for all targets that support kernel 4.4.
compile/run-tested on brcm2708/bcm2710 only.
Signed-off-by: Álvaro Fernández Rojas <noltari@gmail.com>
This helper allows using usbport trigger directly. It requires usbport
compatible syntax and supports specifying multiple USB ports, e.g.:
ucidef_set_led_usbport "usb" "USB" "devicename:colour:function" "usb1-port1" "usb2-port1"
This adds a proper object to the board.json, e.g.
"usb": {
"name": "USB",
"type": "usbport",
"sysfs": "devicename:colour:function",
"ports": [
"usb1-port1",
"usb2-port1"
]
}
and supports translating it into uci section.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
Refresh patches for all targets that support kernel 4.4.
compile/run-tested on cns3xxx & imx6.
Signed-off-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
* Adjust download locations:
- use https as busybox.net permanently redirects http to https
- gentoo mirror has neither 1.25.0 nor 1.25.1 available, so drop it
in favor of buildroot.net that has 1.25.1
Signed-off-by: Hannu Nyman <hannu.nyman@iki.fi>
Signed-off-by: Stijn Tintel <stijn@linux-ipv6.be>
When building packages within the SDK, there is no Git revision history
available so prepopulate SOURCE_DATE_EPOCH in version.mk, similar to
how we handle REVISION already.
Acked-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Read the temperature including the decimale place from the CGU_GPHY1_CR
register.
Decrement the temperature read from the register by 38.0 degree celsius.
The temperature range of the sensor is -38.0 to +154 °C and the register
value 0 is equal to -38.0 °C. This fixes the report of unrealistic
temperatures as seen on all tested boards.
Give the SoC a few milliseconds to get the first temperature value. On
some rare occasions there is no temperature value in the register when
read the first time after activation. This leads to a reported
temperature of -38.0 °C on boot.
Only version 1.2 of the vr9 SoC has a temperature sensor. Add a check
to make sure the driver doesn't load on v1.1 vr9 SoCs.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
The device tree file of ARV752DPW uses numbers/hex values for gpio states and input event codes.
This cleans it up and uses the available macros from header files. This way the functions are easier to read and comprehend.
Signed-off-by: Andreas Eberlein <foodeas@aeberlein.de>
[sanitize all device tree files]
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
The GPIO for reset switch is wrong in definition. Further the key codes for the two additional buttons are ineffective.
Both is fixed here.
Signed-off-by: Andreas Eberlein <foodeas@aeberlein.de>
Use the new image build code and remove the lzma loader. The lzma
loader was used to cheat the signature validation of the bootloader and
I found another way to do this.
To migrate boards already using LEDE/OpenWrt to the new image the
following steps need to be done once:
VR9 # run reset_uboot_config
VR9 # reset
VR9 # setenv ethaddr AA:BB:CC:DD:EE:FF
VR9 # setenv preboot ping 1.1.1.1\;bootm 0xb001f000
VR9 # saveenv
VR9 # tftp 0x81000000 lede-lantiq-xrx200-VG3503J-squashfs-sysupgrade.bin
VR9 # erase 0xb0020000 $(filesize)
VR9 # cp.b 0x81000000 0xb0020000 $(filesize)
The mac address is printed on the label at the bottom of the case.
The following steps are need to be done during first install:
VR9 # setenv preboot ping 1.1.1.1\;bootm 0xb001f000
VR9 # saveenv
VR9 # tftp 0x81000000 lede-lantiq-xrx200-VG3503J-squashfs-sysupgrade.bin
VR9 # erase 0xb0020000 $(filesize)
VR9 # cp.b 0x81000000 0xb0020000 $(filesize)
The image uses the uImage firmware splitter now instead of hardcoded
kernel and rootfs partitions. The firmware partition size was extended
to use flash space that was reserved for partitions required only by
the ECI firmware.
Due to the changes an upgrade to a later LEDE revision from a running
LEDE is supported now.
A default switch config was added and the device uses the same MAC
addresses as the ECI firmware now instead of the same for all VG3503J.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
We don't have any code for enabling it automatically yet but it allows
adding entries manually to the /etc/config/system.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
This makes init.d script handle existing UCI entries using the new
trigger. It also switches all targets to use its package.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
* Backport much of the 10.2 firmware features from upstream QCA driver.
This includes ANI support, adaptive CCA, tx-hang workarounds,
and lots of other things.
Not all of this may be enabled at this point, and more code waits to
be backported as time and motivation allows.
* Fix some rate-control issues where ath10k in station mode (at least), would
sometimes get stuck at low rates. This appeared to be a probe related
state machine issue in the firmware, so I added some timeout logic to kick
the state machine if it gets stuck. This signicantly improves throughput
tests with many stations.
* Support configuring WMI WD timeout using SET_SPECIAL API.
* Properly configure the rx-mask on bootup to work around problem found
by Mr. Kazior. This should remove the need to add the driver hack he
posted.
* Allow configuring pdev failed-retry threshold. This is how many consecutive
tx failures the firmware will allow before resetting the wifi chip (not a full
firmware crash).
Signed-off-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
Adds Sebastian's 160Mhz support (un-tested), remove DMA32 change that
broke some x86 systems, allow setting 10.1 CT firmware keepalive watchdog
timeout, support QCA 9887 hardware, and some other tweaks.
Signed-off-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
This is upstream alternative for LEDE's ledtrig-usbdev. It's main
advantages are:
1) Support for assigning more than 1 USB port to the LED
2) Setting proper state when activating with device already connected
3) FWIW it's an upstream driver
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
changed install path from /sbin to /usr/sbin to be consistent with other filesystem tools
ext2-3-4 and f2fs tools are in /usr/sbin, for example
Signed-off-by: Alberto Bursi <alberto.bursi@outlook.it>
Refresh patches for all targets that support kernel 4.4.
compile/run-tested on cns3xxx & imx6.
Signed-off-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
iperf upstream added some bugfixes to the already released 2.0.9 version
without changing the filename. This conflicts with old mirrored files
and the hash that we previously used.
To avoid conflict, use a renamed tarball from mirror2.openwrt.org
containing the new upstream changes
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
There is no US firmware for the TL-WA901ND v4 yet, so we'll just
unconditionally set the EU region for now.
This makes LEDE flashable on these devices again. The format of the region
string is slightly different from the one used on the Archer C7 that is
generated by mktplinkfw (the second half of the region string is missing),
but it's similar enough to make it work.
Tested-by: Jannis Pinter <jannis@pinterjann.is>
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
Commit f5c741b5e0 updated procd to a more recent version, but did not
change the hash of the tar. Update it to the one matching the file on
the download servers.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
The file to patch doesn't exists. Due to the fact that a src directory
exists, the patch was never applied.
With 28502a9 the behaviour was changed and revealed the issue.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
This is outdated and bad practice, general dependencies should be documented and leave the rest up to the user.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Engberg <daniel.engberg.lists@pyret.net>
This more of a demo for the previous commit that comes with
this one, where I added support for copying source from 'src' to
the build dir(s).
Signed-off-by: Alexandru Ardelean <ardeleanalex@gmail.com>
The normal Prepare step for a build is unpack, apply patches.
But for certain packages, patches contain whole files, which
would be nice to have separately and copied over as a last step
in the Prepare phase.
We need it for some other packages + patches, but I think
the 'hostapd' package can be used as a test for this.
As a quick note:
the reason the condition is being evaluated as
`[ ! -d ./src/ ] || $(CP) ./src/* $(HOST_BUILD_DIR)`
and not with
`[ -d ./src/ ] && $(CP) ./src/* $(HOST_BUILD_DIR)`
is that the latter would translate in a build failure if the `src`
folder is not present (the exit code would be 1).
The first one, succeeds for both cases (if `src` present or not).
Signed-off-by: Alexandru Ardelean <ardeleanalex@gmail.com>
OpenWrt uses ancient u-boot thats not reproducible.
There are multiple upstream changes that introduce
reproducible builds like:
859e92b775fd8ebcfacc591eaf621b677c95b6f7
(not used here - the CMD_DATE/TIMESTAMP functionality
seems to be disabled by config)
70d39f57146a6cb94736db39c770c3d95e07bedb
f3f431a712729a1af94d01bd1bfde17a252ff02c
2d9efa1227262249d381ed5d9d341cbdba76e62d
Instead of changing the Makefile too much
this changeset just tries to use the
changes in Makefile from current upstream git f5fd45f
*Should* fix issue reported by reproducible lede page:
https://tests.reproducible-builds.org/lede/lede.html
Compile tested only
(verified w. hexdump & md5sum)
Signed-off-by: Dirk Neukirchen <dirkneukirchen@web.de>
We have packages with their own parts appended to standard STAMP_CONFIGURED
(mostly with an underscore character). This will render the current
STAMP_CONFIGURED_WILD setting invalid and the build system may miss a rebuild
on config change
1. Build with config A
2. Build with config B, yet .configured_A_xx did not get cleaned
3. Return to config A, but rebuild will not happen because stamp file
of config A still exists
Signed-off-by: Yousong Zhou <yszhou4tech@gmail.com>
When selecting devices from the Target Devices menu, the brand choices
of naming makes it confusing to find particular devices by name, as the
sorting is case sensitve. AirTight came after ALFA, and devolo and
jjPlus both came after Zyxel.
This does _not_ apply to the Target Profile list, as that includes
"Default - all profiles" inside the profile list.
Signed-off-by: Karl Palsson <karlp@etactica.com>
TARGET_MULTI_PROFILE and TARGET_PER_DEVICE_ROOTFS get some help text to
try and clarify their behaviour.
Signed-off-by: Karl Palsson <karlp@etactica.com>
Tested with VDSL on TP-Link WD8970, I see full 1500-byte PPP data
frames, which end up being 1526 byte Ethernet frames (including
Ethernet+VLAN headers) on the wire.
Fixes: FS#210
Signed-off-by: David Woodhouse <dwmw2@infradead.org>
If core packages are overridden, CONFIG_OVERRIDE_PKGS is set
based on the scan order of packages, which eventually causes
that config value to be modified on each build and with
that causes the build process to warn for configuration
being out of sync.
This commit changes the CONFIG_OVERRIDE_PKGS to be sorted
and prevents that false warning.
Signed-off-by: Zefir Kurtisi <zefir.kurtisi@neratec.com>
In dc92917 there was introduced login.sh wrapper which allows
configuration of console passwords via UCI system ttylogin config
option.
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
Switch to xz tarball, there's no point pulling two different tarballs of the same source code (tools/libtool uses xz).
Signed-off-by: Daniel Engberg <daniel.engberg.lists@pyret.net>
This patch adds support for the Airtight C-60.
SOC: Atheros AR9344 rev 2 (CPU:560.000MHz)
RAM: 128 MiB
NOR: MX25L3205D 4MiB
NAND: ST Micro NAND 32MiB 3,3V 8-bit
SW-NET: AR8327N (2 Ports)
WLAN1: Dual-Band AR9340 Rev:2 (built-in SoC)
WLAN2: Dual-Band AR9300 Rev:4 PCIe Chip
The switch is setup for an accesspoint:
LAN1: (gigabit) is the wan-port.
LAN2: (fast ethernet) is bridged with the br-lan.
Flashing Guide (via initramfs):
1. Connect a PC to the serial port of the C-60.
power up the C-60.
Enter u-boot command prompt:
#> nand erase
#> setenv bootcmd "bootm 0x9f060000"
#> saveenv
#> setenv ipaddr 192.168.1.1
#> setenv netmask 255.255.255.0
#> setenv serverip 192.168.1.100
#> setenv bootfile lede-ar71xx-nand-c-60-initramfs-kernel.bin
#> tftpboot
#> bootm
2. Wait for the C-60 to boot LEDE.
On the root prompt. Enter:
# ubiformat /dev/mtd4
# ubiattach -p /dev/mtd4
3. After that copy the sysupgrade.tar onto the router and run:
# sysupgrade sysupgrade.tar
to flash the image.
Special thanks to Chris Blake <chrisrblake93@gmail.com>. He provided
a C-60 unit and he helped with debugging the switch, LEDs and platfrom
support.
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
The commit "generic: ar8216: add sanity check to ar8216_probe"
(774da6c7a4) stated that PHY IDs
should be checked at address 0-4. However, the PHY 4 was
never check by the loop. This patch extends the check to be
similar to the Atheors SDK. It tries all 4 ports and skips
unconnected PHYs if necessary. If it cannot find any familiar
PHYs, it will prevent the phy driver from initializing.
This patch is necessary for the C-60. It doesn't have a
PHY at port 3, so this caused the check in ar8xxx_is_possible
to fail. As a result, the ethernet ports on the C-60 didn't
work.
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
The WBMR boards are the only ones in the whole tree selecting the wpad
and hostapd-utils package by default.
Remove the wps uci-default script as well, there is no obvious reason
why the wps config need to be set only for this board.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
All of the touched boards don't have an ethernet port. Allow to use the
wps button on these boards to enable the wireless radio after boot.
The force enabled wireless for the DCH-M225 is removed. It is reckless
to bring up an unencrypted wireless network by default these days.
Using the wps button to bring up the radio seam to me the better
approach.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Images installed via TFTP recovery or the Edimax webinterface of the
3g-6200n(l) are writting with the edimax header to flash.
Use only one image type for these boards. The migration to the
factory only images need to be done via TFTP recovery.
Use the same start address for the 3g-6200n(l) factory images as the
stock firmware images.
Thanks to Jan Dostrasil for reporting all the issues of the 3g-6200nl
and the patient testing of all changes.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
According to the author the code was added to in preparation for adding
support for a new board. The patch for the board was never send and the
code never really tested.
The edimax header starting with the edimax magic is put in front of the
uImage header. There is no special uImage header used. Means, default
magic and the type field is set to kernel as usual.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
edimax parser fix
The return value of the find_header function need to be added to the
uimage_size, otherwise mtd_find_rootfs_from() might search for a rootfs
within a custom header and fails.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Assign the reset functionality to the wps/reset buttons. Use the wlan
switch of the 6200n to enable/disable wlan.
Add the internet led of the 6200nl and use the led for boot status
indication
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
With 3a9752bbd2 and later changes to
ramips_set_preinit_iface() the default vlan config applied during
preinit was changed. These changes were made without updating the
default network config to ensure that vlan interfaces used for lan/wan
are still configured.
Fix the issue by using the default all LAN portmap and disabling not
connected switch ports using portdisable device tree parameter.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
With de51026515 the explicit tagging of
the CPU port was removed. This leads to a not working default network
config, with vlans enabled but disabled CPU tagging, for boards where
all switch ports are having the same role.
In case the ports are having different roles set, tagging is is set
implicit for the CPU port by ucidef_add_switch().
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Don't set the lan/wan interface when using ucidef_add_switch. This
results into a wan interface albeit all ports a annotated as lan ports.
ucidef_add_switch takes care of setting the correct lan/wan interface
according to the annotation of the ports.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
luci using ustream-mbedtls is extremely slow vs ustream-polarssl.
polarssl alias mbedtls v1 is configured to use NIST prime speed
optimisation, so no longer disable the default optimisation for
mbedtls v2.
Compile & run tested: Archer C7v2
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <kevin@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
[Jo-Philipp Wich: refresh patch to use common format]
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
0.19.8.1 gettext-full uses "archive-version" of 0.19.8
to replace makros, leading to breakage of PKG_FIXUP:=gettext-version
Signed-off-by: Dirk Neukirchen <dirkneukirchen@web.de>
COPYING is not present in $(LINUX_DIR) on imagebuilder and prevents a
successful image creation.
Signed-off-by: Álvaro Fernández Rojas <noltari@gmail.com>
Adds per-host leasetime support
Various bugfixes :
-Prioritize ifname resolving via ubus
-Free interface if ifindex cannot be resolved
-...
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name> [update mirror sha256]
Instead of using TARGET_CFLAGS and EXTRA_CFLAGS in cmake and scons
build use the TARGET_CXXFLAGS and EXTRA_CXXFLAGS like it is done for
normal make and configure. configure used TARGET_CXXFLAGS and
EXTRA_CFLAGS for the CXXFLAGS. The package-default.mk sets
"EXTRA_CXXFLAGS = $(EXTRA_CFLAGS)" so using EXTRA_CXXFLAGS flags should
be save.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
The patch "images: bump default rootfs size to 256 MB"
a1f83bad60 caused a crash
during boot for the recovery images. This is because
both variants of the MyBook Live only have 256MB of RAM
and for the recovery option, the ext4 rootfs was simply
stored in the RAMDISK.
This patch replaces recovery image for the MBL with an
initramfs kernel.
In order to boot the initramfs (for recovery or development):
0. copy the initramfs and device tree into tftp's server directory
# cp *-initramfs-kernel.bin to /tftp-server/mbl.bin
# cp *-ext4-kernel.dtb to /tftp-server/fdt.bin
1. Connect the MyBook Live (Duo) serial port.
(Warning! Use a 3.3v level shifter).
2. Hit Enter during u-boot and insert these three lines:
# setenv serverip 192.168.1.254; setenv ipaddr 192.168.1.1;
# tftp ${kernel_addr_r} mbl.bin; tftp ${fdt_addr_r} fdt.bin
# run addtty addmisc; bootm ${kernel_addr_r} - ${fdt_addr_r}
Where 192.168.1.254 is your TFTP server.
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
This fixes the following error when mounting a ext4 filesystem
----
[ 166.240000] EXT4-fs (sda1): Cannot load crc32c driver.
----
Signed-off-by: Daniel Danzberger <daniel@dd-wrt.com>
This will allow dynamically adding/removing at least virtio-net pci
devices which are quite the norm in cloud environment with QEMU/KVM
netdev_add bridge,id=wan2,br=br-wan,helper=/home/yousong/.usr/libexec/qemu-bridge-helper
device_add virtio-net-pci,id=devwan2,netdev=wan2,mac=11:22:33:22:11:00
The config was formed by selecting target x86/64 first, then select
CONFIG_HOTPLUG_PCI and CONFIG_HOTPLUG_PCI_ACPI with
make kernel_menuconfig CONFIG_TARGET=subtarget
The following text tries to explain how the current config was formed
1. CONFIG_PCI_LABEL and CONFIG_ATA_PIIX were removed because they were
already enabled in x86 platform config
2. CONFIG_ATA_SFF was removed because it was enabled in generic config
3. CONFIG_NLS was removed because it will be selected by CONFIG_PCI_LABEL
Signed-off-by: Yousong Zhou <yszhou4tech@gmail.com>
- use default host install and clean.
- backport compatibility patch for OS X and LEDE (avoids having to force iconv
for OS X).
- use default HOST_BUILD_DIR.
Signed-off-by: Álvaro Fernández Rojas <noltari@gmail.com>
Commit 8f24ee6382 ("uqmi: Add proper IPv6 support") changed the code
to fetch the IPv4 address via QMI by default instead of using DHCP to
make it consistent with the IPv6 codepath.
This breaks on at least some Sierra Wireless cards, where data exchanges
fail to work until the host has fetched a DHCP lease.
Leave v6 as it is, but always use DHCP for v4.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
The D-Link DIR-869 A1 doesn't accept images with the jffs2 marker added
after the checksummed range, so we need to include it in the checksum and
fix it on first boot.
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
Split seama-factory and seama-sysupgrade into smaller pieces (similar to
the ramips code) to make the image generation more flexible.
Also use standard pad-offset instead of adding a block of zeros at the
beginning of the image that is later cut off again. Standard pad-rootfs can
be used as the seal header doesn't contain an image size or checksum.
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
Adjust the check for gcp (GNU copy command) to rule out false positives
with "Goffi's CoPier" a python copy command.
Fixes FS#218.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
In case the adsl/vdsl service is disabled intentional, the output is
cluttered with the following message multiple times if the status of
the dsl line is queried:
killall: vdsl_cpe_control: no process killed
If the dsl line status is queried by LuCI, the logfile is spammed with
the message.
Fix the issue by using killall in quite mode. In quite mode killall
still returns a non-zero value if the to be killed process can not be
found so that existing logic based on the return value still works.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
nf_tproxy_core was removed during 3.12 development with kernel commit
fd158d79d33d3c8b693e3e2d8c0e3068d529c2dc. The code was moved
to xt_TPROXY.c.
Fixes FS#212
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
TP-Link uses a different region coding mechanism for IL firmware for the Archer
C7 v2. Instead of of setting the region, they set a different TPLINK_HWREV.
Signed-off-by: Amir Rachum <amir@rachum.com>
Adds the latest patches from Jes Sorensen for rtl8xxxu, which improve
rtl8732bu, rtl8192eu and rtl8188eu support.
Signed-off-by: Álvaro Fernández Rojas <noltari@gmail.com>
Refresh patches for all targets that support kernel 4.4.
compile/run-tested on brcm2708/bcm2710 only.
Signed-off-by: Álvaro Fernández Rojas <noltari@gmail.com>
Due to the introduced double whitespace the default package selection
isn't applied. This leads to errors like a not working networking
because of a missing swconfig binary.
Fixes FS#208.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Since XZ is needed to bootstrap building ccache we must not depend on it,
so remove the dependency on ccache to avoid circular dependencies.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Since XZ is required to bootstrap ccache we must not use the ccache compiler
wrapper to avoid circular dependencies.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Make all tools except tar (which is required to bootstrap xz-utils) and XZ
itself depend on XZ, in order to be able to handle .tar.xz downloads.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
The "tar" utility is required to bootstrap XZ which is required to handle
.tar.xz archives, therfore revert to using the bz2 archive.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
In order to build XZ itself we cannot assume that XZ support is available,
so fetch the bz2 archive variant of its sources instead.
Also drop the FreeBSD portability patch and apply it at prepare time using
sed, to avoid a dependency on GNU patch which in turn depends on XZ support.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
* Change git packages to xz
* Update mirror checksums in packages where they are used
* Change a few source tarballs to xz if available upstream
* Remove unused lines in packages we're touching, requested by jow- and blogic
* We're relying more on xz-utils so add official mirror as primary source, master site as secondary.
* Add SHA256 checksums to multiple git tarball packages
Signed-off-by: Daniel Engberg <daniel.engberg.lists@pyret.net>
Quote resolveip hostname argument to avoid bad shell injections.
While at it fix pattern match logic in case multiple IPv6 addresses
are returned for a hostname as they're seperated by newline by
resolveip and not a white space
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
Adds u-boot for the at91 platform and a couple of boards.
The build honours COPTS to benefit from fortify source et al.
Signed-off-by: Ben Whitten <ben.whitten@gmail.com>
Now that the uhttpd init script can generate certificates using openssl as
well, update the section name and related comment to be more generic.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Package/*/install was using a different PATH than all other steps like
Build/Install, which was confusing and easily led to mistakes.
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
Having a different PATH in Host/Install than in other steps like Host/Build
is confusing and easily leads to mistakes. Setting all of Host/Exports
makes host builds match target builds (Build/Install is part of
$(STAMP_BUILT), which has Build/Exports set).
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
It seems the intention was to add both $(STAGING_DIR_HOST)/... and
$(STAGING_DIR)/host/... instead of passing $(STAGING_DIR_HOST) twice. This
makes the definition match HOST_CPPFLAGS and HOST_LDFLAGS.
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
Using HOST_BUILD_PREFIX instead of STAGING_DIR_HOST will make the argument
work as expected from packages.
Nothing changes for tools, for which HOST_BUILD_PREFIX and STAGING_DIR_HOST
are equivalent.
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
Before a configuration is generated, an empty file is created to store
it in. (required by UCI)
If something happens during config generation
(power cut, interruption, ..) an empty file exists and it is never
regenerated again, causing some daemons to fail starting
(NTPD, logread, ..)
Fix this by also generating new configs if a critical file
is empty.
Signed-off-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
Add USB led aliases to boards having an led which is meant to be used
as USB led according to the manuals.
Remove the kmod-ledtrig-usbdev from the default package selection for
boards not having an USB led. Add the kmod-ledtrig-usbdev to boards
where it is missing.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Use a more generic name for the lantiq_get_dt_led_chosen function.
Drop the lantiq_is_dt_led_chosen function. The lantiq_get_dt_led
function can be used to achieve the same.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Adds a slightly higher compression level to xz by default which roughly raises memory usage from 100MiB to about 200MiB during compression, about 10MiB for decompression. (Source: xz manpage)
Signed-off-by: Daniel Engberg <daniel.engberg.lists@pyret.net>
The kmod-sound-hda-core module attempts to package snd-hda-core.ko which
does not exist in Linux 3.18, therfore only use it for kernels >= 4.1
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Convert the Zynq target to use the new image build code in order to fix
broken image generation after 9945a1dca5
changed the handling of CPIO images.
Also remove the misapplied ubifs feature flag since the image generation is
not using UBIFS for building FIT images.
As part of the conversion, move the DTB building and the uImage ramdisk
generation into separate build steps which can be generalized and shared
with other targets, like APM821xx, in the long run.
Also remove the legacy profile declarations and use new-style per-device
profiles which will allow different package sets per image in the future.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Support the usage of the OpenSSL command-line tool for generating
the SSL certificate for uhttpd. Traditionally 'px5g' based on
PolarSSL (or mbedTLS in LEDE), has been used for the creation.
uhttpd init script is enhanced by adding detection of an installed
openssl command-line binary (provided by 'openssl-util' package),
and if found, the tool is used for certificate generation.
Note: After this patch the script prefers to use the OpenSSL tool
if both it and px5g are installed.
This enables creating a truly OpenSSL-only version of LuCI
without dependency to PolarSSL/mbedTLS based px5g.
Signed-off-by: Hannu Nyman <hannu.nyman@iki.fi>
Apply a number of changes to the tarball generation in order to produce
identical files on different systems:
1) Use an explicit `gzip -cn` to avoid storing file mtime in the gzip header
2) Instruct `tar` to unconditionally use uid and gid 0 for archive members
3) Instruct `tar` to sort archive members by file name
4) For SCMs that do not preserve file modification times like Git or Mercurial,
use the date of the last commit to the repository and pass it as `--mtime`
value to `tar`
After these changes, locally produced tarballs generated from SCM checkouts
should be identical on any system, simplifying the mirroring of cache archives.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Prior to kernel 4.4, the hda-intel module depends on the hda-controller
utility submodule so bundle it for the older kernel versions.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
The build system overrides HOST_LOADLIBES to add the staging dir to the
library search path. menuconfig needs -lncurses, add another override
for it.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Add some missing symbols to the generic 4.1 kernel config which got triggered
by the introduction of the hda-intel sound module.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
For now we only want to ensure that the group permission mask is permissive
enough to not clobber required permissions on the rootfs, so allow less
strict masks as well.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
This includes:
- use of local 'board' variable in LED names, wherever possible
- merge of boards with exactly the same LED configuration
Signed-off-by: Piotr Dymacz <pepe2k@gmail.com>
Keep everything in alphabetical order. Boards are ordered in two steps,
first within/inside common configuration (case section), then sections,
globally.
Signed-off-by: Piotr Dymacz <pepe2k@gmail.com>
This includes:
- code style fixes
- removal of huge comment (it should be in doc, not here) and some small ones
- removal of redundant config for DR531/WPJ531 as the default is the same
- merge of boards with exactly the same interfaces config
Signed-off-by: Piotr Dymacz <pepe2k@gmail.com>
Convert etc/board.d/02_network in ar71xx target to the same shape
as we have in ramips target. Split code into two new functions:
- interface/s setup in ar71xx_setup_interfaces()
- MAC/s setup in ar71xx_setup_macs()
Signed-off-by: Piotr Dymacz <pepe2k@gmail.com>
sysupgrade command fails due to missing U-Boot environment-processing binaries on sysupgrade ramdisk. The missing binaries result in the following output:
Switching to ramdisk...
Performing system upgrade...
ash: /usr/sbin/fw_printenv: not found
ash: fw_setenv: not found
ash: touch: not found
cannot find target partition
Fixes FS#197.
Signed-off-by: Aaron Curley <accwebs@gmail.com>
This patch removes the non-working wifi driver filter for
the wifi detection script.
I figured that rather than replacing ${2:-$DRIVERS} with
${1:-$DRIVERS}, it would be better to remove it. Nobody
needed it in the previous years.
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
vfat filesystem fails to mount due to missing codepages with
factory-formatted flash drives. Depend on cp437 iso8559-1 and
utf8 nls modules as this covers most factory-formatted vfat
filesystems.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Dickinson <lede@cshore.thecshore.com>
Updates expat to 2.2.0
Fixes several CVEs:
CVE-2016-0718
CVE-2016-4472
CVE-2016-5300
CVE-2012-6702
Signed-off-by: Daniel Engberg <daniel.engberg.lists@pyret.net>
Update ccache 3.3.2 and refresh patch
Preserving the original patch comments here by Karl Vogel:
"From 90762a9b8d9a50b6176f10bd6c2e2b9501117561 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: Karl Vogel <karl.vogel@gmail.com>
Date: Tue, 14 Jul 2015 11:05:33 +0200
Subject: [PATCH] Include environment variable GCC_HONOUR_COPTS in hash.
The OpenWRT patch, 910-mbsd_multi.patch, to GCC adds an extra
compilation flag, -fhonour-copts, which is influenced by an
environment variable called GCC_HONOUR_COPTS.
Include this environment var in the hash calculation as otherwise
the gcc stdout warning from a previous compilation might be shown
where, even when GCC_HONOUR_COPTS is in 's'ilent mode.
Signed-off-by: Karl Vogel <karl.vogel@gmail.com>"
Signed-off-by: Daniel Engberg <daniel.engberg.lists@pyret.net>
This patch set adds support for PCI Intel HD Audio
sound devices. This is useful for multimedia packages
in the packages feed that one may use to create audio
servers.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Dickinson <lede@cshore.thecshore.com>
- CPU: MT7620A 580MHz
- Flash: 8MB - RAM: 64MB
- External PA+LNA on both WLAN2.4 and WLAN5
- 4x LAN ethernet and 1x WAN ethernet
Signed-off-by: Xuefu Lin <xuefulin@gmail.com>
When building LEDE with umask values other than 022, the resulting packages
will embed improper permissions, which may lead to random errors or non-
functional scripts on the target.
In order to make users aware of this problem, add a build-prereq check to
assert a correct umask setting before starting the build.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
We have to remove the FPU check, it will run in an endless loop on LEDE
when compile without FPU emulation support.
The second patch fixes this problem: valgrind: mmap(0x400000, 303104)
failed in UME with error 22 (Invalid argument).
valgrind still does not support mips16, build LEDE without mips16 support.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
It missed some changes needed for kernel 4.4. This is only used by the
Falcon SoC and not for the xRX SoCs.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
The main difference is it supports DT binding. This allows us to use DT
for specifying controller and the new standalone USB 3.0 PHY driver.
Thanks to that we don't need out of tree patch adding PHY initialization
to the controller driver anymore.
This problem has been fixed by upstream commit 757de492f2d ("xhci: fix
platform quirks overwrite regression in 4.7-rc1").
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
This drops built-in support for USB 2.0 PHY and starts using separated
driver that was upstreamed & backported some time ago.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
The nf_reject_* and nf_nat_masquerade_* modules are moved into the
corresponding kmod-nf- packages. Appropriate dependencies are added to the
kmod-nft- packages.
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
Since the kernel makefile is using .ONESHELL, we need to add -e to
.SHELLFLAGS so errors are not ignored.
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
Refresh patches for all targets that support kernel 4.4.
compile/run-tested on brcm2708/bcm2710 only.
Signed-off-by: Álvaro Fernández Rojas <noltari@gmail.com>
Forgot to update kernel-version.mk, so updated patch. Compile-tested on x86/64 and ar71xx; run-tested on x86/64 and ar71xx.
Signed-off-by: Stijn Segers <francesco.borromini@inventati.org>
Fix rt_names build failure when FORTIFY_SOURCE disabled.
Include limits.h which otherwise gets automatically included
by fortify headers.
Solves FS #194
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <kevin@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
-add spi pins
-move mdio and rgmii pinctrl from gmac and mdio into pinmux node
-add i2c4 pinctrl into rpm node
-add pin details into several nodes
-update gmac1 and gmac2 parameters
-update mdio phy0 and phy4 registers by ddwrt devs findings
-fix i2c4 pin drive-strengh
-remove pcie pins as it's already present in ipq8065 DT
Signed-off-by: Pavel Kubelun <be.dissent@gmail.com>
With symlink tree some directories are just symlinked which
means IB and SDK end up with a symlink instead of an actual
directory; this fixes the missing files by dereferencesing
the directories instead of copying the symlinks.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Dickinson <lede@cshore.thecshore.com>
Now that the firmware for BCM43430 has been submitted to linux-firmware use it
and remove RPiDistro package.
Signed-off-by: Álvaro Fernández Rojas <noltari@gmail.com>
Add patches for SFP support and package it for ClearFog. Tested with a
Juniper SFP module.
Signed-off-by: Jonas Gorski <jonas.gorski@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
MSI interrupts do not seem to be working on mvebu, and they break
ath10k. Since nothing else seems to be using them, especially not
mwlwifi, disable them until we can fix MSI interrupts.
Works around the following issue:
[ 9.001457] ath10k_pci 0000:02:00.0: failed to receive control response completion, polling..
[ 10.001453] ath10k_pci 0000:02:00.0: Service connect timeout
[ 10.007126] ath10k_pci 0000:02:00.0: failed to connect htt (-110)
[ 10.092224] ath10k_pci 0000:02:00.0: could not init core (-110)
[ 10.098177] ath10k_pci 0000:02:00.0: could not probe fw (-110)
Signed-off-by: Jonas Gorski <jonas.gorski@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Make it a choice menu which offers the 3 C libraries we know about: glibc,
uClibc and musl. While at it, make it possible for the external toolchain libc
to select USE_GLIBC, USE_UCLIBC or USE_MUSL which is used by several packages
to conditionally include specific CFLAGS (e.g: iproute2).
Because USE_GLIBC et al. can now be selected by external toolchains, we need to
restrict the per-libc menus to check on !EXTERNAL_TOOLCHAIN.
While at it, make musl the default C library for external toolchain to match
the internal toolchain.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
This patch moves the ath10k firmware packages to the firmware submenu
in the buildroot, where it belongs.
Signed-off-by: Stijn Segers <francesco.borromini@inventati.org>
ar71xx has an init-script for special devices where the ath10k OTP
calibration data is stored on the PCIe card's EEPROM (and thus can only
be read by ath10k). Unfortunately the OTP data uses the default mac
address (= all devices come with the same mac address, which leads to
problems when you have multiple of these devices in the same network).
To work around this the mac address is patched in the firmware during
the first boot of the device. To prevent flash wear this was only done
if the ath10k firmware matched a hardcoded md5sum.
However, if the md5sum does not match this can mean that either the mac
address was already patched (which is fine) - unfortunately it can also
mean that the firmware version was updated without updating the
hardcoded md5sum.
Change the "was the mac address already patched" check to actually
compare the mac address inside the ath10k firmware.
Signed-off-by: Martin Blumenstingl <martin.blumenstingl@googlemail.com>
Use firmware version 10.2.4.70.54 from kvalo's git repository. The old
version (even though it's version number is greater) is an old version
from September 2015.
Using only the firmware versions from kvalo's git repo is recommended,
because those are tested by QCA's internal QCA.
The QCA988X directory received a small reorganization as a "hw2.0"
subdirectory was added - this patch also takes care of that as
board.bin was moved to that subdirectory.
Signed-off-by: Martin Blumenstingl <martin.blumenstingl@googlemail.com>
For 64-bit capable systems, a symbolic link is set up for /lib64 to point to
/lib, so make sure the installation goes into /lib, irrespective of where the C
library files come from in an external toolchain.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
There is a separate package kmod-crypto-echainiv for echainiv.ko. Selecting
both packages led to a conflict, so remove the file from kmod-crypto-iv.
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
This fixes bug that could cause WARNING on every add_key/del_key call.
It also replaces WARNING with a simple message. They may still occur
e.g. on station going out of range and A-MPDU stall in the firmware.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
A bug fix which included a CRL sanity check was added to OpenSSL 1.1.0
but was omitted from OpenSSL 1.0.2i. As a result any attempt to use
CRLs in OpenSSL 1.0.2i will crash with a null pointer exception.
Patches applied upstream:
* 301-fix_no_nextprotoneg_build.patch
* 302-Fix_typo_introduced_by_a03f81f4.patch
Security advisory: https://www.openssl.org/news/secadv/20160926.txt
Signed-off-by: Magnus Kroken <mkroken@gmail.com>
Adds Google's mirrors as primary source and kernel.org as fallback.
Discussed in #lede-dev on Freenode
Signed-off-by: Daniel Engberg <daniel.engberg.lists@pyret.net>
Within the Lua binding, use the same logic as the command line interface for
reporting the used WPA ciphers. Instead of printing the intersection of
pairwise and group ciphers, report both group and pairwise ciphers.
This fixes a case where a connection which uses CCMP for pairwise and TKIP
as groupwise cipher is getting reported as using the NONE cipher.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
The Linux kernel uses two distinct fields to denote the routing table ID in
use by network routes; the 8 bit `rtm_table` member of `struct rtmsg` and the
32 bit `RTA_TABLE` netlink attribute.
If a routing table ID is larger than 255, the `RT_TABLE` attribute must be used
and the `rtm_table` field has to be set to the special `RT_TABLE_UNSPEC` value.
This commit adds a patch which...
- switches the *_n2a() and *_a2n() functions of rt_names.c to use dynamically
sized, name-sorted arrays instead of fixed arrays limited to 1024 slots in
order to support IDs up to 65535
- adds proper handling of high table IDs to iprule.c and iproute.c when
adding, removing and dumping ip rules and network routes
After this change, the Busybox ip applet fully supports IP rules with high ID
numbers, using the same logic as the full iproute2.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Remove an invalid local variable declaration in the tunnel update subshell
invocation. Local declarations outside of function scopes are illegal since
the Busybox update to version 1.25.0 .
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
All these patches are in wireless-drirvers-next. There is support for
hidden SSID, few new devices and many fixes.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
The Gluon firmware framework [1] uses postinst scripts for sanity checks.
Make the build fail when a postinst script exits with an error to make
these sanity checks effective.
All postinst scripts in packages from the LEDE core and the packages feed
seem to work correctly with this change and will always return 0 unless
something is very broken.
[1] https://github.com/freifunk-gluon/gluon
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
Especially --force-overwrite and --force-depends will often lead to broken
images; it's better to fail the build in such cases than to silently ignore
the errors.
Instead, ignore errors in the per-device rootfs opkg remove command, so
the build doesn't break when packages can't be removed because of
dependencies.
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
Some DEVICE_PACKAGES definitions replace one package variant with another
(e.g. wpad-mini is replaced with wpad). To avoid file conflicts, first
remove, then install packages.
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
kmod-rt2x00-lib and kmod-mac80211 need to be removed, as they depend on
kmod-cfg80211. kmod-rt2800-pci should not be installed anyways.
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
Modifying the file permissions can be harmful, as it would make files
world-readable even if they weren't in the ipk packages. The
Image/mkfs/prepare step is removed completely, as it is redundant now (/tmp
and /overlay are already provided by base-files with the correct
permissions).
It has been verified that this change does not affect any permissions of
files in the default package set except /etc/ppp/chap-secrets, which was
world-readable before. All packages not in the default set are more likely
to be installed via opkg than being part of a base image and thus were
usually not affected by the permission modification anyways.
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
Now that we know that the password is in /etc/shadow and not in
/etc/passwd, we can properly fix the logic for the empty password check.
Only 'root::' is an empty password, 'root❌' and 'root:!:' allow no
password login at all.
This fixes the empty password warning still showing after the root password
has been locked using 'passwd -l root' (e.g. to allow public-key auth
only).
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
Configurations without shadow passwords have been broken since the removal
of telnet: as the default entry in /etc/passwd is not empty (but rather
unset), there will be no way to log onto such a system by default. As
disabling shadow passwords is not useful anyways, remove this configuration
option.
The config symbol is kept (for a while), as packages from feeds depend on
it.
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
Add and enable sysupgrade support for clearfog boards, based on how the
brcm2708 target does it.
Signed-off-by: Jonas Gorski <jonas.gorski@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Add a switch node to clearfog to probe and initialize it on Clearfog
Pro. This make the switch work and allows using all six switch ports.
Signed-off-by: Jonas Gorski <jonas.gorski@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
If the cpu port is connected through SGMII we need to enable SerDes for
it to work.
Signed-off-by: Jonas Gorski <jonas.gorski@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
The clearfog u-boot does not initialize the switch at all, so we need to
power up the phys ourselves.
Signed-off-by: Jonas Gorski <jonas.gorski@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Make the dts file match with what is upstream, to ensure it has the
latest changes and switching to newer kernels is easier.
Signed-off-by: Jonas Gorski <jonas.gorski@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Some of the PCIe and USB signals use a GPIO expander on I2C on ClearFog,
so enable the driver so that they can be configured to their required
values.
Signed-off-by: Jonas Gorski <jonas.gorski@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Uboot-mvebu isn't a real package, which will break the image builder
when it tries to install it during the packing step. Instead of cleafog
selecting it through its default packages, make it default to m if the
clearfog profile is selected.
This will ensure it is always build, but never added to the rootfs. This
fixes creating images for clearfog with IB.
Signed-off-by: Jonas Gorski <jonas.gorski@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
The clearfog image requires u-boot, so package it into KDIR to make sure
it is available in imageBuilder.
Signed-off-by: Jonas Gorski <jonas.gorski@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Some gcc versions seem to miscompile code using ternary operators,
work around this by just returning the result if exp is 0.
Signed-off-by: Jonas Gorski <jonas.gorski@gmail.com>
Running prepare_rootfs on TARGET_DIR deletes the opkg state when
CONFIG_CLEAN_IPKG is enabled, making the per-device rootfs package install
fail.
To avoid this, create a copy of the TARGET_DIR before prepare_rootfs is run
and use this as basis for per-device rootfs generation.
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
br_netfilter.ko and the corresponding Kconfig symbol are already provided
by kmod-br-netfilter, which is a dependency of kmod-ebtables.
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
Add a new option to each device in multi-profile mode, allowing to provide
a list of packages to add or remove. In case of added packages, the user
must take care that these are selected to be built.
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
Local variable declarations outside of functions are illegal since the Busybox
update to v1.25.0, therfore remove them from the appropriate places.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
opkg's -l option is always interpreted relative to the installation root.
This leads to very weird paths inside the rootfs (containing the whole path
to the LEDE tree on the build machine) and causes the subsequent deletion
of the list directory to fail (cluttering the resulting images).
Instead, use the default list directory and remove its contents in
prepare_rootfs.
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
Older busybox versions allowed using the local keyword outside of
functions, whereas 1.25.0 (which was introduced in 06fa1c46fc) do not
allow this anymore (leading to the following error when executing the
script: "file: local: line nn: not in a function").
Signed-off-by: Martin Blumenstingl <martin.blumenstingl@googlemail.com>
Older busybox versions allowed using the local keyword outside of
functions, whereas 1.25.0 (which was introduced in 06fa1c46fc) do not
allow this anymore (leading to the following error when executing the
script: "file: local: line nn: not in a function").
Signed-off-by: Martin Blumenstingl <martin.blumenstingl@googlemail.com>
Dependencies on purely virtual packages (satisfied by PROVIDES) that were
not using "selects" ("+" flag) would be prepended with the prefix
"PACKAGE_" twice, breaking the first alternative.
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
Update the linux-firmware package in order to force the buildbots to fetch the
proper mirrored version.
Currently each builder has its own copy of the linux-firmware checkout staged
in its own dl/, since the package was updated before the mirrored copy has
been uploaded. The builders then subsequently uploaded their own copy instead,
leading to md5sum mismatches since each clone produces different tarballs.
By bumping the package to a new version and uploading the mirrored archive
with the proper md5sum beforehand, the builders will fetch that instead and
not upload their own copies.
To properly solve that problem in the future we need to ensure that packed
checkouts become reproducable.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Since the md5sum of the mirrored Git clone archive has been set in the Makefile
before that particular archive was uploaded to the source mirror, the buildbots
uploaded their own, different copy instead invalidating the mirror md5sum for
anyone else.
In order to fix the mismatch, update the md5sum to reflect the archive being
present on the download server.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
The Annex A firmware will be updated to:
05.08.01.08.01.06_05.08.00.0B.01.01_osc
The Annex B firmware will be updated to:
05.07.09.09.00.06_05.07.04.04.00.02_osc
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke.mehrtens@intel.com>
Some devices (like the Cisco Meraki Z1 Cloud Managed Teleworker Gateway)
need to be able to initialize the PCIe wifi device. Normally, this is done
during the early stages of booting linux, because the necessary init code
is read from the memory mapped SPI and passed to pci_enable_ath9k_fixup.
However,this isn't possible for devices which have the init code for the
Atheros chip stored on NAND in an UBI volume. Hence, this module can be
used to initialze the chip when the user-space is ready to extract the
init code.
Martin Blumenstingl made a few fixes and added support for lantiq:
kernel: owl-loader: add support for OWL emulation PCI devices
kernel: owl-loader: don't re-scan the bus when ath9k_pci_fixup failed
kernel: owl-loader: use dev_* instead of pr_* logging functions
kernel: owl-loader: auto-generate the eeprom filename as fallback
kernel: owl-loader: add a debug message when swapping the eeprom data
kernel: owl-loader: add missing newlines in log messages
kernel: owl-loader: add support for the lantiq platform
These patches have been integrated. Thanks!
Signed-off-by: Martin Blumenstingl <martin.blumenstingl@googlemail.com>
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@googlemail.com>
The default configuration might not be suitable for
every use case. Add options to enable/disable additional
options.
Signed-off-by: Andreas Schultz <aschultz@tpip.net>
Match sections allow to set a tag specified by the option networkid if the client
sends an option and optionally the option value specified by the match option.
The force option will convert the dhcp-option to force-dhcp-option if set to 1 in
the dnsmasq config if options are specified in the dhcp_option option.
config match
option networkid tag
option match 12,myhost
option force 1
list dhcp_option '3,192.168.1.1'
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
General convention is to keep U-Boot and radio calibration
data (ART) mtd partitions marked as read-only.
Signed-off-by: Piotr Dymacz <pepe2k@gmail.com>
This changes the sysupgrade format. To support upgrades from the old
firmware to the new one, legacy images are provided. Because of the old
partition split, these have to be specific to the NOR or SPI device.
The new sysupgrade images are suitable for begin put on flash directly,
and they are independent of NOR vs SPI flash variant.
Flashing back to old firmware is supported via using the old full-flash
images instead of the old sysupgrade images.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
A padding to align a message should not only be added between
different attributes of a netlink message, but also at the end of the
message to pad it to the correct size.
Without this patch the following command does not work and returns an
error code:
ip link add type nlmon
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Now that we have firmwares separated and brcm2708 being the only target that
actually selects SDIO support, avoid selecting all firmwares by default.
sunxi should select the proper firmwares once SDIO support is enabled and
tested.
Signed-off-by: Álvaro Fernández Rojas <noltari@gmail.com>
Using few packages will allow saving some space by decreasing rootfs
size.
Moreover there are more firmware files that may require packaging and
even more to come later.
This can especially useful now, with per device rootfs.
Signed-off-by: Álvaro Fernández Rojas <noltari@gmail.com>
There are currently two stock firmwares for the TL-WDR3600/4300, a US and
a universal version. Both allow installing images with US region code, so
we don't need to provide multiple images.
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
Simplify modifying some of the images without affecting the others.
While we're at it, also unify the profiles to use := syntax and add "v1" to
the TL-WDR4300 name to make things more consistent.
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
clean up usb gadget support:
- rename gadget modules so that they appear together and are easier to
identify as gadget modules
- make usb-lib-composite and usb-gadget hidden as there is no point in
selecting those without gadget drivers that require them as deps
Signed-off-by: Tim Harvey <tharvey@gateworks.com>
The D-Link DIR-860L B1 has a flash chip which doesn't support
4K sectors. Since the DIR-860L B1 was the only mt7621 board which had
the 4k blocksize set, the 4K sector support is removed from the kernel
config.
I've checked the flash chips of all boards having set a 4K blocksize
again. This time I searched harder to finding bootlogs instead of
relying on wikis articles and/or the device tree source file.
The Planex MZK-DP150N has an en25q32b instead of the mentioned one in
the dts. Albeit the en25q32b supports 4K sectors, 4K support is not
enabled in the driver. Change the blocksize for this board back to 64K.
Reported-by: Russell Senior <russell@personaltelco.net>
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Now we have firmwares separated and bcm53xx selecting required ones make
use of it to actually save that rootfs space.
Other targets using brcmfmac (brcm2708 and sunxi) use SDIO interface and
firmware so they don't won't be affected.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
This is a follow up to 28110727f1
"ramips: set blocksize for 4MB devices". I've missed to include the
required changes of the kernel configs to enable 4K sector size
support.
The option is only enabled for targets having boards with 4k sector
size flash chips.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Using pad-to instead of passing the optional padding to append-kernel
or append-rootfs. It could be that the value of a variable is passed.
In case the variable is empty no error is thrown.
Furthermore the purpose of the extra parameter is hard to get without
reading the code.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Using few packages will allow saving some space by decreasing rootfs
size. Dropping 43602a1 firmware saves 316 580 B. Dropping 4366b1 saves
468 188 B.
Moreover there are more firmware files that may require packaging and
even more to come later (e.g. 4366c0).
This can especially useful now, with per device rootfs.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
Backport patches from upstream Linux kernel which are making the
kernel stores the appended dtb not in the same resisters as defined in
the UHI specification, use a separate variable on MIPS.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Gimpelevich <daniel@gimpelevich.san-francisco.ca.us>
[some modifications]
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Only add them where they are actually required.
Should help with compatibility issues with stock U-Boot images that
access UBI
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
The KERNEL_SIZE variable is unset and no padding is applied. This looks
like a typo to me since the ubinized image need to be aligned to the
flash blocksize.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
The kernel size isn't passed to the append-kernel build step and the
resulting image bricks the device.
Fixes FS#168.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
- quote the interface name
- remove call of not existing function
- remove the proto if it's the default proto
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
No functional change, it's just to have the same style everywhere. This
way I don't need to use any regex magic to extract all subtargets for
compile tests.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Add or fix the physical port number of switch ports to allow LuCI to
display the ports in physical order.
Remove the physical port number in case bridge port and physical port
order are the same.
Reorder the ucidef_add_switch parameter to be aligned with the switch
port number.
Remove board settings which are covered by the default case and remove
comments.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Permit users of the full variant to disable the NO_ID *.bind pseudo
domain masking.
Defaulted 'on' in all variants.
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <kevin@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
As security precaution and to limit the attack surface based on
the version reported by tools like nmap mask out the dropbear
version so the version is not visible anymore by snooping on the
wire. Version is still visible by 'dropbear -V'
Based on a patch by Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <kevin@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name> [remove trailing _]
commit a2386c384d requires the
module to be static in the kernel.
So lets actually add support for it inside the kernel config.
Tested on Ventana
Signed-off-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
Now that all seama images are using the new build code this seama recipe
used with the old build code can be dropped.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Set the blocksize for devices having only 4MB of flash for ramips
devices already using the new image build code.
Informations about the used flash chip are gathered from the OpenWrt
wiki, wikidevi, forums, OEM bootlogs or the compatible property in the
device tree source file.
The en25q32b from the AirLive Air3GII does not have 4k support in the
kernel.
For the following boards no information about the used flash chip could
be found and a 64k blocksize is assumed:
- Ralink V11ST-FE
- Ralink AP-RT3052-V22RW-2X2
- MediaTek MT7628 EVB
- MediaTek MT7621 EVB
- UPVEL UR-326N4G
- Buffalo WZR-AGL300NH
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
At the moment the padding steps are hardcoded. Especially images for
devices with a 4K sector size can be unnecessarily bloated using the
hardcoded padding steps.
It has been observed that 192Kb of padding was added to the image of a
4MB device, albeit due to the 4K sector size the minimum required extra
padding for the jffs2 rootfs_data is 20Kb.
In worst case it means that the image-size check could fail albeit
there is enough space for all selected packages
For device build code not exposing the blocksize, use the hardcoded
padding further on.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Allows to use the same unit for all definitions of the blocksize to be
consistent regardless of the used filesystem.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Some devices (e.g. Tenda AC9 based on BCM47189B0) have BCM53125 with
port 5 connected to the second Ethernet interface on the SoC. In such
case there is no PHY and we need to force link manually.
This assumes port 5 can be marked as enabled for such devices. It's not
implemented yet unfortunately.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
Don't expose dnsmasq version & other data to clients via the *.bind
pseudo domain. This uses a new 'NO_ID' compile time option which has been
discussed and submitted upstream.
This is an alternate to replacing version with 'unknown' which affects
the version reported to syslog and 'dnsmasq --version'
Run time tested with & without NO_ID on Archer C7 v2
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <kevin@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
e2fsprogs would fail linking with external toolchains which would not be able
to find several dependencies, explicit them.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
The insertion or removal of the sd-card cannot be detected
by the hardware itself. This is by design. To workaround this,
for the WNDR4700 unload/load the dwc2 module in case the
the special SD CARD GPIO line is low/high.
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
A few linux BSP's create a manifest file of installed packages for a given
target in order to help them understand exactly what's on their images. Create
one here as well as a build artifact since many users have an affinity to
prune down on packages to save valuable flash space.
Signed-off-by: Pushpal Sidhu <psidhu@gateworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Tim Harvey <tharvey@gateworks.com>
First two patches weren't marked for stable but are dependencies for
laters ones. The rest of patches was marked for stable but most likely
will be backported to 4.5+ only so we need to get them on our own.
An important fix is eea2fb4851e9d ("ovl: proper cleanup of workdir") as
it allows mounting overlayfs with dirty workdir, e.g. after power cut.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
If the toolchain is packaged for later use as external toolchain, the resulting
tarball is created in $BIN_DIR. But without building all packages first that
directory isn't created, hence 'make target/toolchain/compile' fails when
trying to create the toolchain tarball with error "Cannot open: No such file or
directory".
To fix that the $BIN_DIR is created before using it.
Signed-off-by: Micha Lenk <micha@lenk.info>
Regression introduced by 3481d0d dnsmasq: run as dedicated UID/GID
dnsmasq is unable to remove its own pidfile as /var/run/dnsmasq is owned
by root and now dnsmasq runs as dnsmasq:dnsmasq. Change directory
ownership to match.
dnsmasq initially starts as root, creates the pidfile, then drops to
requested non-root user. Until this fix dnsmasq had insufficient
privilege to remove its own pidfile.
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <kevin@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
Add a dependency on DRIVER_11W_SUPPORT in order to enable the IEEE
802.11w functionality in hostapd.
Signed-off-by: Petko Bordjukov <bordjukov@gmail.com>
Russell Senior reported an issue with the MR24 initramfs kernels:
> ## Booting kernel from Legacy Image at 00c10000 ...
> Image Name: POWERPC LEDE Linux-4.4.19
> Created: 2016-08-31 11:57:05 UTC
> Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
> Data Size: 2155723 Bytes = 2.1 MiB
> Load Address: 00000000
> Entry Point: 00000000
> Verifying Checksum ... OK
>Wrong Ramdisk Image Format
>Ramdisk image is corrupt or invalid
For the MR24, the kernel is uploaded to 0x10000. The ramdisk starts
at 0x200000. This leaves the kernel with just 0x1f0000 bytes = 1984kb.
This patch adds a size check so the image creation script will abort
instead of producing a unbootable initramfs image. A separate patch
"apm821xx: Fix initramfs image for the Meraki MR24" which fixed the
reported issue was submitted earlier.
Cc: Russell Senior <russell@personaltelco.net>
Cc: Chris Blake <chrisrblake93@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
When gzip is used, our kernel is too large and this causes the ramdisk
to be at the wrong offset. Fix by moving to lzma.
Signed-off-by: Chris Blake <chrisrblake93@gmail.com>
oneshot trigger configurations for LEDs are created, but the on/off
timing configurations are ignored. generate_config is correctly creating
oneshot configs, but the later led script doesn't recognise the trigger
details.
Fixes: c0c3f2d4c9 leds: support oneshot as well as timer triggers
Signed-off-by: Karl Palsson <karlp@etactica.com>
Enable CONFIG_PROCD_ZRAM_TMPFS compatibility via two changes to list_cpu_idx():
* detect if /tmp is being used by /dev/zram0; if yes, offset initial value by 1 to skip first zram device.
* hot-add /dev/zram1, if not already present.
Signed-off-by: Conn O'Griofa >connogriofa@gmail.com>
Add a patch to backport 5185c91385d73cdf79836eb8548e4726e43ae831
from Linux 4.8 adding USB2380 support to the NET2280 driver and
create an OpenWrt menu option to select it as a module.
Signed-off-by: Tim Harvey <tharvey@gateworks.com>
The Gateworks Ventana GW553x is a single-board computer based on the NXP
IMX6 SoC with the following features:
* IMX6 DualLite Soc (supports IMX6S,IMX6DL,IMX6Q)
* small form factor (35x70mm)
* 512MB DDR3 DRAM (2x32bit) (options up to 2GB)
* 256MB NAND flash (4GB option)
* Gateworks System Controller:
- hardware watchdog
- hardware monitor
- pushbutton controller
- EEPROM storage
- power control
* JTAG programmable
* 1x miniPCI socket (with PCIe, USB, SIM)
* 1x microSD socket
* 1x SIM socket
* Inertial Module (LSM9DS1 9DOF: 3x acc, 3x rate, 3x mag)
* analog CVBS video in
* GPS (optional uBlox EVA-M8M)
* Application headers:
- 2x TTL UART (TX/RX)
- 4x TTL GPIO (3x configurable as PWM)
- 3x CVBS Analog video input (1x decoder with 3x selectable inputs)
* Front panel connectors:
* micro-HDMI audio/video out
- 1x user programmable LED
- 1x configurable user pushbutton
- 1x USB OTG
See http://www.gateworks.com for more info
Signed-off-by: Tim Harvey <tharvey@gateworks.com>
This allows kobs-ng to flash the SPL successfully on the 4.4 kernel used by
the Gateworks IMX boards supporting NAND. The previous version of kobs-ng
worked with the 3.14 kernel but will brick a board making its SPL unbootable
for the 4.4 kernel.
See http://trac.gateworks.com/wiki/ventana/bootloader#nandspl for instructions
on updating the SPL from Linux.
Signed-off-by: Tim Harvey <tharvey@gateworks.com>
power save response frames can go through the old tx path, and the tid
needs to be set for sequence numbers to be assigned correctly.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Added gen_mvebu_sdcard_img.sh to facilitate creating an fixed-size sdcard image,
adding the bootloader and populating it with actual data.
Added the required rules for creating a 4GB sdcard image according to this layout:
p0: boot (fat32)
p1: rootfs (squashfs)
p2: rootfs_data (ext4)
This should be generic to any mvebu boards that can boot from block storage.
Added the new sdcard image to the Clearfog image profile.
Signed-off-by: Josua Mayer <josua.mayer97@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name> [cleanup]
The u-boot variant for the clearfog is provided by the uboot-mvebu-clearfog,
and not by the generic uboot-mvebu packae.
Make sure the clearfog variant is selected when building for it.
Signed-off-by: Josua Mayer <josua.mayer97@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Enable selection of the kernel key retention framework and some of its
additional facilities; see Documentation/security/keys.txt and
security/keys/Kconfig for details
Signed-off-by: Nathaniel Wesley Filardo <nwfilardo@gmail.com>
since eglibc is deprecated just use glibc as name
- fix build errors w. stack-protector (observed for x86_64):
libresolv_pic.a(gethnamaddr.os): In function `addrsort':
gethnamaddr.c:(.text+0x425): undefined reference to `__stack_chk_guard'
by additionally setting libc_cv_ssp_strong=no
like previously libc_cv_ssp=no was set
- fix compile errors on 2.24 x86 introduced by
upstream changesets "Optimize i386 syscall inlining"
errors are like:
- https://sourceware.org/ml/libc-alpha/2015-10/msg00745.html
and trying to fix with the whats suggested at:
https://patchwork.openembedded.org/patch/118909/
leads to other error:
gcc6: elf/librtld.os: In function `__mmap':
(.text+0x131a9): undefined reference to `__libc_do_syscall'
or:
gcc5: elf/dl-load.os
{standard input}: Assembler messages:
{standard input}:5129: Error: symbol `__x86.get_pc_thunk.cx' is already defined
instead of testing other flags/effects (-fno-omit-frame-pointer)
just use -O2 (like buildroot does) instead of -Os
boot+pings tested on:
qemu malta (le+be) (gcc5+bin2.25.1)
qemu aarch64 (gcc5+bin2.25.1)
qemu x86_64 (gcc6+bin2.26)
qemu x86 generic (gcc6+bin2.26)
Signed-off-by: Dirk Neukirchen <dirkneukirchen@web.de>
This triggers HAS_FPU=y, and unsets CONFIG_SOFT_FLOAT.
Considering all mvebu boards have an fpu, this is the desirable behaviour.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
microSD is the primary boot media for the Clearfog Pro board, and should
work unconditionally.
Signed-off-by: Josua Mayer <josua.mayer97@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name> [cleanup]
Add Support for the ESMT_F25L32QA and ESMT_F25L64QA.
These are 4MB and 8MB SPI NOR Chips from Elite Semiconductor Memory Technology
Signed-off-by: L. D. Pinney <ldpinney@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
This reverts commit 763f5d7873.
Currently the vfork() code path in opkg is broken and relies on unsupported
ftello() / fseeko() operations on pipes - we need to restructure the code
before we can reconsider this approach.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
This reverts commit 02e3c718e9.
Currently the vfork() code path in opkg is broken and relies on unsupported
ftello() / fseeko() operations on pipes - we need to restructure the code
before we can reconsider this approach.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Tested briefly on Netgear r7800. Firmware failed to load on first
boot, but then it worked after that and I could not reproduce the
failure.
Signed-off-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
TP-Link has started providing US- and EU-specific stock firmwares that only
allow upgrading to firmwares with the same region code. Provide factory
images for both these regions.
To avoid confusing users outside these regions, we still provide a
"universal" factory.bin without a region code, although flashing either of
the US and EU images would work as well.
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
TP-Link has changed the way the region is stored in the firmware header,
and now provides US- and EU-specific images for the Archer C7. Adding the
new region codes is necessary to make LEDE/OpenWrt flashable on devices
with the new stock firmwares again.
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
Historically on ARC we started from initramfs-based images because:
a) It was much easier to debug especially when toolchain and other
components were changing quite dynamically
b) It was our usual approach for embedded Linux
But now with ARC port of Lede/OpenWRT getting more stable and mature
we're ready for more real-life scenarios with FS permanently stored
on SD-card. This essentially benefits from ability to setup devices
that survive reboots with all settings and extra packages kept in place.
Still we keep an ability to build images with initramfs.
This allows us to use storage-less simulators for testing still.
Signed-off-by: Alexey Brodkin <abrodkin@synopsys.com>
Cc: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
Cc: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
If we want to boot from SD-card we need to have corresponding
drivers already built-in so there's no point in having these
modules.
Signed-off-by: Alexey Brodkin <abrodkin@synopsys.com>
Now when we're switching to FS on SD-card it's necessary to have
full stack of MMC block & FC drivers built-in otherwise kernel won't
be able to mount FS with needed modules.
Also we enable parsing of input parameters passed to the kernel by
U-Boot. Otherwise kernel won't know where to look for command line and
what's worse device tree blob (we had to disable this by default for
cases when kernel is loaded by JTAG and core registers may have
undefined state lading to kernel going bonkers).
Signed-off-by: Alexey Brodkin <abrodkin@synopsys.com>
As support of ARC 770 in OpenWRT/Lede matures we don't need
debug-only output binaries any longer, so purging vmlinux for
AXS10x boards.
As for uImage for nSIM it makes completely no sense because there's no
way to run U-Boot on nSIM.
So we remove add_arcYYY_XXX scripts making code more compact and
cleaner.
Signed-off-by: Alexey Brodkin <abrodkin@synopsys.com>
This tool can periodically check for ath10k firmware crashes.
If it finds a crash, it will package up the binary crash dump,
some OS level things like dmesg, lspci, etc into a tar file.
It then notifies the user about the crash and asks them to report
the bug to the appropriate email address.
This is most useful when used with ath10k-ct driver and
CT ath10k firmware, but it should also report issues with stock
ath10k driver and firmware in case one has appropriate contacts
to debug them.
This tool could be extended later for other modules/bugs/etc.
Signed-off-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
Drivers have been modified to use it and new ones have to be written
this way, so we need it for backporting code.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
The iwinfo library might get compiled with different backends, depending on
the driver selection of the current target, so mark it as nonshared to avoid
broken libiwinfo support on other targets with same cpu architecture but
different wireless driver types.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
With 12fe4b5798 I switched the ath5k
eeprom extraction to an alternate code path. Unfortunately this code
seams to be broken since ages and broke the ath5k EEPROM extraction.
Reported-by: Mohammed Berdai <mohammed.berdai@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Acked-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
DW GMAC on ARC SDP boards doesn't enter promiscuous mode if
Ethernet PHY haven't got established link. Good examples are
auto-negotiation in progress or disconnected cable.
We do see Linux kernel sets GMAC's MAC filter register
properly but GMAC's hardware doesn't accept new settings.
We believe it is a hardware issue, most probably problem of
integration of DW GMAC and PHY on the board.
As a work-around we completely disable frame filtering
in GMAC hardware (once and for good) which forces GMAC to enter
promiscuous mode with the first write to MAC filter register.
That gives us working bridge that consists of eth0 and wlan0
(USB Wi-Fi dongle). I.e. we finally have working "Dumb AP" setup made
of ARC AXS10x boards.
Given that hack is quite dirty (in loaded wired networks this will
effectively load CPU with junk packets even if user doesn't need promisc
mode) and there's no indication any other boards with DW GMAC suffer
from the same issue we're patching only kernel for ARC boards.
Signed-off-by: Alexey Brodkin <abrodkin@synopsys.com>
Cc: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>,
Cc: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
This allows referencing USB ports/devices that are always present in a
device. This applies to some internal devices, root hub ports and
internal USB hubs.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
The R7800 is an IPQ8065, so rename its dts file to reflect that fact.
Also fold the R7500v2 dts addition into the existing 800-devicetree.patch.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
The ATH9K_STATION_STATISTICS kernel config variable enables some extra
statistics that are useful for debugging (in particular with the airtime
fairness patches enabled). This adds that kernel config when selecting
ath9k debugging.
Signed-off-by: Toke Høiland-Jørgensen <toke@toke.dk>
This uses GFP_DMA32 for firmware swap. Fixes issue on x86-64 with
QCA 9984 chipset when host system does not have vt-d enabled.
Also tested on linksys ea8500 with 9980 chipset.
Signed-off-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
1004kc is just a SMP capable 34kc, and GCC treats 24kc and 34kc exactly
the same and will generate identical code, so there is no need to tune
to 1004kc instead of 24kc.
Signed-off-by: Jonas Gorski <jonas.gorski@gmail.com>
GCC treats 24kc and 34kc exactly the same and will generate identical
code, so there is no need to tune to 34kc instead of 24kc.
Signed-off-by: Jonas Gorski <jonas.gorski@gmail.com>
GCC treats 24kc and 34kc exactly the same and will generate identical
code, so there is no need to tune to 34kc instead of 24kc.
Signed-off-by: Jonas Gorski <jonas.gorski@gmail.com>
Refresh patches for all targets that support kernel 4.4.
Compile-tested on all targets that use kernel 4.4 and aren't marked broken.
Runtime-tested on ar71xx, octeon and x86/64.
Signed-off-by: Stijn Tintel <stijn@linux-ipv6.be>
The default configuration might not be suitable for
every use case. Add options to enable/disable additional
options.
Signed-off-by: Andreas Schultz <aschultz@tpip.net>
Point to correct devices when booting from msata or MMC
Changes fetched from Gateworks git
Signed-off-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
[Jo-Philipp Wich: rebased to apply against current LEDE version]
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Signed-off-by: Alexis Green <alexis@cessp.it>
[Jo-Philipp Wich: add missing DEVICE_TITLE, fix model name in commit title]
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Without any in-tree users enabled the Kernel's build process doesn't
actually build those modules. Enable some potential in-tree users
during Kernel build, so out-of-tree modules can depend on them.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
According to Jonas Gorski this is no longer needed, the problem
originally addressed by first adding 07_preinit_iface and subsequently
merging that into 02_network was probably a bug during the transition
to the new board.d pre-init approach.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
Device/AVM unconditionally inherits Device/NAND, which changes the
sysupgrade image to sysupgrade-tar (instead of a "raw" sysupgrade image
as used in the Device/Default template).
This moves the Device/NAND call to the FRITZ3370 device definition, as
this is the only AVM/EVA device that uses NAND.
Additionally we have to define the IMAGE_SIZE for the AVM/EVA NOR
devices to ensure that the images are not discarded.
Signed-off-by: Martin Blumenstingl <martin.blumenstingl@googlemail.com>
The image builder does not bundle sub-directories within $(KERNEL_BUILD_DIR),
therfore the intermediate "ventana-uImage.boot" directory is not shipped,
leading to failures with "make image" later on.
To circumvent the issue, store the intermediate boot files as tar archive
instead of putting them into a directory to ensure that they end up in the
final image builder tarball. Fixes FS#102
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
The image generation for TEW-691GR and TEW-692GR was broken since
79d02229 due to the move of the UMedia recipe to another Makefile.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Due to the missing phy-mode setting, the switch wasn't initialised.
The wireless requires an eeprom to work. Use the same mac addresses as
the stock firmware.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
The AR8327 initvals were not copied to the DTS during the switch from
mach file to device tree and broke the switch on the device.
The former used PORT6 related initvals were wrong and have been
corrected.
The phy mode setting for the switch was missing in the DTS as well.
The wireless requires an eeprom to work. The dual band wireless chips
have both bands enabled by default but only one band per chip is
working.
The stock firmware uses the following mac addresses:
LAN: AA:BB:CC:DD:EE:E4
WAN: AA:BB:CC:DD:EE:E4
2.4GHz: AA:BB:CC:DD:EE:E4
5 GHz: AA:BB:CC:DD:EE:E8
Assuming the mac address range :E4 to :E8 is reserved for this device,
the MAC addresses were reorder to have a unique MAC address for each
interface:
LAN: AA:BB:CC:DD:EE:E4
2.4GHz: AA:BB:CC:DD:EE:E4
WAN: AA:BB:CC:DD:EE:E5
5 GHz: AA:BB:CC:DD:EE:E8
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Fixes the following compiler warning:
Warning (reg_format): "reg" property in /ethernet@10100000/port@0 has invalid length (4 bytes) (#address-cells == 2, #size-cells == 1)
Warning (avoid_default_addr_size): Relying on default #address-cells value for /ethernet@10100000/port@0
Warning (avoid_default_addr_size): Relying on default #size-cells value for /ethernet@10100000/port@0
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
As it turned out we may actually build both initramfs and
SD-based images in one run with just a small tweak in
existing image/Makefile and so we do here.
We're back with one "generic" target for all ARC HS38-based bords.
Kudos to John for his patience and very helpful tips!
Signed-off-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
Signed-off-by: Alexey Brodkin <abrodkin@synopsys.com>
Cc: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
With the default priority of 0, the DEU algos would be overlapped
by the generic algos (if available).
To fix this, set the cra_priority of the hardware algos to the
recommended value of 300/400.
Signed-off-by: Martin Schiller <mschiller@tdt.de>
Previous version was based on code from kernel 2.6.22 with Broadcom two
trivial modifications. This updates the copy to the version from current
kernel and refreshes the patch.
This was tested for regressions on Netgear R6250 (BCM4708A0), D-Link
DIR-885L (BCM4709C0) and Tenda AC9 (BCM47189B0).
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
We finally got kernel booting on this device and LAN ports are working,
so it won't "brick" the device. One more big missing thing is WAN port
support. It requires fix for BCM53125 to get switch port 5 working.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
Over a year ago in a commit ac96a1665a ("bcm53xx: update Disable MMU
and Dcache during decompression") we switched to Florian's patch for
workarounding CFE bug. The main difference was using a part of existing
__armv7_mmu_cache_flush instead of implementing flushing separately.
This worked well for Northstar devices but doesn't work for BCM53573 as
these devices simply don't start booting with Florian's patch. It's
because of the ldmfd ASM instruction in the __armv7_mmu_cache_flush.
So this commit switches back to using standalone implementation. This
time instead of copying Broadcom's copy of cache-v7.S, we just make a
copy of the original file on our own. Unfortunately we can't cross-dir
compile cache-v7.S from ../../mm/ as that one also adds __INITDATA with
define_cache_functions v7 which would just trigger
> Error: unrecognized/unsupported machine ID (r1 = 0x0000007f).
The only real change Broadcom did in copied .S file was modifying mcr
instruction to use c6 instead of c14. It isn't clear to me if we really
need it, but let's use it for now.
By the way we also update commit message of the
[PATCH] ARM: BCM5301X: Disable MMU and Dcache during decompression
This makes kernel booting on BCM53573 successfully.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
Pass KERNEL_FILE_DEPENDS to rdep instead of PKG_FILE_DEPENDS, which is
empty. Also don't pass $(CURDIR) as the directory to timestamp, as it
would also pick up non kernel related changes like image building code.
Should fix kernel being rebuild for unrelated changes, as well as not
being rebuild for changes in target/linux/generic.
Fixes: 22ef1c83b3 ("kernel: make the kernel build auto-clean the build dir like package build")
Signed-off-by: Jonas Gorski <jonas.gorski@gmail.com>
In commit df4f41261c ("archs38: Introduce images for SD-cards")
we introduced building of SD-card images for ARC HS38-based boards.
While building images mkdosfs utility is used.
On machines I used for testing mentioned change this utility was
already installed so I didn't figure-out that requirement.
But thanks to Lede's autobuilder this missing bit was highlighted,
see failed build job here:
http://phase1.builds.lede-project.org/builders/archs38%2Fsd/builds/0/steps/images/logs/stdio
Signed-off-by: Alexey Brodkin <abrodkin@synopsys.com>
Cc: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
Cc: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Now that snapshot builds are only publishing SHA-256 checksums, it makes
sense to ship an appropriate utility for verification.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
PPP daemon can be put into persist mode meaning the
daemon will not exit after a connection gets terminated
but will instead try to reopen the connection.
The re-initiation after the link has been terminated
can be controlled via holdoff; this is helpfull in
scenarios where a BRAS is in denial of service mode
due to link setup requests after a BRAS has gone down
Following uci parameters have been added :
persist (boolean) : Puts the ppp daemon in persist mode
maxfail (integer) : Number of consecutive fail attempts which
puts the PPP daemon in exit mode
holdoff (interget) : Specifies how many seconds to wait
before re-initiating link setup after it has been terminated
Signed-off-by: Alin Nastac <alin.nastac@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
Zbtlink ZBT-WE1526 is based on Qualcomm Atheros QCA9531 v2.
Short specification:
- 650/400/200 MHz (CPU/DDR/AHB)
- 5x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet
- 1x USB 2.0
- 128 MB of RAM (DDR2)
- 16 MB of FLASH
- 2T2R 2.4 GHz, up to 22 dBm
- two external, non-detachable antennas
- 8x LED, 1x button
- UART header (pinout: VCC, RX, TX, GND)
Flash instruction:
Use sysupgrade in vendor firmare which is based on OpenWrt.
Signed-off-by: Piotr Dymacz <pepe2k@gmail.com>
When the kernel build picks up a localversion file in the source tree,
that string is unconditionally appended to LOCALVERSION and affects the
uname string.
Make sure to delete any such file.
Signed-off-by: Josua Mayer <josua.mayer97@gmail.com>
When building the kernel from a git repository, the kernel build appends
either a + or a short commit hash to localversion.
This behaviour can be prevented by passing the empty LOCALVERSION variable
to make.
Signed-off-by: Josua Mayer <josua.mayer97@gmail.com>
src/linksys_bootcount.c misses to include stdint.h.
Apparently musl doesn't mind and includes this header by default,
but glibc does not and causes the build to fail.
Signed-off-by: Josua Mayer <josua.mayer97@gmail.com>
tools/env/fw_env.c misses to include stdint.h.
Apparently musl doesn't mind and includes this header by default,
but glibc does not and causes the build to fail.
Signed-off-by: Josua Mayer <josua.mayer97@gmail.com>
It was needed upstream to avoid bcma references in the main code. To
match this new code our patch adding SRAB was also updated.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
Historically on ARC we started from initramfs-based images because:
a) It was much easier to debug especially when toolchain and other
components were changing quite dynamically
b) It was our usual approach for embedded Linux
But now with ARC port of Lede/OpenWRT getting more stable and mature
we're ready for more real-life scenarios with FS permanently stored
on SD-card. This essentially benefits from ability to setup devices
that survive reboots with all settings and extra packages kept in place.
Still we keep an ability to build images with initramfs.
This allows us to use storage-less simulators for testing still.
Signed-off-by: Alexey Brodkin <abrodkin@synopsys.com>
Cc: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
If we want to boot from SD-card we need to have corresponding
drivers already built-in so there's no point in having these
modules.
Signed-off-by: Alexey Brodkin <abrodkin@synopsys.com>
Now when we're switching to FS on SD-card it's necessary to have
full stack of MMC block & FC drivers built-in otherwise kernel won't
be able to mount FS with needed modules.
Also we enable parsing of input parameters passed to the kernel by
U-Boot. Otherwise kernel won't know where to look for command line and
what's worse device tree blob (we had to disable this by default for
cases when kernel is loaded by JTAG and core registers may have
undefined state lading to kernel going bonkers).
Signed-off-by: Alexey Brodkin <abrodkin@synopsys.com>
As support of ARC HS38 in OpenWRT/Lede matures we don't need
debug-only output binaries any longer, so purging vmlinux for
AXS10x boards.
As for uImage for nSIM it makes completely no sense because there's no
way to run U-Boot on nSIM.
So we remove add_archs38_XXX scripts making code more compact and
cleaner.
Signed-off-by: Alexey Brodkin <abrodkin@synopsys.com>
These 2 trivial patches will be followed by a bigger bgmac rework so
they are worth backporting in a separated patch.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
This fixes flash corruptions. It touches bcm47xxsflash driver shared
between brcm47xx and bcm53xx so put it in generic.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
It was adding unused variable:
drivers/mtd/devices/m25p80.c: In function 'm25p80_write':
drivers/mtd/devices/m25p80.c:85:6: warning: unused variable 'i' [-Wunused-variable]
int i;
^
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
Use priv->wan instead of priv->id as indicator if packets should go to the
Ethernet WAN group (DPID=1) or not (DPID=0). This way, it's independant of
interface names or indexes.
Signed-off-by: Martin Schiller <mschiller@tdt.de>
By default USB LEDs are associated with usbdev trigger. However,
not all devices which have USB LEDs have kmod-ledtrig-usbdev in their
list of default packages. Add it to the relevant devices.
Signed-off-by: Matti Laakso <matti.laakso@outlook.com>
With an own DMA TX channel for each network device (eth0 + eth1) there
won't be any "tx ring full" errors any more.
This patch also move the spinlocks to the channel level instead of locking
the whole xrx200_hw structure.
Signed-off-by: Martin Schiller <mschiller@tdt.de>
* Only parse interfaces that are up during init_config (as the
script depends on this to determine the proper IP/subnet range)
* Add reload interface triggers for samba-designated interfaces
* Force full service restart upon config change to ensure Samba
binds to new interfaces (sending HUP signal doesn't work)
* Rename "interface" variable to "samba_iface" and move into
global scope
Needed to fix Samba connectivity for clients connecting from a
different LAN subnet (e.g. pseudobridge configurations) due to the
'bind interfaces only' setting.
Signed-off-by: Conn O'Griofa <connogriofa@gmail.com>
The mw4530r-v1 profile in tp-link.mk is for Mercury MW4530R.
There is no such a device called TL-WDR4530.
Also change MERCURY to Mercury in /lib/ar71xx.sh
Signed-off-by: Chuanhong Guo <gch981213@gmail.com>
When PKG_CONFIG_LIBDIR was unset in the environment, the configure
script was deducing the PKG_CONFIG_LIBDIR from the location of the
pkg-config binary, which doesn't make a lot of sense, and isn't done
by other autotools based packages.
Patch imported from the Buildroot project:
https://github.com/buildroot/buildroot/blob/master/package/ncurses/0001-fixup-pkg-config-handling.patch
Also refresh patches while we're at.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Move the "which svn" and "which git" calls next to the timestamp commands
using those tools to not prematurely fail on systems where svn or git are
not present.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
The bootmem area reserved for crashlog might be smaller than CRASHLOG_OFFSET
bytes, leading to an integer underflow when calculating the memory address
in crashlog_set_addr() which subsequently causes the kernel to crash when
attempting to vmap() the crashlog pages.
Change the logic to only consider the offset when the size of the used memory
area is sufficient.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
It adds and uses ILP clock that requires some other work (in progress)
for upstreaming it. Other than that it adds a quick fix for bcma to add
serial flash before trying to read SPROM.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
It wasn't accepted upstream as there was a discusson on Northstar vs.
BCM53573. Once we get a new ARM arch Kconfig entry it should be
possible to upstream it.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
Due to an empty pi_ifname in the generic failsafe setup, the deconfig
never removed the failsafe networking interface, causing broken
networking later on.
Signed-off-by: Jonas Gorski <jonas.gorski@gmail.com>
Update make_ext4fs to latest git head in order to support creating empty
filesystem images by making the source directory argument optional.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Instead of introducing a fake filesystem type, move the tar generation step
directly into the image build step.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
The previous image building code rework removed the rootfs.tar.gz with embedded
kernel and dtb build artifact which is required to build suitable SD images.
Reintroduce a .tar.gz artifact locally which embeds kernel and dtb, similar to
how the old code handled it.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Yue Cao claims that current host rate limiting of challenge ACKS
(RFC 5961) could leak enough information to allow a patient attacker
to hijack TCP sessions. He will soon provide details in an academic
paper.
Backports upstream commit 75ff39ccc1bd5d3c455b6822ab09e533c551f758
to the used LEDE kernel versions.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Also configure the switch based on the failsafe config, and create the
failsafe interface as tagged if necessary.
Signed-off-by: Jonas Gorski <jonas.gorski@gmail.com>
In preparation of properly setting up vlans and switches, add
support for configuring failsafe on a vlan tagged interface.
Signed-off-by: Jonas Gorski <jonas.gorski@gmail.com>
Move preinit interface and ip config to its own function to allow
calling it from more than one place.
Signed-off-by: Jonas Gorski <jonas.gorski@gmail.com>
Instead of board_detect generating the config as a side effect, let
config_generate call board_detect as needed.
Signed-off-by: Jonas Gorski <jonas.gorski@gmail.com>
Should fix parser data containing uninitialized values for of probed
physmap flashes, which could break e.g. the redboot parser.
Signed-off-by: Jonas Gorski <jonas.gorski@gmail.com>
Similar how we fix the file times in the filesystems, fix the build time
of the kernel, and make the build number static. This should allow the
kernel build to be reproducable when combined with setting the
KERNEL_BUILD_USER and _DOMAIN in case of different machines.
The reproducability only applies to non-initramfs kernels, those still
require additional changes.
Signed-off-by: Jonas Gorski <jonas.gorski@gmail.com>
- Security: Message printout was vulnerable to format string injection.
If specific usernames including "%" symbols can be created on a system
(validated by getpwnam()) then an attacker could run arbitrary code as root
when connecting to Dropbear server.
A dbclient user who can control username or host arguments could potentially
run arbitrary code as the dbclient user. This could be a problem if scripts
or webpages pass untrusted input to the dbclient program.
- Security: dropbearconvert import of OpenSSH keys could run arbitrary code as
the local dropbearconvert user when parsing malicious key files
- Security: dbclient could run arbitrary code as the local dbclient user if
particular -m or -c arguments are provided. This could be an issue where
dbclient is used in scripts.
- Security: dbclient or dropbear server could expose process memory to the
running user if compiled with DEBUG_TRACE and running with -v
The security issues were reported by an anonymous researcher working with
Beyond Security's SecuriTeam Secure Disclosure www.beyondsecurity.com/ssd.html
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
This generates proper images when using CONFIG_TARGET_MULTI_PROFILE and
CONFIG_TARGET_PER_DEVICE_ROOTFS.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
Thanks to this images for SoftMAC devices don't get brcmfmac anymore and
b43 is added for devices with (quite poor) support only.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
Among other things, this compiles out support for peer caching.
The feature did not seem to work well in my testing of AP mode,
and totally breaks my own special use of station mode.
Briefly tested on ea8500.
Signed-off-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
ath10k-ct driver was using bad defaults for 9980 if user
had not specified a fwcfg file to over-ride them.
Also, support configurable station-kickout-threshold,
which might work around issues with flakey connections.
Signed-off-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name> [fix PKG_VERSION]
9pfs is used by kvm to share files between host and guest,
add proper config option to enable it.
Signed-off-by: Matteo Croce <matteo.croce@canonical.com>
RADIUS accounting can be used even when RADIUS authentication is not
used. Move the accounting configuration outside of the EAP-exclusive
sections.
Signed-off-by: Petko Bordjukov <bordjukov@gmail.com>
This allows building images for selected devices with brcmfmac only
(without b43 which is for SoftMAC devices).
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
Reviewed-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Thunder Timecloud is a small NAS with MT7621A. It has 1 USB port and an
SD Card slot. There is no wireless cards.
Signed-off-by: Chuanhong Guo <gch981213@gmail.com>
The pi_* variables and the fs_failsafe_wait_timeout variable are set by
the CONFIG_TARGET_PREINIT_* config options. No need to maintain the same
values twice.
All other fs_ variables were never used.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Due to the missing carrier status set, the interface wasn't usable on a
BTHOMEHUB2B after ip link down and up as it is done in preinit.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
According to the author of the cpu temp driver, not all xrx200 boards
have a cpu temperature sensor. For that reason enable the sensor only
for tested boards.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Do not set the lan mac address for boards which having the lan mac
address already set in device tree source file.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
The device tree binding and the associated code duplicates functionality
already patched into the etop driver. The compatible string isn't used
any more. Therefore the whole code can be dropped.
The "mac-increment" property allowed to increment a mac address received
via kernel cmdline. This functionality isn't used by any device and
should be added as etop driver device tree property if required again.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Use the generic mtd-mac-address dts property to get a mac address from
flash instead of the lantiq specific one.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Use the same mac address increment in device tree source file and
userspace.
Don't add a mac address increment to either the only mtd mac-address or
to all mac-addresses.
Fix a typo in the TDW89X0.dtsi file to add an increment.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
All device tree nodes are using the named properties now and the code
path handling the reg property isn't required any more.
The code related to the ath,eep-flash property has been reformatted to
be better readable.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
The conversion to the new image building code accidentally caused the kernel
image to get compressed twice, leading to boot failures when kernel and rootfs
are flashed separately.
The sysupgrade images have been unaffected by this. Also restore the elf
kernel build artifact while we're at it.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Change the error message about missing SSL support to be more explicit by
mentioning required package names.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Since the only difference between 24Kec and 24Kc is the addition of DSP
ASE support, and we don't use it anymore, there is no need to keep 24Kec
as a separate cpu type.
Signed-off-by: Jonas Gorski <jonas.gorski@gmail.com>
Changes include:
* Higher maximum transmit power in the 5170-5250 band of the BG
regdomain
* Introduction of the CU regdomain
* Introduction of the 5725-5875 band (short-range devices) in the DE
regdomain
* Introduction of 60 GHz channels 1-4 in the KR regdomain
* Introduction of the 5725-5875 band (short-range devices) in the NL
regdomain
Signed-off-by: Petko Bordjukov <bordjukov@gmail.com>
sysupgrade immediately reboots after flashing an image and doesn't
allow to unmount filesystems. At least in case the image used for
sysupgrade is stored on a FAT formatted usb flash drive, the following
warning is printed during the next mount of the flash drive:
FAT-fs (sda1): Volume was not properly unmounted. Some data may be
corrupt. Please run fsck.
Although a data corruption during read operations is unlikely, there is
no need to scare the users.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Move the copyright printing code to the usage printing function, to
reduce noise from regular execution but preserve information about
the author.
Signed-off-by: Sergey Ryazanov <ryazanov.s.a@gmail.com>
/etc/init.d/boot tried to create /dev/root based on the kernel's
cmdline which won't work on any recent targets. Remove that code now
that fstools can detect the mounted rootfs based on
/proc/self/mountinfo and /dev/root was long gone anyway.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
Targets that need switch drivers should select them in their kernel
config. This prevents some bloat from creeping into targets that don't
need switchdev/dsa
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
CPU frequency scaling enables the operating system to scale the CPU
frequency up or down in order to save power. CPU frequencies can be
scaled automatically depending on the system load, in response to ACPI
events, or manually by userspace programs.
Signed-off-by: Lucian Cristian <lucian.cristian@gmail.com>
There does not seem to be any meaningful difference in generated code.
This will save some time and space on snapshot builds
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
GitHub seems to be a bit unreliable on feeds updates on the buildbot
lately, so hopefully our own mirror will be more reliable than that.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Fix the scripts/remote-gdb script when CONFIG_BUILD_SUFFIX is set.
CONFIG_BUILD_SUFFIX extends the name of the folder build_dir/target*
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Now that we globally calculate sha256sums over the bin/ directory we can remove
the target image specific checksum handling.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Add a new "checksum" make target which generates an sha256sums file over the
image files produced in bin/targets/ and automatically call it during make
world after the package index generation.
The advantage of this new target is that it is guaranteed to run after the
images, the SDK and the ImageBuilder archives have been generated to ensure
that they all end up in the checksum file. Fixes FS#51.
Uses sed to postprocess the OpenSSL digest output into an sha256sum command
compatible format.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Change the image build code to generate the DTB files as part of the kernel
build phase in order to fix the image build in the ImageBuilder environment.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Network drivers typically allocate memory in atomic context. For that to
be reliable, there needs to be enough free memory. Set the value
heuristically based on the total amount of system RAM.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Fixes instability/corruption on the ethernet interface connected to port0 on the switch on Netgear R7800 as well.
Signed-off-by: Josh Bendavid <joshbendavid@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Pavel Kubelun <be.dissent@gmail.com>
If option ist not set then ipv6 is still enabled on this Interface.
Check if variable is zero will fix this issue.
Signed-off-by: Florian Eckert <Eckert.Florian@googlemail.com>
Fix support for the Comtrend CT-536+, CT-5361 and CT-5621T routers support.
Currently the firmware is broken for these routers, because there is a missing
bar in the code at the DTS file avoiding to match with DTS stuff at the kernel. This
causes the router boots without ethernet connectivity. The status led also has a typo.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Gonzalez <dgcbueu@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jonas Gorski <jonas.gorski@gmail.com>
The ATB DTB mangle code will enter an infinite loop if it encounters a
word in the command line that contains an r in the middle of the word.
Fix this by increasing ptr everytime before invoking strchr, ot avoid
finding the same r again.
This fixes booting at least on Netgear R7500v1, which contains
"ubi.mtd=rootfs" in its commandline, triggering the misbehaviour.
Fixes: 0ddcbee261 ("ipq806x: activate ATAG DTB mangle and EA8500 rootblock in dts")
Signed-off-by: Jonas Gorski <jonas.gorski@gmail.com>
Remove the previous PIO delay patch and add a revert patch for a faulty
upstream commit, which seems to have introduced this issue in the first
place
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Fix ubifs mkfs options
Use standard Build/* commands instead of doing everything in the hackish
ubi-boot-overlay template
Fix bootfs.tar.gz build error
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Check memblock regions for sufficient size before attempting to use
them. Allow checks for multiple memblock regions until a suitable one is
found.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Now that the "sysupgrade-nand" step is used by non-NAND targets as well,
rename it to "sysupgrade-tar" to make it more generic.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Use the generic "sysupgrade-nand" build step to pack the sysupgrade file,
it performs the same steps as the inline "tar-file" macro.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
multiple invocation of dnsmasq script (e.g. by procd and hotplugd)
might cause procd to restart dnsmasq with an incomplete config file.
Config file generation might take quite a long time on larger configs
due ubus calls for each listening interface...
Signed-off-by: Ulrich Weber <ulrich.weber@riverbed.com>
Emits an initial event after the first link-up of a force_link
interface. This is needed for making the dnsmasq dhcp check more
reliable
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Open/close triggers array around service_triggers call to make using
multiple triggers easier to deal with.
The API was quite confusing, because some functions contained implicit
trigger open/close calls and some didn't.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
The device tree description misses some Ethernet ports and there was no
model specified for this board. In addition there was no switch
specific default configuration created.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
After b47f438 "build: remove image prefix from kernel files in KDIR", the
kernel image in $(KDIR) has a different name and could not be found by the
tar-file build step anymore, leading to the following error on the build
servers:
cp: cannot stat `.../linux-octeon/lede-octeon-generic-kernel.bin': No such file or directory
make[4]: *** [.../linux-octeon/tmp/lede-octeon-generic-ext4-sysupgrade.tar] Error 1
Adjust the path to the source kernel image in order to fix the problem.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
The stock firmware uses the single LED as status indicator only. Using the
same LED both for status and as ethernet indicator is uncommon, and has
been confusing users who were using the device as a WLAN mesh node (so the
LED was just off, as no ethernet was connected).
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
Passing the hostname is currently broken in since the shipped busybox includes this commit:
https://git.busybox.net/busybox/commit/networking/udhcp/dhcpc.c?id=2017d48c0d70bef8768efb42909e605ea8eb5a21
Before:
Sun Jan 31 18:11:32 2016 daemon.notice netifd: Interface 'wan' is now down
Sun Jan 31 18:11:32 2016 daemon.notice netifd: Interface 'wan' is setting up now
Sun Jan 31 18:11:32 2016 daemon.notice netifd: wan (18158): udhcpc: option -h NAME is deprecated, use -x hostname:NAME
Sun Jan 31 18:11:32 2016 daemon.notice netifd: wan (18158): udhcpc: malformed hex string 'WR150'
After:
Sun Jan 31 18:11:33 2016 daemon.notice netifd: wan (18169): udhcpc (v1.23.2) started
Sun Jan 31 18:11:33 2016 daemon.notice netifd: wan (18169): Sending discover...
Sun Jan 31 18:11:33 2016 daemon.notice netifd: wan (18169): Sending select for xxx.yyy.zzz.xyz...
Sun Jan 31 18:11:33 2016 daemon.notice netifd: wan (18169): Lease of xxx.yyy.zzz.xyz obtained, lease time 600
Signed-off-by: Merlijn Wajer <merlijn@wizzup.org>
Treat 'relayd' as an essential service to avoid connection interruptions during sysupgrade on devices configured as a pseudobridge.
Signed-off-by: Conn O'Griofa <connogriofa@gmail.com>
Our code was assuming CPU port uses the highest number. My BCM53573
device has eth0 connected to port 8 and eth1 connected to port 5. While
working on support for it I tried to:
1) Enable all ports (including port 8)
2) Set CPU port to 5
I noticed port 8 is not accessible anymore. It was just a development
process but it seems like something worth fixing anyway.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <zajec5@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jonas Gorski <jonas.gorski@gmail.com>
Introduce an optional parameter at the local set_usb_led and
set_wifi_led function such that they can take a triggering
device. If no parameter is passed, behaviour is unchanged.
Signed-off-by: P.Wassi <p.wassi@gmx.at>
Several legacy images were not buildable because of missing profile
definitions in legacy-devices.mk since MultiProfile was removed. Update
legacy-devices.mk to provide all necessary profiles, and change ordering
to match legacy.mk.
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
Fixes duplicate ubiblock entries being listed and improves
find_mount_point to also match against a block device's
major:minor numbers (needed e.g. for /dev/root).
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
Previous implementation was blocking the init and
breaking halt/reboot/sysupgrade (reported by Daniel Golle)
v2: use procd logging, use set -e + trap for error handling
Signed-off-by: Etienne CHAMPETIER <champetier.etienne@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
This allows the image builder to change EXTRA_IMAGE_NAME at a later
point in time without breaking the build
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
They are not used to produce regular firmware images anyway. Instead,
call their build templates directly if enabled in the config
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
The consolidation of the MR24 and WNDR4700 subtargets
into the nand subtarget broke MR24's atheros wlan.
This was because the wndr4700's board code used a
pci_fixup routines to supply the ath9k module with
the calibration data.
This is not necessary on the MR24 as it has standard
mini-pcie ports. Hence the two AR9380 mini-pcie cards
do not need any calibration data overrides.
Cc: chrisrblake93@gmail.com
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
The MR24's u-boot takes it sweet time decompressing the
LZMA-packed initramfs image. A user reported that
compared to the old gzip method in v2: it "takes a ton
longer to decompress like 4\x the old boot time for
decompression".
This patch also fixes a issue with the WNDR4700's initramfs
image getting to big and causing the following u-boot crash
during the decompression:
"Uncompressing Multi-File Image ... Error: inflate() returned -5
out-of-mem or overwrite error - must RESET board to recover"
This patch fixes both issues by reverting the MR24's initramfs
compression method back to gzip. And choosing to compress the
initramfs within the initramfs image as LZMA by default.
Cc: chrisrblake93@gmail.com
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
This reverts commit 8c68c104ea.
It is used for apm821xx, which needs ext2 (not ext4) images for some
devices.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
With that patch in place for initramfs no additional options are
reported for "/" partition. What's really important is missing
info about sizes. Which in its turn makes opkg think that there's
no space on "/" partition to install software.
I understand that's a sort of corner-case, people rarely install
packages on ramfs but anyways why not?
Just in case that's what I see with the patch:
---------------------->8--------------------
root@lede:/# cat /proc/mounts
rootfs / rootfs rw 0 0
proc /proc proc rw,nosuid,nodev,noexec,noatime 0 0
sysfs /sys sysfs rw,nosuid,nodev,noexec,noatime 0 0
tmpfs /tmp tmpfs rw,nosuid,nodev,noatime 0 0
tmpfs /dev tmpfs rw,nosuid,relatime,size=512k,mode=755 0 0
devpts /dev/pts devpts rw,nosuid,noexec,relatime,mode=600 0 0
debugfs /sys/kernel/debug debugfs rw,noatime 0 0
---------------------->8--------------------
And without:
---------------------->8--------------------
root@lede:/# cat /proc/mounts
rootfs / rootfs rw,size=256168k,nr_inodes=32021 0 0
proc /proc proc rw,nosuid,nodev,noexec,noatime 0 0
sysfs /sys sysfs rw,nosuid,nodev,noexec,noatime 0 0
tmpfs /tmp tmpfs rw,nosuid,nodev,noatime 0 0
tmpfs /dev tmpfs rw,nosuid,relatime,size=512k,mode=755 0 0
devpts /dev/pts devpts rw,nosuid,noexec,relatime,mode=600 0 0
debugfs /sys/kernel/debug debugfs rw,noatime 0 0
---------------------->8--------------------
Note how different is entry for rootfs.
And given there's no known rationale for that patch we're
getting rid of it.
Signed-off-by: Alexey Brodkin <abrodkin@synopsys.com>
Cc: Jonas Gorski <jonas.gorski@gmail.com>
Cc: Rafał Miłecki <zajec5@gmail.com>
Cc: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
Cc: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
This firmware has been lightly tested on non LEDE system
to date, and will be undergoing further testing and development.
Allow users to easily install this on their LEDE system as
they prefer.
Signed-off-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
This patch adds support for Netgear Centria N900 WNDR4700/WNDR4720
hardware highlights:
CPU: AMCC PowerPC APM82181 Rev. E at 1000 MHz (PLB=166, OPB=83, EBC=83 MHz)
Security support, Boot ROM Location NAND wo/ECC 2k page (8 bits)
32 kB I-Cache 32 kB D-Cache, 256 kB L2-Cache, 32 kB OnChip Memory
Board: AMCC APM82181 Evaluation Board, PCIE0/SATA1, 1*USB OTG
DRAM: 256 MB (ECC not enabled, 500 Mb/s, 32-bit, CL3)
NAND: 128 MiB (SLC, erase size: 128 KiB, page size: 2048, OOB size: 64)
ETH: Atheros AR8327N Gigabit Switch (4 x LAN, 1 x WAN)
USB: 2 x 3.0 (Renesas uPD720202K8-711-BAA-A, firmware not included)
SATA: 1 x SATA-II 3.5" Hard Drive Bay for HDDs (DesignWare SATA).
WLAN1: Atheros AR9380 5GHz 802.11an 3:3x3
WLAN2: Atheros AR9581 2.4GHz 802.11bgn 3:3x3
SDCARD: GL827L SD/MMC/MS Flash Card Reader (on internal dwc2 USB 2.0 host)
I2C: GMT G781 (i2c-0 @ 0x4d - lm90 compatible temperature sensor)
TC654 (i2c-0 @ 0x1b - Dual PWM fan Speed controller)
WARNING: The serial port needs a TTL/RS-232 v3.3 level converter!
INFO: Since this device only has a NAND chip. I opted for going with
root.squashfs in a UBI volume. There's no squashfs/jffs2 image.
This target produces three images.
a. netgear factory image
This image can be used to flash the Netgear WNDR4700 via the
firmware recovery mechanism and the web admin site.
The bootloader can be instructed to do a firmware recovery via the
# fw_recovery
command. It will start a tftp server and listen on 192.168.1.1
(the ipaddr variable in u-boot) for incoming, binary tftp clients.
The firmware recovery mechanism is also started if any of the flash
content which contains the kernel, device-tree definitions or the
(fake)rootfs fails to verify or load.
b. sysupgrade.tar image for sysupgrade
An sysupgrade will replace the entire current LEDE installation
with a newer version. This does include the kernel and the ubi rootfs
partition. The configuration can be carried over automatically as well
if desired.
simply copy the sysupgrade.tar to a the WNDR4700 running LEDE and run:
root@lede:~# sysupgrade sysupgrade.tar
and let it reboot.
Note: The devicetree flash area is NOT updated. Until the devicetree
definition is stable, this can lead to all sorts of hardware
detection problems! So make sure, if you experience issues: try
the fw_recovery. If you are unsure whenever this affects you:
test if you can reproduce your issue with the initramfs method.
As it will always have up-to-date device-tree definitions.
c. initramfs image for TFTP (for development and testing)
To use the initramfs method, follow the following steps:
1) Move the "lede-apm821xx-netgear-WNDR4700-initramfs-kernel.bin"
file to to the root directory of your TFTP server.
2) rename it to wndr4700.bin
3) On the WNDR4700 - Hit Enter during u-boot and insert:
# tftp 400000 wndr4700.bin; run addtty; bootm 400000 -
This will boot the LEDE image.
Note: The default tftp server is 192.168.1.7, if you want to change it:
# setenv serverip 192.168.8.7;
Note2: The default address for the WNDR4700 is 192.168.1.1:
# setenv ipaddr 192.168.8.8;
Note: Connect you tftp server on the last LAN port (not the WAN)
Note: The firmware for the USB 3.0 Host chip is not included anymore.
Therefore the two USB 3.0 ports will not work without the
uPD7070x-firmware package installed.
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
From 912-hwmon-lm90-expose-to-thermal-fw-via-DT.patch:
"This patch adds to lm90 temperature sensor the possibility
to expose itself as thermal zone device, registered on the
thermal framework.
The thermal zone is built only if a device tree node
describing a thermal zone for this sensor is present
inside the lm90 DT node. Otherwise, the driver behavior
will be the same."
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
This patch adds a hwmon driver for the Microchip TC654 and TC655
Dual SMBus PWM Fan Speed Controllers with Fan Fault detection.
The chip is described in the DS2001734C Spec Document from Microchip.
It supports:
- Shared PWM Fan Drive for two fans
- Provides RPM
- automatic PWM controller (needs additional
NTC/PTC Thermistors.)
- Overtemperature alarm (when using NTC/PTC
Thermistors)
The TC654 is used by the Netgear WNDR47X0 to control its
system fan.
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
Hardware Highlights:
This patch adds support for Western Digital MyBook Live Series:
CPU: AMCC PowerPC UNKNOWN (PVR=12c41c83) at 800 MHz (PLB=200, OPB=100, EBC=100 MHz)
32 kB I-Cache 32 kB D-Cache, 256 kB L2-Cache, 32 kB OnChip Memory
Board: Apollo-3G - APM82181 Board, 1*SATA
DRAM: 256 MB (2x NT5TU64M16GG-AC)
FLASH: 512 kB (SST 39VF040)
Ethernet: 1xRGMII - 1 Gbit - Broadcom PHY BCM54610
WARNING: The serial port needs a TTL/RS-232 v3.3 level converter!
The MyBook Live Duo additionally features a 1x USB 2.0 host port
and can support a second hard-drive.
This target produces two images for a target.
1. ext4 image
The extracted/raw image can be directly installed on
the internal HDD via "dd if=img.ext4 of=/dev/sdX".
This can either be done in place with the stock MyBook Live
firmware via ssh. Or by removing the HDD and writing the image
with a different PC.
The the compressed images are useful for sysupgrade.
2. recovery.tar image for TFTP and Serial.
extract the recovery.tar to a TFTP server directory.
On the MyBook Live (Duo) serial port - Hit Enter during u-boot and insert:
# setenv serverip 192.168.1.254; setenv ipaddr 192.168.1.1; run net_self
Where 192.168.1.254 is your TFTP server.
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
This patch fixes the sata_dwc_460ex SATA driver which is used
by the SATA controllers in the MyBook Live Series and WNDR4700.
The code was backported from the upstream kernel.
It can be dropped completely on 4.7+.
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
This patch fixes the dw_dmac dma engine which is used
by the SATA controllers in the MyBook Live Series and WNDR4700.
The code was backported from the upstream kernel.
It can be dropped completely on 4.7+.
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
This adds a new target for PowerPC APM82181 and APM82161
(464-based) boards, as well as adds support for the booke-wdt
watchdog package.
Signed-off-by: Chris Blake <chrisrblake93@gmail.com>
This patch gets rid of the booke watchdog kmod package.
Instead the affected boards will enable it in their
kernel configs.
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
Both devices were converted to the new image build code but still using
the LegacyDevice define. Therefore an image isn't created for the
mentioned devices.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
There seems to be a situation in which a rebuild of libpcap.so is triggered
in the install step of the libpcap Makefile. libpcap.so is the wrong
target, leading to the build failure reported in [1].
Fix the dependency of install-shared-so to $(SHAREDLIB) so the build can
succeed in this case.
[1] https://dev.openwrt.org/ticket/19894
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
This is required to update bcma without build breakage. One of bcma
patches changes BCMA_SFLASH dependency.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <zajec5@gmail.com>
Specifying the device profile in PROFILES is unnecessary, and for all
devices the DEVICE_PROFILE variable matched the device name.
Get rid of this useless variable and set DEVICE_DTS to $(1)
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
If jffs2 support was not enabled by the target, jffs2 are quite likely
to be broken, so we shouldn't build them.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
The network defaults for the WZR-HP-G300NH and CR3000 models wrongly set the
lan interface to a vlan tagged device while the switch was set up in untagged
mode, leading to broken lan side ethernet connectivity by default.
Fix the issue by emitting untagged interfaces, consistent with the switch
setting on the device.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
On UBI-enabled devices using squashfs as their rootfs an error
message like
UBIFS error (ubi0:3 pid 1): init_constants_early: too few LEBs (12), min. is 17
was thrown while probe-mounting the rootfs which later on succeeds and
thus shouldn't alert the user.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
A bug resulting in the NAND not being detected by newer kernels has
kept me sleepless for months and yet I wasn't able to discover the
cause.
Bring back patches and files for 4.1 until this has been resolved.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
Older git versions seem output the original argument to stdout if there
is no upstream, presumably because they try to do things with it
internally. This can be prevented by passing --verify to it, which
should be safe on newer git versions.
Signed-off-by: Jonas Gorski <jonas.gorski@gmail.com>
-fno-plt and musl-libc patches already get upstream, then dropped
in GCC 6. Other patches are almost identical compared to GCC 5.4.
Compile and run tested on ar71xx/Qihoo C301 and
mvebu/Linksys WRT1900ac v1
Signed-off-by: Syrone Wong <wong.syrone@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name> [cleanups/fixes]
Use ./patches and ./patches-arc instead of version dependent patches.
We should have only one main supported version (along with the special
case for arc).
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
-march forces the compiler to generate generic code, whereas -mcpu
allows it to target the specific CPU variant and use instructions that
the generic architecture may not have
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Use kernel config as input instead of -march CFLAGS.
With this change, -march can be dropped and replaced with more specific
optimization flags for better code generation.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
It is used by a core build template, so the variable should be
initialized and added to DEVICE_VARS in the core.
Same for DEVICE_DTS_DIR
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
This lets one use the CT ath10k driver instead of the built-in
ath10k driver from the upstream kernel (or backports).
This should be a drop-in replacement, as well as enabling
better CT firmware support.
Signed-off-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
We call all commands normally, with standard echoing. It's useful for
debugging with V=s. Don't make lzma compression an exception, it's a bit
confusing this way.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <zajec5@gmail.com>
The removed patch is already integrated in upstream musl.
Add one additional patch which fixes a regression on mips.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
- avoid using tools/include/endian.h on OS X to fix compilation.
- remove unneeded Host/Compile definition.
- refresh patches.
Signed-off-by: Álvaro Fernández Rojas <noltari@gmail.com>
jjPlus JWAP230 is based on Qualcomm Atheros QCA9558 + QCA8337.
Short specification:
- 720/600/200 MHz (CPU/DDR/AHB)
- 2x 10/100/1000 Mbps Ethernet
- 128 MB of RAM (DDR2)
- 16 MB of FLASH
- 3T3R 2.4 GHz with external PA (SST12LP15A), up to 28 dBm
- 3x MMCX connectors
- power input: 802.3at PoE or wide range DC (36-57 V)
- optional 802.3af PSE
- 1x mini-PCIe connector with PCIe, USB buses and SIM slot
- 1x mini-PCIe connector with PCIe bus
- 1x USB type-A connector
- 6x LED, 1x button (hardware reset)
- RS232 (MAX3223) and (E)JTAG headers
Default configuration:
- WAN on eth1 (RJ45 near LEDs with PoE input)
- LAN on eth0 (RJ45 near DC jack)
- left top LED set to be status LED
- all LEDs configurable form user space
Flash instruction (do it under U-Boot, using RS232):
1. tftp 0x80060000 lede-ar71xx-generic-jwap230-squashfs-sysupgrade.bin
2. erase 0x9f050000 +$filesize
3. cp.b $fileaddr 0x9f050000 $filesize
4. setenv bootcmd "bootm 0x9f050000"
5. saveenv && reset
Signed-off-by: Piotr Dymacz <pepe2k@gmail.com>
Wallys DR531 is based on Qualcomm Atheros QCA9531 v2.
Short specification:
- 550/400/200 MHz (CPU/DDR/AHB)
- 2x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet
- 64 MB of RAM (DDR2)
- 8 MB of FLASH
- 2T2R 2.4 GHz with external PA (SE2576L), up to 30 dBm
- 2x MMCX connectors
- mini-PCIe connector with PCIe/USB buses and SIM slot
- 7x LED, 1x button, 1x optional buzzer
- UART, (E)JTAG and LED headers
Default configuration:
- WAN on eth1 (RJ45 near DC jack)
- LAN on eth0 (RJ45 near button)
- S4 LED set to be status LED
- all LEDs configurable form user space
- button configured for reset
Flash instruction (do it under U-Boot, using UART):
1. tftp 0x80060000 lede-ar71xx-generic-dr531-squashfs-sysupgrade.bin
2. erase 0x9f050000 +$filesize
3. cp.b $fileaddr 0x9f050000 $filesize
4. setenv bootcmd "bootm 0x9f050000"
5. saveenv && reset
Signed-off-by: Piotr Dymacz <pepe2k@gmail.com>
Instead of assuming master is the current branch and origin the right
upstream, try to get both dynamically. If the current branch is not
tracking any upstream, use the origin of the master branch.
Signed-off-by: Jonas Gorski <jonas.gorski@gmail.com>
This reverts commit 31e5ed4152.
I've noticed some weird powersave related issues with this commit.
Revert until they've been fixed.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Instead of disabling unwinding entirely this upstream patch
just disables generation of async unwind tables.
Once the patch in question lands in stable 4.4 tree this change
essentially must be removed (otherwise patch application will fail).
Signed-off-by: Alexey Brodkin <abrodkin@synopsys.com>
This reverts commit acd41539d6.
There's a fix in upstream that will at some point land in 4.4 stable as
well so we'll get rid of this hack and with the next commit will apply
upstream fix.
Signed-off-by: Alexey Brodkin <abrodkin@synopsys.com>
Now when ath9k-htc USB dongle works with axs103 in OHCI mode
quite fine adding corresponding features to default configuration.
Signed-off-by: Alexey Brodkin <abrodkin@synopsys.com>
Removed socket options = TCP_NODELAY IPTOS_LOWDELAY
TCP_NODELAY (disables Nagle algorithm) is default since samba2.
IPTOS_LOWDELAY sets DSCP 0x10 coding (CS2)
The alternate IPTOS_THROUGHPUT sets DSCP 0x08 coding (CS1)
CS1 is a scavenger class, whilst CS2 is more OAM/interactive
(SNMP,SSH,syslog)
Using CS2 is definitely an abuse of DSCP classification, CS1 less so
however even if the ISP takes note of DSCP codings having a default that
sets traffic to CS2 is wrong. Better to use the default Best Effort
class.
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <kevin@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
iftop would display portions of mac address with large ffffff prefixes.
Make if_hw_addr type consistent.
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <kevin@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
Move logging command line option to uci:
option verbose [0]/1/2 - mono-syllabic/verbose/noisy
Previously handled as 'OPTIONS' in .init script however variable
was ignored so never worked.
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <kevin@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
* add gdma and hsdma kernel modules
* i2s support all ramips targets except rt288x
* i2s need gdma to transfer data
* add simple audio kernel module. it support device tree binding
Signed-off-by: Michael Lee <igvtee@gmail.com>
D-Link DCH-M225 is based on Mediatek MT7620 with 64MB ram, 8MB flash,
3.5mm audio out support. but no ethernet and usb ports.
so you must default enable wifi.
Signed-off-by: Michael Lee <igvtee@gmail.com>
It was intended as a workaround when jffs2 eof mark was included in the
checksum calculation in seama header. When qihoo-c301 support was
introduced the board name was not inserted into the case list (because I
was not aware of it's existence), but the issue was fixed by excluding
the jffs2 marker as part of the checksum data
Now we are at it, drop it.
Signed-off-by: Yousong Zhou <yszhou4tech@gmail.com>
This is not a valid option in older git version, used in e.g. RHEL6.
Reported-by: Steven Haigh <netwiz@crc.id.au>
Signed-off-by: Jonas Gorski <jonas.gorski@gmail.com>
Defer the CFE_EXTRAs evaluation to allow overriden BLOCK_SIZE and
IMAGE_OFFSET take effect, and replace the unused IMAGE_SIZE with
IMAGE_OFFSET in DEVICE_VARS.
This fixes image generation for targets using different offsets or
blocksizes.
Signed-off-by: Jonas Gorski <jonas.gorski@gmail.com>
The CVG834G claimed to be a BCM6348, but is actually BCM3368. Since we
don't test against it, this was harmless.
Signed-off-by: Jonas Gorski <jonas.gorski@gmail.com>
Change the revision output to r<upstream-revision>+<local commits> so
it is easier to get the base revision (and see if there are local
commits).
Example:
$ ./scripts/getver.sh
r794+3
$
Signed-off-by: Jonas Gorski <jonas.gorski@gmail.com>
To work correctly hostapd requires wireless driver to allow interfaces
removal. It was working with brcmfmac only partially. Firmware for
BCM43602 got some special hack (feature?) that allowed removing all
interfaces by disabling mbss mode. It wasn't working with BCM4366
firmware and remaining interfaces were preventing hostapd from starting
again.
Those patches add support for "interface_remove" firmware method which
works with BCM4366 firmware and they make it finally possible to use
BCM4366 & brcmfmac & multiple interfaces.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <zajec5@gmail.com>
No extra libc header build step is done, so no extra toolchain is needed
for preparing it.
This saves a significant amount of build time and disk space
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Instead of ignoring all metadata for package/kernel/linux, process it
and only suppress emitting config data to tmp/.config-package.in
This ensures that packages that select kmod-* packages can inherit their
depdendencies.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
There are multiple prism54/p54 firmware versions for different
drivers and devices. Therefore, assigning the package version
of all the different firmware packages on the old prism54
firmware could break if any of the p54 firmwares are updated
and we need to roll out new packages.
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
[removed PKG_VERSION]
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
commit 5b72807416 ("include/toplevel.mk: fix defconfig when
~/.openwrt/defconfig exists") was missing a !
Signed-off-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
./scripts/feeds update will reset the .config file if ~/.openwrt/defconfig
exists, thus resetting the target to ar71xx.
Signed-off-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
When USB Wi-Fi dongle based on Atheros AR9271 is connected to OHCI
(USB 1.1) controller following warnings flood debug console:
------------------------>8---------------------------
usb 1-1: new full-speed USB device number 2 using ohci-platform
usb 1-1: ath9k_htc: Firmware ath9k_htc/htc_9271-1.4.0.fw requested
usb 1-1: ath9k_htc: Transferred FW: ath9k_htc/htc_9271-1.4.0.fw, size: 51008
------------[ cut here ]------------
WARNING: CPU: 0 PID: 4 at drivers/usb/core/urb.c:450
usb_submit_urb+0x162/0x404
usb 1-1: BOGUS urb xfer, pipe 1 != type 3
Modules linked in:
CPU: 0 PID: 4 Comm: kworker/0:0 Not tainted 4.6.3 #10
Workqueue: events request_firmware_work_func
Stack Trace:
arc_unwind_core.constprop.1+0x94/0x10c
---[ end trace 2249b79eac9991d1 ]---
------------[ cut here ]------------
WARNING: CPU: 0 PID: 4 at drivers/usb/core/urb.c:450 usb_submit_urb+0x162/0x404
usb 1-1: BOGUS urb xfer, pipe 1 != type 3
Modules linked in:
CPU: 0 PID: 4 Comm: kworker/0:0 Tainted: G W 4.6.3 #10
Workqueue: events request_firmware_work_func
Stack Trace:
arc_unwind_core.constprop.1+0x94/0x10c
---[ end trace 2249b79eac9991d2 ]---
------------[ cut here ]------------
WARNING: CPU: 0 PID: 4 at drivers/usb/core/urb.c:450 usb_submit_urb+0x162/0x404
usb 1-1: BOGUS urb xfer, pipe 1 != type 3
Modules linked in:
CPU: 0 PID: 4 Comm: kworker/0:0 Tainted: G W 4.6.3 #10
Workqueue: events request_firmware_work_func
Stack Trace:
arc_unwind_core.constprop.1+0x94/0x10c
---[ end trace 2249b79eac9991d3 ]---
...
------------------------>8---------------------------
With removed warning Wi-Fi dongle works properly.
Even though this is not the best solution it gets us a working Wireless
AP. Anyways new discussion was started in linux-usb mailing list to find
a proper solution instead of that hack.
Signed-off-by: Alexey Brodkin <abrodkin@synopsys.com>
As of today USB 2.0 (AKA EHCI) doesn't work on axs103 board
and so there's no reason to build corresponding software for it.
Once USB 2.0 gets fixed on axs103 thi patch might be reverted.
Signed-off-by: Alexey Brodkin <abrodkin@synopsys.com>
Rename uboot environment partition on BT Home Hub 3A so that mac address
setting works correctly.
Also, the mac address field in the ath9k calibration data is not used,
and should not be referenced in the dts.
Signed-off-by: Ben Mulvihill <ben.mulvihill@gmail.com>
This patch adds support of Mikrotik yaffs2 filesystem image for kernel file
and tools/kernel2minor package.
We neede this to boot kernel through RouterBoot on new Mikrotik NOR flash devices.
Signed-off-by: Sergey Sergeev <adron@yapic.net>
Removed some options which are default anyway and added bind interfaces
only which causes the interfaces line to actually have an effect. Can be
verified with netstat.
Signed-off by: Rosen Penev <rosenp@gmail.com>
Make global options menuconfig cleaner by moving POSIX ACL
and attr support options into a submenu.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Dickinson <openwrt@daniel.thecshore.com>
When using scripts/feeds upgrade the .config needs to be
updated but the code to do so was also autocreating a
.config if one didn't exist. This is counter-productive
when you have not yet used menuconfig (or other config targets)
because things like selecting or deselecting CONFIG_ALL
(to build all package by default) only works if the
package selection has not already been done via an
existing .config selection.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Dickinson <lede@daniel.thecshore.com>
px5g has been listed as a blocker for switching to new mbedtls
as the default, therefore make and mbedtls variant of px5g so
that an new mbedtls-only image can be created.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Dickinson <lede@daniel.thecshore.com>
This reverts commit abf0768131.
The description is wrong, there is no recursive dependency here. The
conditions were added intentionally to avoid bogus build dependencies.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Commit d9b20a6f35 (SVN r48426) changed the
mac80211 phy lookup logic to strip the platform/ directory component from
the phy path specification.
Fix iwinfo to follow that logic by trying to lookup phys both with and
without "platform/" prefix.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
On OS X systems, the compilation of e2fsprogs fails at subst.c due to a
missing sys/stat.h include:
subst.c:333:14: error: variable has incomplete type 'struct stat'
struct stat stbuf;
^
subst.c:333:9: note: forward declaration of 'struct stat'
struct stat stbuf;
^
subst.c:392:8: warning: implicit declaration of function 'fstat' is invalid in C99
[-Wimplicit-function-declaration]
if (fstat(fd, &stbuf) == 0) {
^
subst.c:438:12: warning: implicit declaration of function 'fchmod' is invalid in C99
[-Wimplicit-function-declaration]
(void) fchmod(ofd, 0444);
^
2 warnings and 1 error generated.
make[3]: *** [subst.o] Error 1
Declare the nescessary HAVE_SYS_STAT_H macro to include the required header in
order to avoid the undeclared stat structure.
Tested-By: David Thornley <david.thornley@touchstargroup.com>
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
We don't want checksum to cover any part of UBI as even its part with
SquashFS may be changed due to e.g. flash wearing.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <zajec5@gmail.com>
This reverts commit b3be33f135.
CFE is known to fail in some non-standard cases, e.g. when using kernel
or format different that what was tested by Broadcom. This kernel change
triggered some problem with booting OpenWrt kernel stored in Seama.
As long as Seama checksum was covering enough data, it was working fine.
We need to change it however, because calculating MD5 over part of UBI
containing SquashFS is unsafe. UBI may move PEBs depending on flash
wearing level which would break CFE booting the image.
For some reason this kernel change was breaking CFE. Calculating MD5
over 0x47ffc0 B data or less (there is 0x40 B long header) was stopping
booting process at:
Starting program at 0x00008000
As our kernel is usually 0x3fffc0 B it was affected by this problem.
Reverting this change fixes sysupgrade (which already uses kernel size
for MD5 calculation) and will allow us to adjust "fixseama" command call
on the first boot.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <zajec5@gmail.com>
Two variants incorrectly include themselves in
conditional depends on ssl libraries, which results
in a recursive dependency.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Dickinson <lede@daniel.thecshore.com>
Pinmux for rgmii needs to be set to rgmii, not gpio.
Hide the ESW switch on boot (using new rgmii esw devicetree attribute).
Also add a Sitecom-specific profile, since the image needs to include
the rtl8366 kernel driver.
Signed-off-by: Tobias Diedrich <ranma+openwrt@tdiedrich.de>
This allows gpiolib to re-use ath9k's devicetree node as GPIO
controller.
Example:
ath9k: ath9k@0 {
#gpio-cells = <2>;
gpio-controller;
}
Now the ath9k node can be used just like any other GPIO controller:
gpios = <&ath9k 1 GPIO_ACTIVE_HIGH>;
Signed-off-by: Martin Blumenstingl <martin.blumenstingl@googlemail.com>
This enables ath9k's built-in GPIO controller for all chip versions
(instead of an explicit whitelist). This also allows us to get rid of
some duplicate code between hw.c and gpio.c because hw.c already
determines the number of GPIOs.
Signed-off-by: Martin Blumenstingl <martin.blumenstingl@googlemail.com>
This folds 550-ath9k_add_ar9280_gpio_chip.patch into
548-ath9k_enable_gpio_chip.patch because the former patch only extends
code which is introduced in the latter.
Signed-off-by: Martin Blumenstingl <martin.blumenstingl@googlemail.com>
Use first caldata for devices without OTP. The driver uses the caldata
instead of the board.bin data anyway
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
The kernel config option CONFIG_NET_UDP_TUNNEL is not visible and can
not directly be activated. When kmod-udptunnel4 or kmod-udptunnel6 are
build these packages could be empty when no other kernel module selects
CONFIG_NET_UDP_TUNNEL.
Reported-by: Baptiste Jonglez <baptiste@bitsofnetworks.org>
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Small cleanup. I initially though /dev/kmsg was used for dmsg(and journald
on desktops) but this seems not to be the case. dmsg is still accessible
as non-root(gives output) which begs the question what does this do? Some
googling reveals that permissions are set to 600 for some embedded systems
while 644 for others. I can't find any justification for the latter. Might
as well err on the side of caution.
Signed-off by: Rosen Penev <rosenp@gmail.com>
In new kernels we should use clk_prepare_enable instead of clk_enable
since clk_enable does not make proper initialization that leads
to rise WARN_ON messages and not working spi bus on the device.
Signed-off-by: Sergey Sergeev <adron@yapic.net>
This package is a custom build(like ubi-utils) of mtd-utils from infradead.org
It is required to work with Mikrotik NAND based devices
Signed-off-by: Sergey Sergeev <adron@yapic.net>
This adds this commit from normal libnl to libnl-tiny:
2dbc1ca76c
commit 2dbc1ca76c5b82c40749e609eb83877418abb006
Author: dima <dima.ky@gmail.com>
Date: Wed Oct 13 17:53:34 2010 +0300
Generic Netlink multicast groups support
I have a patch against commit d378220c96c3c8b6f27dca33e7d8ba03318f9c2d
extending libnl with a facility to receive generic netlink messages sent
to multicast groups.
Essentially it add one new function genl_ctrl_resolve_grp which
prototype looks like this
int genl_ctrl_resolve_grp(struct nl_sock *sk, const char *family_name,
const char *grp_name)
It resolves the family name and the group name to group id. Then
the returned id can be used in nl_socket_add_membership to subscribe
to multicast messages.
Besides that it adds two more functions
uint32_t nl_socket_get_peer_groups(struct nl_sock *sk)
void nl_socket_set_peer_groups(struct nl_sock *sk, uint32_t groups)
allowing to modify the socket peer groups field. So it's possible to
multicast messages from the user space using the legacy interface.
Looks like there is no way (or I was not able to find one?) to modify
the netlink socket destination group from the user space, when the
group id is greater then 32.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke.mehrtens@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name> [cosmetic style fix]
This patch is a backport for current LEDE 4.4 Kernels.
It is already upstream, for linux-next and stable.
The initial commit message is below:
The bridge is falsly dropping ipv6 mulitcast packets if there is:
1. No ipv6 address assigned on the brigde.
2. No external mld querier present.
3. The internal querier enabled.
When the bridge fails to build mld queries, because it has no
ipv6 address, it slilently returns, but keeps the local querier enabled.
This specific case causes confusing packet loss.
Ipv6 multicast snooping can only work if:
a) An external querier is present
OR
b) The bridge has an ipv6 address an is capable of sending own queries
Otherwise it has to forward/flood the ipv6 multicast traffic,
because snooping cannot work.
This patch fixes the issue by adding a flag to the bridge struct that
indicates that there is currently no ipv6 address assinged to the bridge
and returns a false state for the local querier in
__br_multicast_querier_exists().
Special thanks to Linus Lüssing.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Danzberger <daniel@dd-wrt.com>
The pps-ldisc kernel module supports Pulse-Per-Second connected with the CD (Carrier Detect) pin.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Walker <stephendwalker+github@gmail.com>
rootfs part needs to be aligned to erase block size which is passed as
the 6th argument to Image/Build/Seama and is now 65536 since commit
commit 5119ee9 "ar71xx: fix bogus hardcoded kernel image size for Seama
images (fixes#20585)", but $(($(6) - 64)) still assumes that the
argument is a limit on kernel partition size, i.e. 1310720, so the
generated factory image is wrong in that the kernel will fail to find
the rootfs (FlySpray link at [1])
This patch will workaround it with the following steps
1. Calculate the required space for seama header and META data in step 5
2. Pre-padding 64 bytes to lzma-compressed loader
3. Generate correctly padded image-$(2).tmp
4. Strip out the padding
5. Seal it with seama utility
While at it convert seama to new build method
[1] FS#35 - mynet-n750 factory images don't find root partition,
https://bugs.lede-project.org/index.php?do=details&task_id=35
Reported-by: Steven Haigh <netwiz@crc.id.au>
Signed-off-by: Yousong Zhou <yszhou4tech@gmail.com>
Remove kmod-crypto-deflate and kmod-ledtrig-gpio as the device works the
same by default without them
Signed-off-by: Yousong Zhou <yszhou4tech@gmail.com>
This changes the default permissions for /dev entries to be more similar to
a desktop distro. Taken from the defaults of Arch Linux and Ubuntu. Also
changed some that were nonsensical. For example, all 660 permissions on
desktop distros were of the form root:x where x is something other than
root. As such, 660 is useless for LEDE where the specific group is missing.
audio seems to be the only group that isn't.
Signed-off by: Rosen Penev <rosenp@gmail.com>
This commit:
1) seed /dev/urandom with the saved seeds as early as possible
(see /lib/preinit/81_urandom_seed)
2) save a seed at /etc/urandom.seed if it doesn't exists
3) save a new seed each boot at "system.@system[0].urandom_seed"
(see /etc/init.d/urandom_seed)
We use getrandom() so we are sure /dev/urandom pool is initialized
Seed size is 512 bytes (ie /proc/sys/kernel/random/poolsize / 8)
it's the same size as in ubuntu 14.04 and all systemd systems
Seeding /dev/urandom doesn't change entropy estimation, so we still have
"random: ubus urandom read with 4 bits of entropy available"
messages in the logs, but we can now ignore them if
after "urandom-seed: Seeding with ..." message
Saving a new seed on each boot is disabled by default to avoid too much
writes without user consent
v2: log preinit messages to /dev/kmsg
v3: use non generic function name for logging, as /lib/preinit/ files
are all sourced together in /etc/preinit
v4: after a lot of discussion on the ML, use a uci config param
v5: config param is now the path of the seed
Signed-off-by: Etienne CHAMPETIER <champetier.etienne@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
This adds a configuration options that allows to make filesystem ACL support
the default in the kernel, except for old nfs.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Dickinson <openwrt@daniel.thecshore.com>
OpenWrt enables XATTR support pretty much universally, therefore
for filesystems that a loaded as modules also enable XATTR support
so that there are no unexpected missing capabilities.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Dickinson <lede@daniel.thecshore.com>
The libmagic shipped with RedHat 5 does not define
MAGIC_NO_CHECK_ELF and MAGIC_NO_CHECK_COMPRESS. e2fsprogs should
check for that, otherwise the build will fail.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke.mehrtens@intel.com>
Instead of downloading the firmware for prism54 devices in the
wireless.mk do it in an extra package Makefile. To ship the complete
source code Intel ships our modified OpenWrt/LEDE + the content of the
dl directory. We do not want to have any files in the dl/ directory
which are not needed to build our images. The prism54 gets downloaded
every time independently of building kmod-net-prism54 or not. When it
is in a own package it only gets downloaded when the firmware package
is selected.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke.mehrtens@intel.com>
Commit "kernel: mtdsplit: calculate kernel partition precisely for Seama"
changed the kernel partition to only contain the kernel itself and not
the Seama header. Adjust the fixseama call to match what is used on
brcm53xx.
This fixes failing to boot a second time after flashing the factory image
on the affected devices.
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
Reviewed-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Following fixes are included in the latest version:
-Script is launched with incorrect action
-Possible buffer overflows
-Lots of minor bugfixes
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
COBALT is a hybrid codel/blue algo combining best elements of both.
Exhibits improved behaviour in presence of abuse from unresponsive flows
handled by 'blue', whereas responsive flows are still handled by codel.
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <kevin@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
Cake AQM is experimenting with a codel/blue hybrid AQM COBALT instead
of just using codel alone. This patch updates tc to cope with some new
stats produced by COBALT.
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <kevin@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
By default dnsmasq uses the time function; which returns the time since
Epoch; to retrieve the current time. On boards which have no realtime
clock this can lead to side effects when the time is synced via ntp
as the "time wrap" forces dhcp leases to be considered as expired.
By enabling the broken realtime clock build switch dnsmasq uses the
times utility which returns the number of clock tick.
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
[Jo-Philipp Wich: change symbol name, add sym to PKG_CONFIG_DEPENDS]
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
93d5629a introduced a build failure on older platforms (<4.4)
because bmp085 is a boolean and not a tristate.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Couzens <lynxis@fe80.eu>
add BMP085 and BMP180 pressure sensors
this driver supports the SPI and I2C and
older chips (BMP280 is supported by iio subsystem)
issue found when cleaning up omap/config
found while writing this patch that a
similar patch was submitted in June/July 2014 but not integrated
only compile tested
Signed-off-by: Dirk Neukirchen <dirkneukirchen@web.de>
The PDU length of incoming LLC frames is set to the total skb payload size
in __ieee80211_data_to_8023() of net/wireless/util.c which incorrectly
includes the length of the IEEE 802.11 header.
The resulting LLC frame header has a too large PDU length, causing the
llc_fixup_skb() function of net/llc/llc_input.c to reject the incoming
skb, effectively breaking STP.
Solve the problem by properly substracting the IEEE 802.11 frame header size
from the PDU length, allowing the LLC processor to pick up the incoming
control messages.
Special thanks to Gerry Rozema for tracking down the regression and proposing
a suitable patch.
Fixes FS#24.
References:
https://bugs.lede-project.org/index.php?do=details&task_id=24
Reported-by: Gerry Rozema <gerryr@rozeware.com>
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Upstream OpenSSL hardening work introduced a change in shared code that
causes polarssl / mbedtls builds to break when no --tls-cipher is specified.
Import the upstream fix commit as patch until the next OpenVPN release gets
released and packaged.
Reported-by: Sebastian Koch <seb@metafly.info>
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
With the addition of /etc/os-release patching lldpd to use
/etc/openwrt_release and to have the initscript use
/etc/openwrt_release and/or /etc/openwrt_version becomes
unnecessary.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Dickinson <lede@daniel.thecshore.com>
- Add missing macro to trigger the generation of 64k padded squashfs images
- Revert Zcomax image generation to use the prepared 64k squashfs image
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
- Remove old style device profiles and convert them to device definitions
within the image building code
- Fix the legacy build macros for the changed eval depth in the legacy
image build wrapper
Signed-off-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
This patch is already included in the Linux mainline kernel since
v3.15, remove it from LEDE, see the lines directly before this patch.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
This patch was introduced in commit r16412 for the brcm47xx target only
and then moved to generic in commit r32395. It was initially added
because of ticket #5186 and should fix some problems with fuse file
systems and MIPS caches. The commit comment in r32395 says that this a
generic problem in MIPS CPUs, but does not name any specifics about
that. There was a fix added to kernel 2.6.21 in commit commit
7575a49f20 "[MIPS] Implement flush_anon_page()." that should fix this
problem, but that was already available before both commits were done
to OpenWrt.
I just tested fuse with ntfs.3g without this patch on a BCM4704
(BMIPS3300 V0.6) SoC and haven't seen any problems. Someone reported
that removing this patch improves some fuse operations by 5 times on
some modern MIPS cores.
My test was only a simple "dd if=/dev/zero of=/mnt/zero bs=5000" to an
USB stick.
This patch removes the patch to OpenWrt, because I assume that it is
not needed any more and Felix, the orginal author, also thinks so.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
There are 2 issues fixed by this patch:
- UDP checksum is computed incorrectly, the used pseudo IP header
contains transport protocol 6 iso 17
- on big endian arches the UDP/TCP checksum is incorrectly
computed when payload length is odd
Signed-off-by: Alin Nastac <alin.nastac@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name> [refresh patch]
If KERNEL_INITRAMFS := in the target/linux/*/image/Makefile->Device/%NAME% section is set to ''
then personal initramfs file for this target device will not be created.
This var is similar to the Device/Build/kernel KERNEL_INSTALL :=
Signed-off-by: Sergey Sergeev <adron@yapic.net>
Should fix LAN speed issues on some devices. This is an updated version
of the previously reverted commit with the same name.
It improves the check for MACs connected to a built-in switch
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
The copy on the mirror has a different md5sum as specified in this
package Makefile. The content of the file on the mirror is the same as
in the checkout so just update our md5sum.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Instead of downloading the firmware from some website take it from
linux-firmware package and do not download it separately any more.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
This reverts commit 59e98b27c9.
and
Revert "ar71xx: merge profiles into image building code"
This reverts commit 636089ead6.
these are still causing issues
Signed-off-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
The ebtables code relies on the `-nostartfiles` linker argument to execute the
extension modules' `_init()` functions automatically which is not working
reliably across all supported targets and gcc versions.
Running an ebtables executable linked this way just crashes with a segmentation
fault at runtime on program startup, e.g. on ARM architectures.
In order to fix the issue ...
- remove the use of the -nostartfiles linker flag
- rename the init procedures to a generic name without implicit semantics
- explicitely annotate those init procedures as constructors
The patch has been taken from the Alpine Linux distribution at
http://git.alpinelinux.org/cgit/aports/tree/main/ebtables/fix-extension-init.patch
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
dnsmasq's dnssec time checking method now uses a ntp hotplug mechanism,
therefore dnsmasq.time is redudant and no longer needs to be explicitly
excluded from sysfixtime.
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <kevin@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
Change dnsmasq's dnssec time check handling to use time validity
indicated by ntpd rather than maintaining a cross boot/upgrade
/etc/dnsmasq.time timestamp file. This saves flash device wear.
If ntpd client is configured in uci and you're using dnssec, then
dnsmasq will not check dnssec timestamp validity until ntpd hotplug
indicates sync via a stratum change. The ntpd hotplug leaves a status
flag file to indicate to dnsmasq.init that time is valid and that it
should now start in 'check dnssec timestamp valid' mode.
If ntpd client is not configured and you're using dnssec, then it is
presumed you're using an alternate time sync mechanism and that time is
correct, thus dnsmasq checks dnssec timestamps are valid from 1st start.
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <kevin@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
V2 - stratum & step ntp changes indicate time is valid
V3 - on initial flag file step signal dnsmasq with SIGHUP if running
V4 - only accept step ntp changes. Accepting both stratum & step could
result in unpleasant script race conditions
V5 - Actually only accepting stratum is the correct thing to do after
further testing
V6 - improve handling of non busybox ntpd
if sysntpd not executable
dnsmasq checks dnssec timestamps
else
sysntp script disabled - look for timestamp file - allows external mechanism to use hotplug flag file
sysntp script enabled & uci ntp enabled - look for timestamp file
sysntp script enabled & uci ntp disabled - dnsmasq checks dnssec
timestamps
fi
/etc/os-release is the standard distribution release information
file, therefore add it (and image configuration options for
fields not previously present in LEDE). Once it is deemed
reasonable the non-standard openwrt_release, openwrt_version,
and device_info files could be removed (that is with this patch
we consider them deprecated in favour of the standard file).
Signed-off-by: Daniel Dickinson <lede@daniel.thecshore.com>
After the conversion from legacy device profiles to the newer profile
information embedded in the image building code, the legacy recipes got
triggered twice with different eval depths, leading to shell syntax errors
when processing certain images.
The double processing was caused by the remaining Image/Build macro in
legacy.mk which serves as main entry point for the new style image build code
in conjunction with the newly introduced LegacyDevice/* macros which caused
the legacy image build fallback code to kick in.
In order to fix the issue, rework all legacy macros to work under the legacy
image build wrapper and remove the Image/Build macro of legacy.mk to prevent
legacy profiles getting executed in the context of the new build code.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
The ZBT APE522II is a dual-radio outdoor CPE based on the MT7620a SoC. It has
64 MB RAM, 8 MB flash, 2 Fast Ethernet ports via internal switch (one with
802.3af 48V PoE support), a 802.11b/g/n SoC 2.4 GHz radio and an 802.11a/n/ac
MT7612E-based 5 GHz radio.
Signed-off-by: Roger Pueyo Centelles <roger.pueyo@guifi.net>
Calibration data for QCA99x0 in this device has bogus macaddress.
The data cannot be modified directly, as it breaks checksum control.
Instead change the macaddress from phy add hotplug event.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Panella <ianchi74@outlook.com>
In the upstream kernel and the upstream squashfs4 tools the xz
compression header looks the following:
struct disk_comp_opts {
__le32 dictionary_size;
__le32 flags;
};
We added some other members and also moved some existing members. Place
the members which are already in upstream header at the same position
as in that kernel and add our own at the end. The kernel should not
have a problem when there are some additional members and just ignore
them.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
So far the network in failsafe is setup only for one board. Use the
eth0 interface as lan interface for all boards for now.
If a board has its lan interface(s) on another eth, a special
handling based on the board name can be added.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
With update of binutils for ARC (this is now based on upstream 2.26)
we noticed issues with loadable kernel modules.
Something like that was happening:
--------------------->8-------------------
mbcache: unknown relocation: 49
insmod: can't insert './mbcache.ko': invalid module format
--------------------->8-------------------
More details could be found in that discussion in binutils mailing list:
http://thread.gmane.org/gmane.comp.gnu.binutils/74662
As of now the simplest work-around is to disable in-kernel unwinder
for now. That will at least allow us to use modules again.
Signed-off-by: Alexey Brodkin <abrodkin@synopsys.com>
Cc: Vineet Gupta <vgupta@synopsys.com>
Cc: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
In company networks everything except the http and https protocol is
often causes problems, because the network administrators try to block
everything else. To make it easier to use LEDE in company networks use
the https/http protocol for git access when possible.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Ethernet, ADSL2+ and LEDs are fully functional.
Supporting the two TAE ports and SIP gateway was not attempted.
The WiFi is unreliable, due to experimental support for rt35xx family
devices by the rt2800pci driver.
Signed-off-by: Oswald Buddenhagen <oswald.buddenhagen@gmx.de>
[rebase to LEDE HEAD]
[switch to normal image instead of brnboot image]
[remove not required pinmux child nodes keys, leds, ebu, exin, pci_in and pci_out]
[remove switch_rst pinmux child node (no support for hw reset in driver/setting a default GPIO value in DT]
[enable usage of the wireless LED]
[fixup mac address configuration]
Sgned-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
The patch has been run-tested and the relevant dmsg logs are as the
following
[ 0.762447] Creating 5 MTD partitions on "spi0.0":
[ 0.767217] 0x000000000000-0x000000010000 : "u-boot"
[ 0.775139] 0x000000010000-0x000000020000 : "bdinfo"
[ 0.781014] 0x000000020000-0x000000fe0000 : "firmware"
[ 0.810558] 2 uimage-fw partitions found on MTD device firmware
[ 0.815043] 0x000000020000-0x000000170000 : "kernel"
[ 0.821925] 0x000000170000-0x000000fe0000 : "rootfs"
[ 0.827587] mtd: device 4 (rootfs) set to be root filesystem
[ 0.831937] 1 squashfs-split partitions found on MTD device rootfs
[ 0.837983] 0x0000005c0000-0x000000fe0000 : "rootfs_data"
[ 0.845621] 0x000000fe0000-0x000000ff0000 : "backup"
[ 0.851445] 0x000000ff0000-0x000001000000 : "art"
While at it, convert to new build method
Signed-off-by: Yousong Zhou <yszhou4tech@gmail.com>
puts br2684ctl init after ADSL init instead of before, so that the ESI
is set at the right time, and for consistency with the PTM driver.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Gimpelevich <daniel@gimpelevich.san-francisco.ca.us>
The bootloader uses 30 MHz as the SPI frequency for flash on the Germany and
North America models, and 50 MHz for it on the worldwide model, but the Lantiq
SPI driver in OpenWrt and LEDE may access the flash differently such that
writes are capped at 20 MHz, leading to read errors reported on the worldwide
model at 30 MHz.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Gimpelevich <daniel@gimpelevich.san-francisco.ca.us>
Acked-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <kevin@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
The EASY80920 is available with the A1X and the A2X chip version
depending on the board version. Add both firmware versions to device
tree and make the driver load the correct version depending on the chip
version.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
This image format is used by Lantiq's / Intel's UGW version 6.1 to 7.1.
These images can be flashed onto a board with the SoC vendor boot
loader as a replacement for the vendor firmware.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
The lantiq kernel arch code selects CONFIG_RESET_CONTROLLER always, so
it is always selected when the lantiq target is build. we do not need
support for unselected CONFIG_RESET_CONTROLLER option.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Added optional command line option for patch-image tool
Default 16KB size is still maintained as this is an optional argument.
if one wants to specify or increase size they can provide this option.
sample usage: patch-dtb <file> <dtb> [dtb max size]
Signed-off-by: Vishnu Swaroop Duddu <duddu.swaroop@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Instead of having CFE_EXTRAS for every device that need specific block sizes
and image offset, let's define a couple of vars which can be customized for
each device.
Signed-off-by: Álvaro Fernández Rojas <noltari@gmail.com>
Some devices require padded images in order to prevent CFE from flashing them
to the wrong offset.
For small flashes (4/8) this is no big deal, but for larger flashes (16/32) this
implies 8 and 16 MB images, which is way too large and some devices aren't
capable of flashing them through sysupgrade.
Signed-off-by: Álvaro Fernández Rojas <noltari@gmail.com>
The configuration preservation mechanism fails to keep items was are unset
as unset. For busybox this causes issues when building with custom
settings in the SDK. Therefore preserve busybox unset settings.
In addition we preserve non-package selection unset settings because
they may be important for making sure we compile and identical
package for packages that are recompiled in the SDK.
Now that SDK not longer ships .config this becomes relevant for
any use of the SDK.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Dickinson <lede@daniel.thecshore.com>
Original URL got 303 redirect which then also dropped the commit id
leading to different file revision & MD5 mismatch.
Corrected URL & clarified commit ID use in Makefile
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <kevin@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
The only difference is a field in the image tag header, so just define
two images for it instead of treating them as separate devices.
Signed-off-by: Jonas Gorski <jonas.gorski@gmail.com>
External IRQs are currently broken, fix the BCM6345_EXT_IRQ driver.
Since the adoption of the new driver irq-bcm6345-ext, in Chaos Calmer,
external IRQs don't work. It seems there were some minor errors at the initial
development of the driver.
This patch fixes the ticket https://dev.openwrt.org/ticket/21613
Signed-off-by: Daniel Gonzalez <dgcbueu@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jonas Gorski <jonas.gorski@gmail.com>
* add rt_i2c structure to store driver data
* rewrite read/write check function and add i2c error status check.
so we don't need to wait until time out.
* add 10 bits address support. according to the data sheet i think
it is possible. but i haven't verify it.
* the most important is start transfer only need once. otherwise
it cause I2C_STARTERR status.
* add set i2c clock speed register by dts options "clock-frequency".
not just hard code it.
* add mt7621 i2c driver. i just copy i2c-ralink.c and change register
names. and the hardware don't support error status. so i remove it.
but the logic is the same.
Signed-off-by: Michael Lee <igvtee@gmail.com>
The restart event code is used in LEDE to trigger a factory reset on
long press as well.
By using the power event code, the restart functionality can be used
without being prone to trigger a factory reset.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
This patch is a follow up to commit 4cf3fd4 "add support for indicating
the boot state using three leds".
At the time of writing the patch, I wasn't aware that it's possible to
switch info failsafe after boot (factory reset).
Enabling the failsafe led without disabling the running led causes an
unexpected led colour on devices using a single multicolour led to
indicate the boot state.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
The *_UBIFS_OPTS variables need to be prefixed with DEVICE_ to match
the profile name.
The conditions need to be evaluated after the *_UBIFS_OPTS are set,
otherwise the variables are always empty.
Do not append or pass the DEVICE_ prefixed profile name to the images.
Use the name that is passed by the Image/Build/Profile/ step.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
In kernel 4.7 there is upstreamed b53 driver using (mostly?) the same
symbols as our b53 does. Change our symbols so both drivers can coexist
in kernel tree.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <zajec5@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jonas Gorski <jonas.gorski@gmail.com>
So far "kernel" partition didn't contain just a kernel. It also included
Seama header and meta data. This was making kernel update complex and it
wasn't trivial to read kernel size.
Fix it by making "kernel" parition contain just a kernel image.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <zajec5@gmail.com>
Despite the MS_SILENT flag being set when probing for ubifs rootfs a
logline indicating an error is generated during boot:
UBIFS error (pid: 1): cannot open "ubi0:rootfs", error -19
This leads to confusion and there shouldn't be lines containing
the word 'error' twice in a bootlog if actually everything is fine
(just the rootfs happens to be something else than ubifs)
The patch added has been submitted and was accepted upstream, see:
http://lists.infradead.org/pipermail/linux-mtd/2016-June/068056.htmlhttp://patchwork.ozlabs.org/patch/637491
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
The generic sysupgrade image attempted to use the wrong filesystem type due
to premature variable interpolation leading to the following error on the
buildbot system:
cp: cannot stat `.../root.squashfs': No such file or directory
make[4]: *** [.../tmp/lede-octeon-generic-ext4-sysupgrade.tar] Error 1
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Reordered the VLANs so the LAN ports are set to VLAN 1 and the WAN port is set to VLAN 2, as in the other routers in the config file. Moreover, this model had this VLAN mapping in OpenWRT Chaos Calmer. It seems that the VLAN were switched when fixing a bug in the port mapping ( OpenWRT changeset 47799 )
Signed-off-by: David Pinilla Caparrós <dpinitux@gmail.com>
The command-line arguments provided by the boot loader will be
appended to a new device tree property: bootloader-args.
If there is a property "append-rootblock" in DT under /chosen
and a root= option in bootloaders command line it will be parsed
and added to DT bootargs with the form: <append-rootblock>XX.
Only command line ATAG will be processed, the rest of the ATAGs
sent by bootloader will be ignored.
This is usefull in dual boot systems, to get the current root partition
without afecting the rest of the system.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Panella <ianchi74@outlook.com>
Already reschedule when 1 or more frames came in.
Checking for a full queue could produce a re-schedule loop as
the checked RX ring location could contain undefined values
depending on activity in previous loops.
Signed-off-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
Avoid using the --parallel argument to the CMake bootstrap, as that doesn't
allow us to remove the -j argument. Instead, pass the HOST_JOBS arguments
in MAKEFLAGS.
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
Make usually passes -j and jobserver arguments as part of MAKEFLAGS. LEDE
removes MAKEFLAGS to have better control of the build, and re-adds the
jobserver arguments with -j to the Make commandline where desired.
Make 4.2+ behave differently with these arguments passed on the commandline
than in MAKEFLAGS: -j will override the jobserver argument and the job
count will be unlimited.
Moving the flags to MAKEFLAGS will need many packages to be changed and
tested; therefore, we opt for a less invasive change for now and just
remove -j for Make 4.2+, as the jobserver argument alone is enough to
enable parallel builds for these Make versions.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
This can be used to prevent double compression for platforms where the
boot loader already expects compressed images.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Cisco RV0XX u-boot sets MEM=2048 as boot param. We assume that at least
4MB (mem_alloc_size) of ram is needed to run linux on cavium boards, so
if mem < 4M - ignore it and set default value
Signed-off-by: Michał Osowiecki <michal.osowiecki@gmail.com>
This reverts commit 53147c2237.
These config changes break booting on C2600 and probably other devices.
Signed-off-by: Josh Bendavid <joshbendavid@gmail.com>
omap requires msdos partition to boot from sdcard.
Prepare for upcoming full sdcard image generation.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Couzens <lynxis@fe80.eu>
Commit 9ff8928bb9 renamed the snd-soc-mt7620-i2s
driver and dropped snd-soc-mt7620-wm8960 which selected CONFIG_SND_SOC_WM8960
breaking all ramips builds due to undefined kernel config symbols.
Rework the kmod-sound-mt7620 package to explicitely select the
CONFIG_SND_SOC_WM8960 symbols and change it to bundle the renamed .ko file.
Also remove the @BROKEN flag and exclude it on the rt288x subtarget instead.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
/etc/init.d/fstab had some warnings in it to let users know that they
should call "block mount" directly. these ended up in the bootlog.
fix this by splitting the code into boot() and start(). this way the system
will boot without warning but manually starting the script will lead to the
message.
fixes FS#3
Reported-by: Hannu Nyman <hannu.nyman@iki.fi>
Signed-off-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
The package Makefile was based on work at link [1] with the following
changes
1. Disable minidebuginfo support thus no dependency on liblzma
2. Add 2 patches for building against musl-libc and building with
mips16 enabled
3. Add LICENSE and DEPENDS info, etc.
[1] https://github.com/rpi-openwrt/rpi-packages/tree/master/libs/libunwind
Signed-off-by: Yousong Zhou <yszhou4tech@gmail.com>
DuZun DM06 is a develop board based on mt7628
64M RAM, 8M SPI Flash, 1 WAN, 1 LAN.
wm8960 codec with line out, line in and speaker output.
Signed-off-by: Michael Lee <igvtee@gmail.com>
* remove mt7620-wm8960.c use simple card and DTS to do it
* add old chips support
* add 12Mhz refclk setup. this is hard code. need use clock framework
rewrite it
* add interrupt error status support for debug. default disable it.
because it cause to many interrupts
* add setup bclk suport not hard code it
* add 24 bits support for mt7628. not verified
* use regmap api to control registers
* add txdma-req/rxdma-req DTS params for DMA use
Signed-off-by: Michael Lee <igvtee@gmail.com>
* add rt_i2c structure to store driver data
* rewrite read/write check function and add i2c error status check.
so we don't need to wait until time out.
* add 10 bits address support. according to the data sheet i think
it is possible. but i haven't verify it.
* the most important is start transfer only need once. otherwise
it cause I2C_STARTERR status.
* add set i2c clock speed register by dts options "clock-frequency".
not just hard code it.
* add mt7621 i2c driver. i just copy i2c-ralink.c and change register
names. and the hardware don't support error status. so i remove it.
but the logic is the same.
Signed-off-by: Michael Lee <igvtee@gmail.com>
* fix compiler error. device_control operation not support now.
* add old chips support 8 channels. new chips support 16 channels.
* add mt7621 hsdma driver. data sheet says it has two channels.
but after test only one channel support.
* add memory to memory DMA support. i use dmatest kernel module to
verify this function. on rt305x it will copy more data. on mt7621
only two channels can works at the same time. these two chips
maybe have hardware bugs. because on other chips don't have these bugs.
* use tasklet to handle remaining dma requests.
Signed-off-by: Michael Lee <igvtee@gmail.com>
Even though ARC tools were released as arc-2016.03
we have a little bit different version name for GDB.
That's because both Binutils and GDB come from the same
git repo but from different branches (and so different tags).
Also removing an extra patch that made its way into release.
Signed-off-by: Alexey Brodkin <abrodkin@synopsys.com>
ARC port of GDB is not yet upstream so we need to use
sources from Synopsys GitHub repo.
Given Synopys' commitment to upstream ARC support in GDB
in the nearest future it might be simpler to add a separate
package for ARC GDB instead of patching generic GDB package.
This way once ARC GDB stuff gets uptreamed we'll only need
to remove that new "gdb-arc" package.
Note 1 very minor change in generic gdb package was done -
it now depends on !arc (while "gdb-arc" depends on "arc").
Signed-off-by: Alexey Brodkin <abrodkin@synopsys.com>
In commit "regulator: qcom: Rework to single platform device" the smb208
regulator used in IPQ8064 was left out.
Add it to that new framework and update Docs and DT accordingly.
Signed-off-by: Adrian Panella <ianchi74@outlook.com>
this worked in 3.18 but broke at some point. the old code that loaded a
irq table was incorrewct anyhow as it mapped the irqs int he domain which
should really be done when the driver using them loads them and not the
irq driver itself.
Signed-off-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
sparse-0.5.0 won't link against lvm 3.5.0 as "llvm-config --libs" does not
include system libs like pthreads. This problem got fixed but not released
yet, so we need to fetch from their git repo.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Sydow <stefan.sydow@tu-berlin.de>
Recent versions of Chrome require this ciphers to successfully handshake with
a TLS enabled uhttpd server using the ustream-polarssl backend.
If `CONFIG_GCM` is disabled, `ssl_ciphersuite_from_id()` will return `NULL`
when cipher `0x9d` is looked up, causing the calling `ssl_ciphersuite_match()`
to fail with `POLARSSL_ERR_SSL_INTERNAL_ERROR`.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
The swconfig kernel infrastructure fails to do any permissions checks when
changing settings. As such an ordinary user account on a device with a
switch can change switch settings without any special permissions.
Routers generally have few non-admin users so this isn't a big hole, but it
is a security hole. Likely the greatest danger is for multifunction devices
which have a lot of extra daemons, compromising a low-security daemon would
allow one to modify switch settings and cause the router/switch to appear to
lock-up (or cause other sorts of troublesome nyetwork behavior).
Implement a check for CAP_NET_ADMIN in swconfig_set_attr() and deny any
requests originating from user contexts lacking this capability.
Reported-by: Elliott Mitchell <ehem+openwrt@m5p.com>
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Add support for hostid dhcp config entry to dnsmasq. This allows
specification of dhcpv6 hostid suffix and works in the same way as
odhcpd.
Entries in auto generated dnsmasq.conf should conform to:
dhcp-host=mm:mm:mm:mm:mm:mm,IPv4addr,[::V6su:ffix],hostname
example based on sample config/dhcp entry:
config host
option name 'Kermit'
option mac 'E0:3F:49:A1:D4:AA'
option ip '192.168.235.4'
option hostid '4'
dhcp-host=E0:3F:49:A1:D4:AA,192.168.235.4,[::0:4],Kermit
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <kevin@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
- Fix calculation of `$vht_cap` bit field
- Replace wrong reference to `$tx_stbc` variable with proper `$tx_stbc_2by1` one
- Emit proper `RX-STBC-{1,12,123,1234}` tokens for the VHT capability list
See https://dev.openwrt.org/ticket/22535 for reference.
Signed-off-by: Scott Shambarger <devel@shambarger.net>
Daemons that are waiting for a timesync are only triggered when the action is stratum.
As step is the first sync action pass all actions to the ntpd hotplug scripts; it's up
to the ntpd hotplugscript to filter out the actions it is interested in.
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
By default dnsmasq uses random ports for outbound dns queries;
when the maxport UCI option is specified the ports used will
always be smaller than the specified value.
This is usefull for systems behind firewalls.
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
Increase the default system log buffer size
from 16 kB (default both in logd source and in the startup script)
to 64 kB by adjusting the default value in startup script.
Signed-off-by: Hannu Nyman <hannu.nyman@iki.fi>
Increase the default system log buffer size
from 16 kB (built-in default in ubox logd)
to 64 kB by setting the option in /etc/config/system.
Signed-off-by: Hannu Nyman <hannu.nyman@iki.fi>
kmod-sound-soc-digidac1-soundcard is also missing snd-soc-wm8804 dependency
for snd-soc-wm8804-i2c
Signed-off-by: Álvaro Fernández Rojas <noltari@gmail.com>
Record the state of any hardware LED configured through UCI and use that
information to revert the state when applying updated settings while
maintaining default behaviour of system LEDs.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
- Use KERNEL_INITRAMFS_SUFFIX for customizing initramfs name.
- Modifying $(PROFILES) is no longer needed.
Signed-off-by: Álvaro Fernández Rojas <noltari@gmail.com>
The board_detect framework is now able to create the entire system config from
scratch so we can finally drop the copy shipped by base-files.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Now that config_generate is able to generate the entire /etc/config/system
from scratch we can apply the same logic as used for /etc/config/network;
when the configuration file exists already then do not do anything, else
generate it from the values provided by /etc/board.json .
In order to facilitate that move the file existance checking inside
/bin/config_generate and call it unconditionally from /bin/board_detect.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Now that deviations to the default /etc/config/system are registered via
board.d we can drop the target specific copy.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Now that deviations to the default /etc/config/system are registered via
board.d we can drop the target specific copy.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
The system config file shipped by ath25 is now equivalent to the generic one
in base files, so drop the target specific copy.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
The ath25 target has its own unique button action config support, which is not
used anywhere except for two example logger statements in UCI.
Since there is a generic /etc/rc.button facility since some time already there
is no reason at all to keep this target specific mechanism anymore, so simply
drop it.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Currently, the uci data model does not provide support for specifying
the minimum TLS version supported in an OpenVPN instance (be it server
or client).
This patch adds support for writing the relevant option to the openvpn
configuration file at service startup.
Signed-off-by: Matteo Panella <morpheus@level28.org>
[Jo-Philipp Wich: shorten commit title, bump pkg release]
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Attempt to reset all LED states before applying the UCI configuration to
avoid leaving disabled LEDs behind in lingering glowing state, e.g. when
changing the sysfs entry in the config from one hardware LED to another.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
This patch adds the target profile SOM9331 and configures hardware
functionality for the 3x Eth Ports & corresponding LED's, the USB Host,
the USART to USB bridge and the System LED.
Signed-off-by: Allan Nick Pedrana <nik9993@gmail.com>
Upstream dropped the `dapm` member of `struct snd_soc_component`, requiring
users to access it using `snd_soc_codec_get_dapm()` instead so change the
driver code to do just that.
Fixes the following build error spotted by the buildbots:
CC [M] sound/soc/gw-avila/gw-avila.o
sound/soc/gw-avila/gw-avila.c: In function 'avila_aic3x_init':
sound/soc/gw-avila/gw-avila.c:104:44: error: 'struct snd_soc_codec' has no member named 'dapm'
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
>From wolfssl/openssl/opensslv.h, and from skimming the contents of what
"--enable-stunnel" actually does, it seems that --enable-opensslextra
doesn't give you the "full" openssl compatibility that you may wish for
these days. Unfortuantely, while wolfssl writes the build time options
into wolfssl/options.h, it doesn't include that file itself. User
applications must include that directly.
Signed-off-by: Karl Palsson <karlp@etactica.com>
Latest Xcode doesn't include openssl anymore. To compile
mkimage from u-boot source you need SSL headers on your host.
This patch provides libressl host package for any Darwin
compilation. Unfortunately openssl from MacPorts can not be
used, as the installed headers in /opt/local are breaking
GDB compilation. Tested with a RB532 image build and resulting
kernel booted on a device via TFTP.
Signed-off-by: Waldemar Brodkorb <wbx@openadk.org>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name> [fixes, dependencies]
* build for pentium4 instead of i486
* enable PAE
* enable EFI support
* enable KVM guest and host support
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
Add 'cake' qdisc kernel module package.
V2 - KDB Small update to base on latest cake tc changes (wash option
deprecated)
V3 - KDB Move kmod-sched-cake package to kernel as is kernel related
V4 - KDB Split into individual patches, kmod & tc
Signed-off-by: Hannu Nyman <hannu.nyman@iki.fi>
Acked-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <kevin@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
Add cake support to 'tc' in iproute2
- Use a patch to modify tc instead of adding a new tc-adv package.
Patch creates q_cake.c that matches commit 3314230bc4
- Do not include the other things from tc-adv (cake0, cake2, pie etc.).
V2 - KDB Small update to base on latest cake tc changes (wash option
deprecated)
V3 - KDB Move kmod-sched-cake package to kernel as is kernel related
v4 - KDB Split into individual patches, tc & kmod
Signed-off-by: Hannu Nyman <hannu.nyman@iki.fi>
Acked-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <kevin@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
Use the DMI data available in sysfs to extract manufacturer and model info
and write it to /tmp/sysinfo/.
The data will be picked up by board_detect and can be used by e.g. LuCI to
display a more appropriate model description.
On an APU board the files will contain the following values:
# cat /tmp/sysinfo/model
PC Engines APU
# cat /tmp/sysinfo/board_name
pc-engines-apu
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Enable support for DMI decoding in the kernel so that we can access
manufacturer and model information via sysfs.
Also remove redundant per-subtarget DMI overrides and preset a few
previously unset symbols popping up due to the now enabled DMI support.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
most symbols should be in Kernel packages
depending on HW the removal of
CONFIG_REALTEK_PHY
and USB symbols might be wrong
compile tested only
Signed-off-by: Dirk Neukirchen <dirkneukirchen@web.de>
uClibc-ng pretends to be GNU libc 2.2 and then a fallback
scanf check is tried, so that libmount is disabled
afterwards. Add a fix already suggested upstream.
Add librt dependency required for other apps, too.
Signed-off-by: Waldemar Brodkorb <wbx@uclibc-ng.org>
Initially for ARC we were building vmlinux images because it
was both simpler and more convenient to debug Linux kernel
in runt-time via JTAG. Now when base system works quite nice
we may finally use U-Boot for loading the system image as
well. Still we keep building vmlinux images as some of our
boards are development boards and loading images with JTAG
could be at some points very beneficial.
Note for U-Boot header it's required to specify 2 values:
* loading address
* entry point (if it doesn't match loading address)
and in case of ARC entry point (EP) not only differs from
loading address but also changes from build to build due to
initramfs being placed between loading address and text section.
To accommodate that feature we have to calculate EP after
vmlinux gets built and before call to mkimage.
Signed-off-by: Alexey Brodkin <abrodkin@synopsys.com>
even it's a little bit verbose, unmacrod board descriptions are much
easier to read and to understand.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Couzens <lynxis@fe80.eu>
It turns out most device vendors don't set the correct country code
in their devices' on-flash-EEPROM sections as they apparently rather
provide a complete per-target-market firmware with patched drivers
instead of just setting the country code.
This results in the driver to incorrectly assume the value stored in
the on-flash-EERPOM (usually US or China) being the regulatory domain
inside which the device is being used.
To work around this issue, OpenWrt introduced the ATH_USER_REGD config
variable to decide during build whether or not to allow the user to
override the regulatory domain setting. This option, however, is not
enabled by default and thus ends up being disabled for snapshots builds
and released binaries.
As we know for a long time that most devices got borked regulatory
domain values set in their EEPROMs we should allow our users to respect
their local law (instead of just assume US or China laws).
Note that also the current default has great potential of users not
ever setting their regulatory domain and thus using inapproriate and
potentially illegal frequencies and/or tx-power settings
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
This allows one to select CT firmware for ath10k
if one prefers to try this firmware instead of stock
ath10k firmware.
The 10.1 (988X) firmware can actually be installed beside the
default firmware, but it will not be used as long as the firmware-5.bin
file exists. Users could rename the files and reboot to use different
images.
The 99X0 (wave-2) firmware uses the same firmware-5.bin name as default
firmware, so it cannot be installed at the same time as default firmware.
Signed-off-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
This patch adds support for the Netgear EVG2000 VoIP Gateway to the
bcm63xx targets.
This device was not sold to the general public, but rather is/was
provided by telcos to customers in Sweden, Australia, Singapore and
other parts of asia.
Known issues:
- Unable to detect 53115 switch. This appear to be a problem with
probing for the PHY using MDIO and results in error 5. Doesn't seem to
be a problem with the configuration, and could use someone with
experience to have a look at it.
- Uses the b43 driver as using the OpenWRT/LEDE broadcom-wl driver
fails to load the firmware for the 4322, so 802.11n is not supported.
More info on the device and the research can be found at:
https://wiki.openwrt.org/toh/netgear/evg2000https://wikidevi.com/wiki/Netgear_EVG2000https://github.com/Xotic750/mirror-lede/tree/evg2000https://forum.openwrt.org/viewtopic.php?id=63950
Signed-off-by: Graham Fairweather <xotic750@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Álvaro Fernández Rojas <noltari@gmail.com>
Some devices with ath9k WiFi require changing the default active low
polarity to high in order to correctly operate the WiFi status LEDs.
Signed-off-by: Álvaro Fernández Rojas <noltari@gmail.com>
- Use default number of uarts (2) for rt288x/rt305x/rt3883/mt7620.
- Allow up to 3 uarts on MT7621 and MT7628.
- Remove unneeded SERIAL_8250_RT288X for MT7628.
Signed-off-by: Álvaro Fernández Rojas <noltari@gmail.com>
Kernel module for the OMAP Random Number Generator
found on OMAP16xx, OMAP2/3/4/5 and AM33xx/AM43xx
multimedia processors.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Couzens <lynxis@fe80.eu>
Some Git versions have issues following the HTTP->HTTPS redirect and since
the keyring package is fetched from this host, switching to HTTPS is a
sensible choice anyway.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
The Widora board is similar to the Linkit 7688 but features a larger flash
capacity.
Signed-off-by: Yuan Chenmang <771992497@qq.com>
[Jo-Philipp Wich: Reword commit message, cleanup initial PR]
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
When the gettext-full host build phase finds an `emacs` exectuble during the
build it will launch an `emacs --batch` command to run some Lisp code.
On certain Debian systems the `/usr/bin/emacs` path might point, via
alternatives, to the `/usr/bin/jove` editor which will then launch an
interactive session when invoked by the gettext build.
In order to avoid this problem, explicitely disable emacs handling during
the build through a configure environment variable.
Also remove my now unreachable maintainer address.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
The previous image creation code would have failed if the
unpadded kernel uImage size was less than 64 bytes from the
next erase block boundary. Fix that.
Signed-off-by: Joseph C. Lehner <joseph.c.lehner@gmail.com>
The CPE210 was still described for the OEM upgrade as compatible,
even the wireless configuration isn't compatible anymore between
both series (2ghz and 5ghz).
Update the CPE210 image profile to use the new profile.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Couzens <lynxis@fe80.eu>
The CPE210's ancestor is the CPE510 not the other way around. The device
profile is also named after the CPE510.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Couzens <lynxis@fe80.eu>
The bootloader on this device expects the kernel partition to end
on a 64k boundary. The last 64 byte of the kernel partition must
contain a valid uImage header (the fakeroot partition).
Signed-off-by: Joseph C. Lehner <joseph.c.lehner@gmail.com>
1)Changes
- Rebased the patches for linux-4.4.7
- Added patch to fix spi nor fifo and dma support
- Added patch to configure watchdog barktime
2)Testing
Tested on IPQ AP148 Board:
a. NOR boot and NAND boot
b. ethernet network and ath10k wifi
c. ubi sysupgrade
UnTested
dwc3 usb has not been validated on IPQ board(AP148)
3)Known Issues:
Once we flash ubi image on AP148, and if we reset the board, uboot on
first boot creates PEB and LEB for dynamic sized partitions, which is incorrect
and not what linux expects which causes errors when trying to mount rootfs.
In order to test this, we can use the below steps:
a. Flash the ubi image on board and don't reset the board
b. load the kernel fit image in RAM and boot from there.
Signed-off-by: Ram Chandra Jangir <rjangi@codeaurora.org>
The user benpicco in #openwrt reported that images are build which are
bigger that the available flash size.
He provided a proof of concept fix and gave permission to me to send it
for inclusion.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
The RJ45 WAN port is used for xDSL as well as the IP101A.
The pins 1,2,3,6 of the RJ45 are connected to the IP101A and the
pins 4,5 are connected to the xdsl chip.
Drop the ip101a-rst node. It can't be controlled and is not required
at all.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
The STP pinmux was initially added in assumption LAN2 led is driven by
it. It worked somehow because STP group and gphy0 led0 share the GPIO.
Do it the right way by adding the gphy0 led0 the gphy function.
According to the author, the SPI node is a copy & paste leftover. Which
makes sense since nothing is connected to the SPI bus on this device.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Based on a submission to the uboot-lantiq repo by Eddi De Pieri.
Major cleanup and addition of brnboot second stage u-boot was done by
me.
The second stage brnboot u-boot is untested, since the brnboot prompt
is secured by a still unknown password. But should work.
The former ram values are replaced with the ram values extracted from
the original brnboot. The old ones didn't worked with the ramboot
image.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
The default bootloader partition of some devices is to small for an
u-boot with uncompressed gphy firmware(s).
Instead of increasing the bootloader partition size, in compare to the
stock firmware, compress the firmware. This would allow the bootloader
of at least the FritzBox 3370 as well as the bootloader of the
VGV7510KW22 to fit into the bootloader partition of the stock firmware.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Based on a submission to the uboot-lantiq repo by Eddi De Pieri.
Devices like the xrx200 Arcadyan VGV7519 are using two NOR flash chips.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Use the brnboot partition layout as it is listed in the OpenWrt wiki
article for this board.
Configure the brnboot root selector for this device as well.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Cleanup the pinmux configuration by removing the unused spi node. Nothing is connected to the SPI bus on devices.
The stp_out pinmux child node covers the same GPIOs as the already used
stp group.
The same applies to the gphy-leds_out pinmux node and the "gphy0
led1" as well as "gphy1 led0" groups.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
This patch fixes the missing Lan interface config in the file
/etc/config/network for ARV4518PWR01/A which results in eth0 and br-lan
being down and therefore no way to access the router unless via UART-TTL.
Signed-off-by: Mohammed Berdai <mohammed.berdai@gmail.com>
This makes brcmfmac compatible with mac80211 which uses dev_alloc_name
(and so returns -ENFILE on error).
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <zajec5@gmail.com>
LEDE project seems to be using "LEDE" as its acronym everywhere. To keep
things consistent adjust default wireless SSID.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <zajec5@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Acked-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
Acked-by: Alexander Couzens <lynxis@fe80.eu>
Provide HTTPS URL when possible, try to keep 8 mirrors per entry and spread
over several locations of the world. Since most active contributors are in
US/CA and/or EU prioritize mirrors that are within those regions if possible.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Engberg <daniel.engberg.lists@pyret.net>
The igb kmods selects kmod-i2c-algo-bit which in turn is invisible until
kmod-i2c-core gets selected, causing kmod-igb to be hidden from menuconfig
as well.
Let kmod-igb select kmod-i2c-core as well in order to make it visible
in menuconfig right away.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
- install correct libs to staging/usr/lib
fixes eudev, nfs-kernel-server
the lib*.a seem broken - use the correct .so files
and remove .a libs
- some build breakage was observed with parallel builds:
text-utils/more-more.o: In function `putstring':
more.c:(.text+0x1f4): undefined reference to `tputs'
text-utils/more-more.o: In function `initterm':
more.c:(.text+0x1b74): undefined reference to `setupterm'
more.c:(.text+0x1f0c): undefined reference to `tparm'
more.c:(.text+0x20ac): undefined reference to `tigetnum'
more.c:(.text+0x20c8): undefined reference to `tigetflag'
more.c:(.text+0x20ec): undefined reference to `tigetstr'
more.c:(.text+0x2148): undefined reference to `PC'
text-utils/more-more.o: In function `reset_tty':
more.c:(.text+0x2630): undefined reference to `tputs'
- fix line length
Signed-off-by: Dirk Neukirchen <dirkneukirchen@web.de>
Some package postinstall operations, e.g. those emitted by the LuCI build
system, source and delete the uci-defaults themselves upon package insteall,
causing the generic defaults apply code to trigger shell errors like:
.../luci-app-ddns.postinst: .: line 130: can't open './40_luci-ddns'
Rework the generic apply code to check the existence of the uci-defaults
script before trying to source it, use sed to prefilter the list of entries
from the control file and perform the directory change in a subshell,
avoiding the need for cd $OLDPWD.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
reported by reproducible openwrt project[1]:
we package some libtool shell script
- add missing dependencies
- fix paths
- make in InstallDev does not seem to be necessary
tested (cal,dmesg,sfdisk) on x86 qemu VM with allyesconfig
[1]: https://reproducible.debian.net/openwrt/openwrt.html
[Jo-Philipp Wich: fix double slash in sfdisk path, reword commit message]
Signed-off-by: Dirk Neukirchen <dirkneukirchen@web.de>
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
RB912 has one usb shared between external USB and miniPCIe slot. GPIO52 can
reroute power to external USB (=1) or internal miniPCIe slot (=0)
Signed-off-by: Cezary Jackiewicz <cezary@eko.one.pl>
Commit d79f8909c1 introduced CONFIG_ALL,
CONFIG_ALL_KMODS and CONFIG_ALL_NONSHARED as menuconfig choices to the SDK,
therefor we can drop the hardcoded CONFIG_ALL symbol declaration now.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Now that the most important options are exposed via menuconfig in the SDK we
can stop shipping a (possibly outdated) copy of .config from the emitting
buildroot.
Leaving out .config has two positive side effects:
- A simple "make" run without any prior config will launch menuconfig, forcing
interactive users to make appropriate choices
- Buildbot systems (e.g. our phase2 builder) can issue a "make defconfig" to
obtain a .config enabling all packages by default
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
The query for ARMADA_THERMAL is stalling the kconfig process and as long as we
do not package it, simply disable the symbol.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Allow path specifications to refer to just '@' or '$' which is useful for
exporting the keys or array indizes of the toplevel object to the shell.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Fix a „semantic typo“ introduced in b78aae793e,
where TARGET_INIT_PATH was used instead of CONFIG_TARGET_INIT_PATH.
Signed-off-by: Dario Ernst <Dario.Ernst@riverbed.com>
Generalize the partition discovery in sysupgrade in order to fix sysupgrade
and config backup/recovery on MMC block devices which use a different naming
scheme compared to mtdblock or sd* devices.
The change also adds the find applet to the ramdisk utilities so that upgrade
code can rely on it.
The commit is based on the initial submission by Russell Senior at
http://patchwork.ozlabs.org/patch/625440/ .
Signed-off-by: Russell Senior <russell@personaltelco.net>
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Centralize setting all version information in include/version.mk
* Set RELEASE env variable in include/version.mk instead of toplevel.mk.
Stop exporting the variable.
* Remove hardcoded release name from /etc/banner
Signed-off-by: Hannu Nyman <hannu.nyman@iki.fi>
The busybox ntpd utility currently uses ntp servers specified in uci.
This patch allows the ntpd utility to use NTP servers received via DHCP(v6)
Following uci parameters have been added:
use_dhcp : enables NTP server config via DHCP(v6)
dhcp_interface : use NTP servers received only on the specified DHCP(v6) interfaces; if empty all interfaces are considered
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
Instead of making assumptions about the leasefile and resolv file make sure
we use what the user configures, but fall back to defaults if no configuration
is specified
Signed-off-by: Daniel Dickinson <openwrt@daniel.thecshore.com>
It is desirable to be able to use ./scripts/feeds install -a
when in the SDK without being forced to build a great number
of packages that are not actually wanted.
We therefore add the option of changing the various ALL package
build options so that we can default to packages not being built
unless we select them.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Dickinson <lede@daniel.thecshore.com>
Update to dnsmasq2.76. Refresh patches. Add new patch to fix musl
'poll.h' location warning.
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <kevin@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
Storage of such zones is provided by a nf_ct_ext struct, hence conntrack
memory foot print will not be increased if zones are not used.
Signed-off-by: Alin Năstac <alin.nastac@gmail.com>
The cpe510 has two calibration tables. The first calibration
table requires to modify ath9k driver to work (patched tx gain table).
Signed-off-by: Alexander Couzens <lynxis@fe80.eu>
The CE image format used by OpenMesh can contain extra blocks which
are not used for flashing. Only the first three embedded images
(fwupgrade.cfg, kernel, rootfs) are required in this order to successfully
flash an image via sysupgrade. All extra embedded images should be ignored
for the available devices.
Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven.eckelmann@open-mesh.com>
The platform_check_image_openmesh function used break statements to signal
that the board name matched the image target. This worked because the
sysupgrade binary checked the image inside a loop. The break statement
stopped the loop and skipped any additional check.
Instead the check should be done without such sideeffects by simply
combining the board names and image targets. Only a mismatch should cause a
negative result for the caller and skipping of the additional checks.
Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven.eckelmann@open-mesh.com>
Some OpenWrt based firmwares like Gluon expect that a sysupgrade image
exists when a device firmware can be updated via sysupgrade. This image
wasn't created until now because OpenMesh devices use the same image for
factory and sysupgrade flash. Copying the image from *factory.bin to
*sysupgrade.bin is therefore enough to make the sysupgrade functionality
visible.
Reported-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven.eckelmann@open-mesh.com>
Summary of changes:
* moved config-3.18 to config-4.4 and patches-3.18 to patches-4.4
* removed most of the first two patches, that seem to be upstream already
* changed deprecated/removed IRQF_DISABLED to zero following examples in upstream kernel patches
* added config line to disable device-tree to satisfy kernel configuration
* add new image generation code
Build tested and run tested on an Accton MR3201A.
Signed-off-by: Russell Senior <russell@personaltelco.net>
Signed-off-by: Sergey Ryazanov <ryazanov.s.a@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
Currently, for RT5350 and MT7628, esw is marked as compatible with
"ralink,rt3050-esw". While this is true, the switches within RT5350
and MT7628 actually support more functionality than the RT3050 switch.
One such example is per-VLAN untagging, which is an important feature.
RT3352 is another example of this, but it already has an additional
compatible property, which allows to differentiate it from RT3050.
This commit adds such more specific properties for RT5350 and MT7628
as well.
Signed-off-by: Stanislav Galabov <sgalabov@gmail.com>
The only difference between the VG3503J profiles is the version of the
gphy firmware that gets loaded. This can be handled perfect fine in one
device tree source file.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
According to the author, all SPI related configs are copy & paste
leftovers. Which makes sense since nothing is connected to the SPI bus
on this device.
The NOR SPL isn't required for this board, since the NOR is directly
memory mapped.
Allow to overwrite the env in ram while using brn variant. Do not set
the power GPIO pin twice.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
use:
- 00nn for u-boot patches
- 01nn for new boards
While doing the rework, the board definitions for the easy50712 and
easy80920 were moved to distinct board definitions patches.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
- disable all ethernet ports except port 0 on MPR-A2
Port 0 is the only ethernet port on this router, so disable all other PHYs in order to save power.
- don't use a VLAN for the single ethernet port of the MPR-A2
Like A5-V11, this router only has one ethernet port.
Signed-off-by: Cezary Jackiewicz <cezary@eko.one.pl>
Disable marvell,nand-keep-config property on WRT1900AC to allow the
flash driver to properly probe the chip
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
wolfssl has a fine grained feature and compatibility control
for compiling stunnel, lighthttp or (partly) openssl dropin
ustream-ssl uses features that require normally
HAVE_SNI, HAVE_STUNNEL and the openssl compatibility headers
ar71xx ipkg sizes of wolfssl 3.9.0:
- with stunnel: 144022
- this patch (w.o. stunnel): 131712
- without openssl(extra): 111104
- w.o openssl/sni:108515
- w.o openssl/sni/ecc: 93954
so patch 300 saves around 12k compressed ipkg size
v2: keep & rename patch 300 for clarity, fixes ustream-ssl/cyassl
that broke with v1
Signed-off-by: Dirk Neukirchen <dirkneukirchen@web.de>
The LNA improves the rx path. Within a simple test setup
it improved the signal from -60dbm to -40dbm.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Couzens <lynxis@fe80.eu>
This change switches ARC tools to the most recent arc-2016.03
version.
ARC GNU tools of version arc-2016.03 bring some quite significant
changes like:
* Binutils v2.26+ (upstream commit id 202ac19 with additional ARC
* patches)
* GCC v4.8.5
* GDB 7.10
More about changes, improvements and fixes could be found here:
https://github.com/foss-for-synopsys-dwc-arc-processors/toolchain/releases/tag/arc-2016.03
Signed-off-by: Alexey Brodkin <abrodkin@synopsys.com>
Typo, missing space before ] in previous commit caused shell syntax
failure and incorrect restoration of time.
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <kevin@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
fixes:
CVE-2016-3739: TLS certificate check bypass with mbedTLS/PolarSSL
- remove crypto auth compile fix
curl changelog of 7.46 states its fixed
- fix mbedtls and cyassl usability #19621 :
add path to certificate file (from Mozilla via curl) and
provide this in a new package
tested on ar71xx w. curl/mbedtls/wolfssl
Signed-off-by: Dirk Neukirchen <dirkneukirchen@web.de>
conditionally save dnsmasq.time across sysupgrade
dnsmasq uses /etc/dnsmasq.time as record of the last known good
system time to aid its validation of dnssec timestamps. dnsmasq
updates the timestamp on process start/stop once it considers the system
time as valid. The timestamp file should be preserved across system
upgrade but should not be included as part of normal configuration
backups to prevent restores corrupting the current timestamp.
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <kevin@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
dnsmasq maintains dnsmasq.time across reboots and uses it as a means of
determining if current time is good enough to validate dnssec time
stamps. By including /etc/dnsmasq.time as a time source for sysfixtime,
the mechanism was effectively defeated because time was set to the
last time that dnsmasq considered current even though that time is in
the past. Since that time is out of date, dns(sec) resolution would
fail thus defeating any ntp based mechanisms for setting the clock
correctly.
In theory the process is defeated by any files in /etc that are newer
than /etc/dnsmasq.time however dnsmasq now updates the file's timestamp
on process TERM so hopefully /etc/dnsmasq.time is the latest file
timestamp in /etc as part of LEDE shutdown/reboot.
Either way, including /etc/dnsmasq.time as a time source for
sysfixtime is not helpful.
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <kevin@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
When imagebuild sorts package lists it breaks opkg's ability to realize
that a providers for a Provides has already been installed, when the sort
results in the provider being later in the list of packages that a package
which depends on a Provides (and hence the provider is not yet installed
for opkg to realize the provider was available doesn't not handle the case
of a package that is to be installed satisfying a dependency, only one that
is already installed (or which it schedules to be installed, which in the
absence of an installed provider is whichever provider happens to be the
default)
Signed-off-by: Daniel Dickinson <openwrt@daniel.thecshore.com>
conditionally save dnsmasq.time across sysupgrade
dnsmasq uses /etc/dnsmasq.time as record of the last known good
system time to aid its validation of dnssec timestamps. dnsmasq
updates the timestamp on process start/stop once it considers the system
time as valid. The timestamp file should be preserved across system
upgrade but should not be included as part of normal configuration
backups to prevent restores corrupting the current timestamp.
dnsmasq maintains dnsmasq.time across reboots and uses it as a means of
determining if current time is good enough to validate dnssec time
stamps. By including /etc/dnsmasq.time as a time source for sysfixtime,
the mechanism was effectively defeated because time was set to the
last time that dnsmasq considered current even though that time is in
the past. Since that time is out of date, dns(sec) resolution would
fail thus defeating any ntp based mechanisms for setting the clock
correctly.
In theory the process is defeated by any files in /etc that are newer
than /etc/dnsmasq.time however dnsmasq now updates the file's timestamp
on process TERM so hopefully /etc/dnsmasq.time is the latest file
timestamp in /etc as part of LEDE shutdown/reboot.
Either way, including /etc/dnsmasq.time as a time source for
sysfixtime is not helpful.
Apparently symlink-tree has not been used in quite some time as it
fails to symlink the always required config dir
Also, if we pulled from git but .git is missing we get
many error messages on the symlinked tree without this
patch (which symlinks .git, if present)
Signed-off-by: Daniel Dickinson <openwrt@daniel.thecshore.com>
Some SSL applications requires a certificates bundle rather
than a directory containing certificates. For thos applications
we build the ca-bundle package
Signed-off-by: Daniel Dickinson <lede@daniel.thecshore.com>
Add packaging of it87 hardware monitor kernel module. It is
a common thermal and voltage monitor that is in many x86
(at least) devices, and is just another i2c hwmon module.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Dickinson <lede@daniel.thecshore.com>
The patch 300-ath9k-force-rx_clear-when-disabling-rx.patch broke TX99 support
in ath9k. Fix the patch by only applying rx_clear if TX99 mode is not used.
Signed-off-by: Helmut Schaa <helmut.schaa@googlemail.com>
Both scripts modified by this patch were added by me. First of all I
incorrectly added OpenWrt as Copyright holder. It was wrong because:
1) I simply can't transfer my moral rights according to the Polish law
2) Transfering copyrights (economic rights) requires an agreement which
I didn't sign with OpenWrt(.org).
Other than that I don't find these trivial scripts important enough to
put info about *my* copyrights in a header so this patch just drops them
completely.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <zajec5@gmail.com>
The libusb package is not parallel build save, a make -j16 reliably breaks it.
Forcibly disable parallel building.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
the recent fixes to make mount_root work during failsafe caused lots of
unwanted side effects. use the new preinit sentinel file to detect if
we are in preinit. this will also work if logged in via ssh.
Signed-off-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
- CPU QCA9531-BL3A
- RAM: 64MB
- flash: 16MB
- USB
AP143 platform, similar to tl-wr841n v10/v11, but with USB
Signed-off-by: Cezary Jackiewicz <cezary@eko.one.pl>
- Update the terminal window title with the current directory and hostname, if using an xterm-compatible terminal emulator.
- Add ll, an useful alias to ls.
Signed-off-by: Vittorio Gambaletta <openwrt@vittgam.net>
According to gzip 1.7 release note:
The GZIP environment variable is now obsolescent; gzip now warns if
it is used, and rejects attempts to use dangerous options or operands.
You can use an alias or script instead.
Fix this warning by using pipe instead
Signed-off-by: Syrone Wong <wong.syrone@gmail.com>
This was found while investigating why luarocks does not work. It was
traced to a quite old lnum patch for 5.1.3. I compared against the
latest 5.1.4 patch - https://github.com/LuaDist/lualnum and discovered
the lessthan/lessequal evaluation was not falling through to the
call_orderTM (tag methods).
I have tested LuCI (simple tests) and used the following lua code to
validate the patch (both host and target patches supplied): -
> local my_mt = {
> __eq = function(v1, v2)
> print("__eq")
> return false
> end,
> __lt = function(v1, v2)
> print("__lt")
> return false
> end,
> __le = function(v1, v2)
> print("__le")
> return false
> end
> }
>
> function get_my(vstring)
> local my = {}
> my.string = vstring;
> setmetatable(my, my_mt);
> return my;
> end
>
> local a = get_my("1.0")
> local b = get_my("1.0")
>
> local eq_works = a == b;
> local lt_works = a < b;
> local gt_works = a > b;
>
> local lte_works = a <= b;
> local gte_works = a >= b;
Without the patch the following error will be presented: -
“attempt to compare two table values”
Signed-off-by: David Thornley <david.thornley@touchstargroup.com>
Update the dropbear package to version 2016.73, refresh patches.
The measured .ipk sizes on an x86_64 build are:
94588 dropbear_2015.71-3_x86_64.ipk
95316 dropbear_2016.73-1_x86_64.ipk
This is an increase of roughly 700 bytes after compression.
Tested-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <kevin@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
"configure your appreciated configuration" doesn't make English sense to
me. I think it is trying to say "choose your preferred configuration"
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <kevin@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
The original iperf package is unmaintained. This switches to the "iperf2"
project on sourceforge, a fork that started where the previous iperf left
off.
Version 2.0.8 fixes the issue that patch 002 handled, so that can be dropped.
Due to a faulty check in configure.ac, this version needs _GNU_SOURCE
defined to build properly against musl. Various other obsolete build
options were also removed.
Signed-off-by: Bert Vermeulen <bert@biot.com>
To avoid confusion with different unifiac devices, rename existing target
"unifiac" to "unifiac-lite", before "unifiac-pro" is introduced.
Signed-off-by: P.Wassi <p.wassi at gmx.at>
This commit makes the following modifications to ramips dts files:
1. Add clkctrl node to all dtsi files (although not used for now)
2. Add clocks and clock-names properties to some nodes (usbphy, pci)
3. Add usbphy node for rt3050 (although not used for now)
4. Add clock-frequency to uart nodes in mt7621.dtsi and mt7628an.dtsi
These modifications, although not fully used at the moment, will make
it easier for FreeBSD to adopt and use LEDE ramips dts files with
minimal changes for easier maintenance.
Signed-off-by: Stanislav Galabov <sgalabov@gmail.com>
OpenWRT changed the default fq_codel sch->limit from 10240 to 1024,
without also adjusting q->flows_cnt. Eric Dumazet explains below that
you must also adjust the buckets (q->flows_cnt) for this not to break.
Eric explains: Limit of 1024 packets and 1024 flows is not wise I think.
(If all buckets are in use, each bucket has a virtual queue of 1 packet,
which is almost the same than having no queue at all)
I suggest to have at least 8 packets per bucket, to let Codel have a
chance to trigger. So you could either reduce number of buckets to 128
(if memory is tight), or increase limit to 8192.
flows_cnt is now set to 1024/8=128
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <kevin@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
Add node aliases to dtsi files.
Reword dts files so they're more in-line with upstream.
Fix some more warnings and errors reported by dtc
Signed-off-by: Stanislav Galabov <sgalabov@gmail.com>
The option --disable-utmpx was deleted by accident in commit 7545c1d;
add it again to the CONFIGURE_ARGS list
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
this patch fixes a bug when using uclibc on MIPS. The bug does not exist when
using musl, so drop the fix.
Signed-off-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
Building for octeon fails with
'arch/mips/vdso/vdso-n32.so.dbg' already contains a '.MIPS.abiflags'
section
if the file already exists from a prior build.
Use the same workaround as the one for vdso.so.dbg committed in
9eb155353a.
Commit 91f205acaf extended the workaround
to cover vdso-o32.so.dbg but missed the vdso-n32.so.dbg which is added
now by this change.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
The json_select call fails when there are no roles or ports objects in board.json. "json_select .." must not be executed after failing.
This fixes for example LEDs not being set up in /etc/config/system.
Signed-off-by: Vittorio Gambaletta <openwrt@vittgam.net>
Remove the udhcpc -R release option as sending a DHCP release
is configurable via the uci option release.
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
The patch made sure the ncursesw library was not selected to save space,
but that library doesn't exist in this distribution at all.
Signed-off-by: Bert Vermeulen <bert@biot.com>
This patch introduces serial0 aliases in the ramips DTS files, which can
then be used to denote the active console instead of relying on bootargs.
Signed-off-by: Stanislav Galabov <sgalabov@gmail.com>
This router only has one ethernet port, so a VLAN is useless here, now that the rt3050 TCP bug that happened without VLANs has been fixed for a very long time.
Add this router to the VLAN-less config that is used by other single-port routers.
Also fix MAC address detection code since this router has no WAN port.
Signed-off-by: Vittorio Gambaletta <openwrt@vittgam.net>
Some routers only have one port, so eth0 is used without VLANs for them.
Revision r47720 introduced some changes, but wrongly confused "enable" with "reset".
VLANs need to be disabled for those routers, and the switch may be reset.
Fix this, by explicitly disabling VLANs instead of resetting the switch for these routers.
Also merge duplicate configuration for the "m2m".
Signed-off-by: Vittorio Gambaletta <openwrt@vittgam.net>
The new rt3050 switch driver doesn't have problems with TCP when not
using VLANs.
This piece of code also broke failsafe for all routers where the LAN
port is not wired to port 0 of the internal switch.
Signed-off-by: Vittorio Gambaletta <openwrt@vittgam.net>
SVN-Revision: 49293
Port 0 is the only ethernet port on this router, so disable all other PHYs
in order to save power.
Signed-off-by: Vittorio Gambaletta <openwrt@vittgam.net>
SVN-Revision: 49292
Port 4 is the only ethernet port on this router, so disable all other PHYs
in order to save power.
Signed-off-by: Vittorio Gambaletta <openwrt@vittgam.net>
SVN-Revision: 49291
This patch allows configuring ports to be disabled in the device tree; this
saves power, since disabling ports here actually disables power to ethernet
PHYs.
Line 444 enables all ethernet ports, so line 487 is getting zero ports to be
disabled, except for port 5 in SoCs where this is not implemented as it will
be sticky disabled in register POC0. Because of this, the code will still read
the switch configuration and OR it to the device tree setting.
Signed-off-by: Vittorio Gambaletta <openwrt@vittgam.net>
SVN-Revision: 49290
Line 444 is actually enabling all switch ports by setting the disable bits
to 0. This needs to be done because the bootloader sets all ports to disabled
by default (which is the case for at least one router based on RT5350).
So, this patch fixes the comment in line 443.
Signed-off-by: Vittorio Gambaletta <openwrt@vittgam.net>
SVN-Revision: 49289
The FCT2 esw register should be set to 0x2500C to have "unknown IPv6
multicast" packets broadcasted to every port, instead of dropped.
The previous value only let those packets go through ports 1 and 3.
"Unknown IPv6 multicast" packets include packets needed by ICMPv6 echo
requests addressed to well-known addresses, such as ff02::1 (MAC address
is 33:33:00:00:00:01 in this case).
Please note that by default ICMPv6 echo requests to ff02::1 are not replied
to by the router because of ip6tables considering those packets to be invalid.
But this is another bug/patch. ;)
Signed-off-by: Vittorio Gambaletta <openwrt@vittgam.net>
SVN-Revision: 49287
Currently system log is always included as a part of ubox.
Add logd as a seperate package and add it to default packages list.
Signed-off-by: Andrej Vlasic <andrej.vlasic@sartura.hr>
SVN-Revision: 49285
VGV7510KW2 with VRX288 v1.2 has brnboot 1.8 installed. Starting with
this brnboot version, the "GPHY Clock Source" isn't set anymore by
brnboot, with the result that xrx200-net fails to probe/initialize the
phys.
Use the phy clock source device tree binding to specify the clock source.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <openwrt@kresin.me>
SVN-Revision: 49284
brnboot based devices can have two Image partitions. When flashing
images via the brnboot recovery web interface, the Image partitions are
written alternating.
The current active Image partition is stored in the first byte of the
Primary_Setting partition by using 0x00 for Code_Image_0 and 0x01 for
Code_Image_1.
By using the information about the active "Code Image", it is possible
to ensure that the rootfs belongs to the current booted Image/Kernel.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <openwrt@kresin.me>
SVN-Revision: 49281
Starting with kernel 4.4, the use of partitions as direct subnodes of the
mtd device is discouraged and only supported for backward compatiblity
reasons.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <openwrt@kresin.me>
SVN-Revision: 49280
Use the same name for TP-Link images as it was with the old image build
code.
Move the BOARD_ID export to the TP-Link image build recipe, to indicate
that the variable is only related in this context.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <openwrt@kresin.me>
SVN-Revision: 49279
Based on the vg3503j_gphy_led.sh script published in the VG3503J wiki
article, the OEM Firmware uses the following PHY led functionality:
gphy led 0: LINK/ACTIVITY
gphy led 1: LINK
gphy led 2: ACTIVITY
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <openwrt@kresin.me>
SVN-Revision: 49278
The VGV7510KW22 has the leds for LAN1-3 connected to pin1 of the phys
and the led for LAN4 connect to pin0 of the phy. This results with the
current configuration in a fast flashing LAN4 led as soon as a network
cable is connected. Something similar was reported on the forum[1] for
the VGV7519 as well.
Since it isn't predicable to which pin a (single) phy led is connected,
use the (default) pin1 functionality
Constant On: 10/100/1000MBit
Blink Fast: None
Blink Slow: None
Pulse: TX/RX
for all ethernet phy leds.
After checking pictures of all vr9 boards, it looks like only the VG3503J
has more than one led connected per phy. Using the phy led device tree
bindings to assign the functionality to the "additional" leds, the
VG3503J phy leds should behave as before.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <openwrt@kresin.me>
[1] https://forum.openwrt.org/viewtopic.php?pid=321523
SVN-Revision: 49270
add support for Planex MZK-EX750NP.
MZK-EX750NP is MT7620A and MT7610E based 11ac wifi repeater.
Built-in power supply.
64MiB RAM, 8MiB SPI Flash, non Wired Ethernet.
Signed-off-by: YuheiOKAWA <tochiro.srchack@gmail.com>
SVN-Revision: 49268
So far fixtrx was calculating checksum over amount of data matching
partition erase size. It was mostly a workaround of checksum problem
after changing anything in initial TRX content (e.g. formatting JFFS2).
Its main purpose was to make bootloader accept modified TRX. This didn't
provide much protection of flash data against corruption.
This new option lets caller request calculating checksum over a bigger
amount of data. It may be used e.g. to include whole kernel data for
checksum and hopefully make bootloader go info failsafe mode if
something goes wrong.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <zajec5@gmail.com>
We plan to adjust usage of the main buffer to allow reading custom
amount of data for CRC32. This means we need another buffer that will be
always block aligned.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <zajec5@gmail.com>
1) Put sanity checks in one place
2) Respect provided offset
3) Read only as much data as needed for MD5 calculation
Thanks to the last change this is a great speedup and memory saver. On
devices with NAND flash we were allocating & reading about 128 MiB while
something about 8 MiB is enough.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <zajec5@gmail.com>
This avoid long (and unneeded) process of reading all data in case of
running on MTD not containig Seama entity.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <zajec5@gmail.com>
On platforms supporting both: TRX and Seama calling "fixtrx" was
resulting in trying to fix Seama as well.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <zajec5@gmail.com>
Building for octeon fails with
'arch/mips/vdso/vdso-o32.so.dbg' already contains a '.MIPS.abiflags'
section
if the file already exists from a prior build.
Use the same workaround as the one for vdso.so.dbg committed in
9eb155353a.
Signed-off-by: Stijn Tintel <stijn@linux-ipv6.be>
Fixes the following error:
gdate.c: In function ‘g_date_strftime’:
gdate.c:2497:7: error: format not a string literal, format string not checked [-Werror=format-nonliteral]
tmplen = strftime (tmpbuf, tmpbufsize, locale_format, &tm);
^~~~~~
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
Packages may install scripts into /etc/uci-defaults to be executed once
after installation, usually at the first boot of the target. This works
fine if the package was installed to the rootfs during build or using
the ImageBuilder.
If the package is installed using opkg during run-time uci-defaults
were applied only after a reboot of the device. Avoid the need to
reboot by evaluting the package's uci-defaults in default-postinst.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
Update to latest HEAD in order to fix MARK rule generation for local traffic,
also fix a possible race condition during firewall start.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Patch Lua packet script defines SHRT_MAX which is already defined in <linux/kernel.h> and
is included indirectly by lauxlib.h. Fix the redefintion as it leads to compile failure
on systems which treat macro redefinition as an error
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
Remove the public unatteded buildkey from the opkg package to avoid
having hardcoded keys in tree. Use the external keyring package instead
which can be easily updated by users.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Currently the build fails with
'arch/mips/vdso/vdso.so.dbg' already contains a '.MIPS.abiflags' section
if the file already exists from a prior build.
Add a makefile rule to force the rebuild of vdso.so.dbg if genvdso has
has been changed to workaround the failure.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Conntrack support reads the connection track mark associated with
incoming DNS queries and sets the same mark value on the upstream
forwarded DNS query. This can be usefull to track traffic generated
by dnsmasq to associate it with the clients who generate the queries,
usefull for bandwidth accouting and firewall.
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
A dropbear instance having an interface config won't start if the interface is down as no
IP address is available.
Adding interface triggers for each configured interface executing the dropbear reload script
will start the dropbear instance when the interface is up.
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
Utmp support tracks who is currenlty logged in by logging info to the file /var/run/utmp (supported by busybox)
Putuline support will use the utmp structure to write to the utmp file
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
Make sending a DHCP release configurable when the client exits allowing to clean up
IP/mac state info in intermediate devices.
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
For some time now m25p80 supports 32 MiB flashes and we just needed to
patch spi-nor to support JEDEC incompatible w25q128. Also by switching
to m25p80 we gain accelerated SPI flash reads.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <zajec5@gmail.com>
SVN-Revision: 49260
lua_packet_segment parameter start has type char pointer; in function lua_tg
it's assigned an uint16 value generating compiler warnings obviously indicating
posssible seg fault problems. Fix the issue by using the correct skb functions
so the parameter points to the position inside the sk_buff
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Stijn Cleynhens <stijn.cleynhens@gmail.com>
Commit 8c130dd (lantiq: use new image build process for some images) broke
image generation for the xway target since the generated macros reference not
existing WBMRA.dts and WBMRB.dts files leading to the following build error:
mips-openwrt-linux-musl-cpp: error: ../dts/WBMRA.dts: No such file or directory
mips-openwrt-linux-musl-cpp: warning: '-x assembler-with-cpp' after last input file has no effect
mips-openwrt-linux-musl-cpp: fatal error: no input files
Previously both the WBMRA and WBMRB profiles shared a common WBMR DT since
the only difference is the embedded firmware kmod package.
Extend the lantiqImage macro to optionally support specifying a different
DTS file and use this facility to let the both WBMR profiles reference the
correct device tree file.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Add nonshared flag to package depending on specific targets or subtargets as
there's no guarantee otherwise that they'll be available in the shared repo.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
This regression was introduced while rebasing LEDE's commits over the latest
OpenWrt repository.
Signed-off-by: Álvaro Fernández Rojas <noltari@gmail.com>
The kmod-acpi-button functionality is included in the kernel where needed
and the corresponding kmod package has been deleted long ago, therfor drop
the remaining references now.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Update to latest make_ext4fs Git HEAD to fix build with recent glibc version
which does not implicitely includes sysmacros.h anymore.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
When the same package file is specified multiple times on the opkg install
command line, the name pointer on the argv array becomes stale after the
package structures have been merged, leading to invalid memory accesses
upon install.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
The libc and kernel package files moved since the introduction of shared
packages and the changed output directory layout. This causes the generated
ImageBuilder archive to lack the necessary "libc" and "kernel" meta packages,
leading to opkg install errors later on.
Use the FeedPackageDir macro to figure out the proper source directory to use.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Instead of converting the firmware files ourselves, use the files
generated during the normal kernel build process. This fixes packaging
kmod-e100 in the SDK environment.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Bundle all firmware files which have been built along with the kernel to fix
packaging of kmods in the SDK environment that rely on in-tree firmwares,
specifically kmod-e100.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Add $ARCH and $CPU_SUBTYPE to the package architecture strings to differentiate
low and big endian targets as well as extended instructions sets like NEON
or DSP2.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Implement a crude but functioning sysupgrade image check for the
Raspberry Pi. The code only checks if the master boot record boot
signature (0x55aa) is present in the first 512-bytes at the correct
location. This can prevent the odd bricking of a system when flashing
the wrong file.
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@googlemail.com>
One of the patched files, include/unwind-cxx.h, contains windows newlines
which lead to the following failure:
Applying ./patches/006-eabi_fix.patch using plaintext:
patching file include/typeinfo
patching file include/unwind-cxx.h
Hunk #1 FAILED at 173 (different line endings).
Hunk #2 FAILED at 181 (different line endings).
Add a fixup command to the prepare phase which normalizes the line endings
before applying source patches.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
- Add %A placeholder for substituting the package architecture
- Change %U placeholder to refer to the toplevel repository URL
- Construct package feed URLs relative to the toplevel one to match new layout
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Use the new repository metadata field to choose the output directory of the
final package archives.
Non-sharable packages will be placed in the per-target package directory
while the rest will be placed in a per-repository sub directory within the
$OUTPUT_DIR/packages/$CPU_TYPE/ prefix.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Introduce a new symbol ALL_NONSHARED which selects all non-sharable packages
by default. This option is mainly intented for buildbot setups to build the
target dependant software subset only.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Introduce a new dumpinfo field "Repository" which contains the name of the
shared repository where the package will be hosted in. The name is chosen
according to the following rules:
- Name of the feed directory for any feed package, e.g. "Repository: luci" for
"feeds/luci/applications/luci-app-firewall/Makefile"
- The value "base" for any other, sharable package
- Unset for any package flagged PKG_FLAGS:=nonshared
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Use the more specific CPU_TYPE designation as default package architecture
and only fall back to ARCH if no specific CPU_TYPE is set.
This means that e.g. ar71xx packages will use "74kc" as architecture,
not "mips" which is a precondition for sharing packages between targets.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Introduce a new variable OUTPUT_DIR which refers to the parent bin/ directory
without the architecture specific component.
Also construct the BIN_DIR variable based on OUTPUT_DIR now and add both target
and subtarget components to it to prevent different subtargets from
overwriting each others files in bin/.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Add a new string symbol "CONFIG_TARGET_SUBTARGET" which contains the name of
the chosen subtarget or "generic" if there are no subtargets available.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
This update also adds individual download of firmware files instead of fetching
every file on the repository (10-MiB vs 100+MiB).
Also copy Linux license from kernel directory instead of using the rpi-firmware
one.
Signed-off-by: Álvaro Fernández Rojas <noltari@gmail.com>
The settimeofday() syscall wrapper provided by musl filters out the timezone
argument, breaking the ability to set the kernel timezone through the function.
Adjust busybox patch to issue the syscall directly in order to circumvent the
problem.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Let DHCP client send a release when it exists so the DHCP server is
informed the IP address is released and allowing to clean up IP/mac
state info in intermediate devices.
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
Update to latest HEAD in order to remove the faulty "prelocal" ip rule leading
to unexpected policy rule precedence.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
// This function will make the driver clean up the MTD device mapping
static void __exit device_mtd_cleanup(void)
{
// If we found a MTD device before
if (device_mtd_info) {
// Delete every partitions
del_mtd_partitions(device_mtd_info);
// Delete the associated map
map_destroy(device_mtd_info);
}
// If the virtual address is already in use
if (device_map.virt) {
// Unmap the physical address to a kernel space address
iounmap(device_map.virt);
// Reset the structure field
device_map.virt = 0;
}
}
// Macros that indicate which function is called on loading/unloading the module
module_init(device_mtd_init);
module_exit(device_mtd_cleanup);
// Macros defining license and author, parameters can be defined here too.
MODULE_LICENSE("GPL");
MODULE_AUTHOR("Me, myself and I <memyselfandi@domain.tld");
\end{verbatim}
\subsection{Adding your target in OpenWrt}
Once you spotted the key changes that were made to the Linux kernel
to support your target, you will want to create a target in OpenWrt
for your hardware. This can be useful to benefit from the toolchain
that OpenWrt builds as well as the resulting user-space and kernel
configuration options.
Provided that your target is already known to OpenWrt, it will be
as simple as creating a \texttt{target/linux/board} directory
where you will be creating the following directories and files.
Here for example, is a \texttt{target/linux/board/Makefile}:
\begin{Verbatim}[frame=single,numbers=left]
#
# Copyright (C) 2009 OpenWrt.org
#
# This is free software, licensed under the GNU General Public License v2.
# See /LICENSE for more information.
#
include $(TOPDIR)/rules.mk
ARCH:=mips
BOARD:=board
BOARDNAME:=Eval board
FEATURES:=squashfs jffs2 pci usb
LINUX_VERSION:=2.6.27.10
include $(INCLUDE_DIR)/target.mk
DEFAULT_PACKAGES += hostapd-mini
define Target/Description
Build firmware images for Evaluation board
endef
$(eval $(call BuildTarget))
\end{Verbatim}
\begin{itemize}
\item\texttt{ARCH}\\
The name of the architecture known by Linux and uClibc
\item\texttt{BOARD}\\
The name of your board that will be used as a package and build directory identifier
\item\texttt{BOARDNAME}\\
Expanded name that will appear in menuconfig
\item\texttt{FEATURES}\\
Set of features to build filesystem images, USB, PCI, VIDEO kernel support
\item\texttt{LINUX\_VERSION}\\
Linux kernel version to use for this target
\item\texttt{DEFAULT\_PACKAGES}\\
Set of packages to be built by default
\end{itemize}
A partial kernel configuration which is either named \texttt{config-default} or which matches the kernel version \texttt{config-2.6.x} should be present in \texttt{target/linux/board/}.
This kernel configuration will only contain the relevant symbols to support your target and can be changed using \texttt{make kernel\_menuconfig}.
To patch the kernel sources with the patches required to support your hardware, you will have to drop them in \texttt{patches} or in \texttt{patches-2.6.x} if there are specific
changes between kernel versions. Additionnaly, if you want to avoid creating a patch that will create files, you can put those files into \texttt{files} or \texttt{files-2.6.x}
with the same directory structure that the kernel uses (e.g: drivers/mtd/maps, arch/mips ..).
The build system will require you to create a \texttt{target/linux/board/image/Makefile}:
\begin{Verbatim}[frame=single,numbers=left]
#
# Copyright (C) 2009 OpenWrt.org
#
# This is free software, licensed under the GNU General Public License v2.
To include all packages, issue the following command:
\begin{Verbatim}
$ make package/symlinks
\end{Verbatim}
\texttt{target} refers to the embedded platform, this contains items which are specific to
a specific embedded platform. Of particular interest here is the "\texttt{target/linux}"
directory which is broken down by platform \textit{<arch>} and contains the patches to the
kernel, profile config, for a particular platform. There's also the "\texttt{target/image}" directory
which describes how to package a firmware for a specific platform.
Both the target and package steps will use the directory "\texttt{build\_dir/\textit{<arch>}}"
as a temporary directory for compiling. Additionally, anything downloaded by the toolchain,
target or package steps will be placed in the "\texttt{dl}" directory.
\begin{itemize}
\item\texttt{build\_dir/\textit{<arch>}}
\item\texttt{dl}
\end{itemize}
\subsubsection{Building OpenWrt}
While the OpenWrt build environment was intended mostly for developers, it also has to be
simple enough that an inexperienced end user can easily build his or her own customized firmware.
Running the command "\texttt{make menuconfig}" will bring up OpenWrt's configuration menu
screen, through this menu you can select which platform you're targeting, which versions of
the toolchain you want to use to build and what packages you want to install into the
firmware image. Note that it will also check to make sure you have the basic dependencies for it
to run correctly. If that fails, you will need to install some more tools in your local environment
before you can begin.
Similar to the linux kernel config, almost every option has three choices,
\texttt{y/m/n} which are represented as follows:
\begin{itemize}
\item{\texttt{<*>}(pressing y)}\\
This will be included in the firmware image
\item{\texttt{<M>}(pressing m)}\\
This will be compiled but not included (for later install)
\item{\texttt{< >}(pressing n)}\\
This will not be compiled
\end{itemize}
After you've finished with the menu configuration, exit and when prompted, save your
configuration changes.
If you want, you can also modify the kernel config for the selected target system.
simply run "\texttt{make kernel\_menuconfig}" and the build system will unpack the kernel sources
(if necessary), run menuconfig inside of the kernel tree, and then copy the kernel config
to \texttt{target/linux/\textit{<platform>}/config} so that it is preserved over
"\texttt{make clean}" calls.
To begin compiling the firmware, type "\texttt{make}". By default
OpenWrt will only display a high level overview of the compile process and not each individual
command.
\subsubsection{Example:}
\begin{Verbatim}
make[2] toolchain/install
make[3]-C toolchain install
make[2] target/compile
make[3]-C target compile
make[4]-C target/utils prepare
[...]
\end{Verbatim}
This makes it easier to monitor which step it's actually compiling and reduces the amount
of noise caused by the compile output. To see the full output, run the command
"\texttt{make V=99}".
During the build process, buildroot will download all sources to the "\texttt{dl}"
directory and will start patching and compiling them in the "\texttt{build\_dir/\textit{<arch>}}"
directory. When finished, the resulting firmware will be in the "\texttt{bin}" directory
and packages will be in the "\texttt{bin/packages}" directory.
\subsection{Creating packages}
One of the things that we've attempted to do with OpenWrt's template system is make it
incredibly easy to port software to OpenWrt. If you look at a typical package directory
in OpenWrt you'll find several things:
\begin{itemize}
\item\texttt{package/\textit{<name>}/Makefile}
\item\texttt{package/\textit{<name>}/patches}
\item\texttt{package/\textit{<name>}/files}
\end{itemize}
The patches directory is optional and typically contains bug fixes or optimizations to
reduce the size of the executable. The package makefile is the important item, provides
the steps actually needed to download and compile the package.
The files directory is also optional and typicall contains package specific startup scripts or default configuration files that can be used out of the box with OpenWrt.
Looking at one of the package makefiles, you'd hardly recognize it as a makefile.
Through what can only be described as blatant disregard and abuse of the traditional
make format, the makefile has been transformed into an object oriented template which
simplifies the entire ordeal.
Here for example, is \texttt{package/bridge/Makefile}:
As you can see, there's not much work to be done; everything is hidden in other makefiles
and abstracted to the point where you only need to specify a few variables.
\begin{itemize}
\item\texttt{PKG\_NAME}\\
The name of the package, as seen via menuconfig and ipkg
\item\texttt{PKG\_VERSION}\\
The upstream version number that we are downloading
\item\texttt{PKG\_RELEASE}\\
The version of this package Makefile
\item\texttt{PKG\_SOURCE}\\
The filename of the original sources
\item\texttt{PKG\_SOURCE\_URL}\\
Where to download the sources from (no trailing slash), you can add multiple download sources by separating them with a \\ and a carriage return.
\item\texttt{PKG\_MD5SUM}\\
A checksum to validate the download
\item\texttt{PKG\_CAT}\\
How to decompress the sources (zcat, bzcat, unzip)
\item\texttt{PKG\_BUILD\_DIR}\\
Where to compile the package
\end{itemize}
The \texttt{PKG\_*} variables define where to download the package from;
\texttt{@SF} is a special keyword for downloading packages from sourceforge. There is also
another keyword of \texttt{@GNU} for grabbing GNU source releases. If any of the above mentionned download source fails, the OpenWrt mirrors will be used as source.
The md5sum (if present) is used to verify the package was downloaded correctly and
\texttt{PKG\_BUILD\_DIR} defines where to find the package after the sources are
uncompressed into \texttt{\$(BUILD\_DIR)}.
At the bottom of the file is where the real magic happens, "BuildPackage" is a macro
set up by the earlier include statements. BuildPackage only takes one argument directly --
the name of the package to be built, in this case "\texttt{bridge}". All other information
is taken from the define blocks. This is a way of providing a level of verbosity, it's
inherently clear what the contents of the \texttt{description} template in
\texttt{Package/bridge} is, which wouldn't be the case if we passed this information
directly as the Nth argument to \texttt{BuildPackage}.
\texttt{BuildPackage} uses the following defines:
\textbf{\texttt{Package/\textit{<name>}}:}\\
\texttt{\textit{<name>}} matches the argument passed to buildroot, this describes
the package the menuconfig and ipkg entries. Within \texttt{Package/\textit{<name>}}
you can define the following variables:
\begin{itemize}
\item\texttt{SECTION}\\
The section of package (currently unused)
\item\texttt{CATEGORY}\\
Which menu it appears in menuconfig: Network, Sound, Utilities, Multimedia ...
\item\texttt{TITLE}\\
A short description of the package
\item\texttt{URL}\\
Where to find the original software
\item\texttt{MAINTAINER}(optional)\\
Who to contact concerning the package
\item\texttt{DEPENDS}(optional)\\
Which packages must be built/installed before this package. To reference a dependency defined in the
same Makefile, use \textit{<dependency name>}. If defined as an external package, use
\textit{+<dependency name>}. For a kernel version dependency use: \textit{@LINUX\_2\_<minor version>}
\item\texttt{BUILDONLY}(optional)\\
Set this option to 1 if you do NOT want your package to appear in menuconfig.
This is useful for packages which are only used as build dependencies.
A set of commands to copy files out of the compiled source and into the ipkg
which is represented by the \texttt{\$(1)} directory. Note that there are currently
4 defined install macros:
\begin{itemize}
\item\texttt{INSTALL\_DIR}\\
install -d -m0755
\item\texttt{INSTALL\_BIN}\\
install -m0755
\item\texttt{INSTALL\_DATA}\\
install -m0644
\item\texttt{INSTALL\_CONF}\\
install -m0600
\end{itemize}
The reason that some of the defines are prefixed by "\texttt{Package/\textit{<name>}}"
and others are simply "\texttt{Build}" is because of the possibility of generating
multiple packages from a single source. OpenWrt works under the assumption of one
source per package Makefile, but you can split that source into as many packages as
desired. Since you only need to compile the sources once, there's one global set of
"\texttt{Build}" defines, but you can add as many "Package/<name>" defines as you want
by adding extra calls to \texttt{BuildPackage}-- see the dropbear package for an example.
After you have created your \texttt{package/\textit{<name>}/Makefile}, the new package
will automatically show in the menu the next time you run "make menuconfig" and if selected
will be built automatically the next time "\texttt{make}" is run.
\subsection{Creating binary packages}
You might want to create binary packages and include them in the resulting images as packages.
To do so, you can use the following template, which basically sets to nothing the Configure and
Compile templates.
\begin{Verbatim}[frame=single,numbers=left]
include $(TOPDIR)/rules.mk
PKG_NAME:=binpkg
PKG_VERSION:=1.0
PKG_RELEASE:=1
PKG_SOURCE:=binpkg-$(PKG_VERSION).tar.gz
PKG_SOURCE_URL:=http://server
PKG_MD5SUM:=9b7dc52656f5cbec846a7ba3299f73bd
PKG_CAT:=zcat
include $(INCLUDE_DIR)/package.mk
define Package/binpkg
SECTION:=net
CATEGORY:=Network
TITLE:=Binary package
endef
define Package/bridge/description
Binary package
endef
define Build/Configure
endef
define Build/Compile
endef
define Package/bridge/install
$(INSTALL_DIR)$(1)/usr/sbin
$(INSTALL_BIN)$(PKG_BUILD_DIR)/* $(1)/usr/sbin/
endef
$(eval $(call BuildPackage,bridge))
\end{Verbatim}
Provided that the tarball which contains the binaries reflects the final
directory layout (/usr, /lib ...), it becomes very easy to get your package
look like one build from sources.
Note that using the same technique, you can easily create binary pcakages
for your proprietary kernel modules as well.
\subsection{Creating kernel modules packages}
The OpenWrt distribution makes the distinction between two kind of kernel modules, those coming along with the mainline kernel, and the others available as a separate project. We will see later that a common template is used for both of them.
For kernel modules that are part of the mainline kernel source, the makefiles are located in \textit{package/kernel/modules/*.mk} and they appear under the section "Kernel modules"
For external kernel modules, you can add them to the build system just like if they were software packages by defining a KernelPackage section in the package makefile.
Here for instance the Makefile for the I2C subsytem kernel modules :
To group kernel modules under a common description in menuconfig, you might want to define a \textit{<description>MENU} variable on top of the kernel modules makefile.
\begin{itemize}
\item\texttt{TITLE}\\
The name of the module as seen via menuconfig
\item\texttt{DESCRIPTION}\\
The description as seen via help in menuconfig
\item\texttt{SUBMENU}\\
The sub menu under which this package will be seen
\item\texttt{KCONFIG}\\
Kernel configuration option dependency. For external modules, remove it.
\item\texttt{FILES}\\
Files you want to inlude to this kernel module package, separate with spaces.
\item\texttt{AUTOLOAD}\\
Modules that will be loaded automatically on boot, the order you write them is the order they would be loaded.
\end{itemize}
After you have created your \texttt{package/kernel/modules/\textit{<name>}.mk}, the new kernel modules package
will automatically show in the menu under "Kernel modules" next time you run "make menuconfig" and if selected
will be built automatically the next time "\texttt{make}" is run.
\subsection{Conventions}
There are a couple conventions to follow regarding packages:
\begin{itemize}
\item\texttt{files}
\begin{enumerate}
\item configuration files follow the convention \\
\texttt{\textit{<name>}.conf}
\item init files follow the convention \\
\texttt{\textit{<name>}.init}
\end{enumerate}
\item\texttt{patches}
\begin{enumerate}
\item patches are numerically prefixed and named related to what they do
\end{enumerate}
\end{itemize}
\subsection{Troubleshooting}
If you find your package doesn't show up in menuconfig, try the following command to
see if you get the correct description:
\begin{Verbatim}
TOPDIR=$PWD make -C package/<name> DUMP=1 V=99
\end{Verbatim}
If you're just having trouble getting your package to compile, there's a few
shortcuts you can take. Instead of waiting for make to get to your package, you can
to find out how to make sure your email client doesn't destroy your patch.
\item Please use your real name and email address in the \texttt{Signed-off-by}
line, following the same guidelines as in the \href{http://git.kernel.org/?p=linux/kernel/git/torvalds/linux-2.6.git;a=blob;f=Documentation/SubmittingPatches;h=681e2b36195c98ea5271b76383b3a574b190b04f;hb=HEAD}{Linux Kernel patch submission guidelines}
\item Example of a properly formatted patch submission: \\
Some files were not shown because too many files have changed in this diff
Show More
Reference in New Issue
Block a user
Blocking a user prevents them from interacting with repositories, such as opening or commenting on pull requests or issues. Learn more about blocking a user.
